]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
* lisp/epa-file.el (epa-file-select-keys): Revert to nil default.
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19968 28627))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
34
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
36
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39
40 \(fn)" t nil)
41
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44
45 \(fn)" t nil)
46
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49
50 \(fn)" t nil)
51
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
55
56 \(fn)" t nil)
57
58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
60
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
65
66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
67
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
73
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
80
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
82
83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
85
86 \(fn)" t nil)
87
88 ;;;***
89 \f
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
93
94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
96
97 \(fn)" t nil)
98
99 ;;;***
100 \f
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
104
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
108
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
110
111 ;;;***
112 \f
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
119
120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
121
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
126
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
128
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
132
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
134
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
141
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
143
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
146
147 \(fn)" nil nil)
148
149 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
151
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
156
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
160
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
164
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
166
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
171
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
174
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
176
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
180
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
184
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
187 the same person.
188
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
191 notices.
192
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
195
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
197
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
202
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
204
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
211
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
213
214 \(fn)" t nil)
215
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
217 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
218
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
220 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
221
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
223 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
224
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
227
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
230
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
236
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
238
239 \(fn)" nil nil)
240
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
245 or a buffer.
246
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
249
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
251
252 ;;;***
253 \f
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19931 11784))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
258
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
269
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
271
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
280
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
282
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
285
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
287
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
290
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
292
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
295
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
301
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
304 the new one.
305
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
311
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
315
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
317
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
319
320 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
336
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
338
339 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
342
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
346
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
361
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
366
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
369
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
372
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
375
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
380
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
386 during preloading.
387
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
391 BODY...)
392
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
394
395 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
396
397 ;;;***
398 \f
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19886 45771))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
403
404 (autoload 'align "align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
411
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
415
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
420
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
422
423 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
433 options.
434
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
437
438 Fred (123) 456-7890
439 Alice (123) 456-7890
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
441 Joe (123) 456-7890
442
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
446
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
448
449 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
454 align that section.
455
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
465
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
474 to be colored.
475
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
477
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
480
481 \(fn)" t nil)
482
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
485
486 \(fn)" t nil)
487
488 ;;;***
489 \f
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (19988 13913))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
494
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
497
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
499
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
501
502 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
503 Do fundamental emacs session for allout auto-activation.
504
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
507
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
510
511 \(fn)" nil nil)
512
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
515
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
519
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
523
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
526
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
528 Auto-layout is not.
529
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
531
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
533
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
535
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
537
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
539
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
541
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
543
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
545
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
547
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
549
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
551
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
553
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
555
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
557
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
559
560 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
561
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
563
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
565
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
568
569 \(fn)" nil (quote macro))
570
571 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
572 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
573 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
574
575 Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
576
577 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented
578 formatting and manipulation. It enables structural editing of
579 outlines, as well as navigation and exposure. It also is
580 specifically aimed at accommodating syntax-sensitive text like
581 programming languages. (For example, see the allout code itself,
582 which is organized as an allout outline.)
583
584 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
585
586 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
587 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
588 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
589 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
590 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
591 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
592 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
593 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
594
595 and many other features.
596
597 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
598 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
599 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
600 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
601 emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
602
603 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
604 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
605 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
606 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
607 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
608 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
609 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
610 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
611 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
612 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
613
614 Exposure Control:
615 ----------------
616 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
617 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
618 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
620 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
621
622 Navigation:
623 ----------
624 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
625 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
626 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
627 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
628 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
629 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
630 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
631 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
632 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
633 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
634
635
636 Topic Header Production:
637 -----------------------
638 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
639 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
640 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
641
642 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
643 ---------------------------------
644 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
645 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
646 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
647 current topic
648 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
649 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
650 are alternated according to nesting depth.
651 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
652 the offspring are not affected.
653 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
654
655 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
656 ----------------------------------
657 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
658 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
659 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
660 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
661 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
662 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
663 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
664 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
665
666 Topic-oriented Encryption:
667 -------------------------
668 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
669 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
670
671 Misc commands:
672 -------------
673 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
674 and establish a default file-var setting
675 for `allout-layout'.
676 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
677 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
678 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
679 buffer with name derived from derived from that
680 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
681 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
682 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
683 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
684 format.
685 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
686 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
687 auto-activation.
688
689 Topic Encryption
690
691 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
692 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
693 pending encryption on save.
694
695 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
696 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
697 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
698 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
699 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
700
701 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
702 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
703 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
704 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
705 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
706 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
707 signal.
708
709 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
710 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
711 for details.
712
713 HOT-SPOT Operation
714
715 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
716 navigation and exposure control.
717
718 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
719 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
720 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
721 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
722 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
723
724 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
725 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
726 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
727 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
728 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
729
730 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
731 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
732 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
733 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
734 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
735 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
736 at the beginning of the current entry.
737
738 Extending Allout
739
740 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
741 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
742 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
743
744 `allout-mode-hook'
745 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
746 `allout-mode-off-hook'
747 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
748 `allout-structure-added-hook'
749 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
750 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
751 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
752 `allout-post-undo-hook'
753
754 Terminology
755
756 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
757
758 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
759 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
760 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
761 CURRENT ITEM:
762 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
763 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
764 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
765 called the:
766 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
767
768 ANCESTORS:
769 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
770 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
771 of the ITEM.
772 OFFSPRING:
773 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
774 SUBTOPIC:
775 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
776 CHILD:
777 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
778 SIBLINGS:
779 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
780
781 Topic text constituents:
782
783 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
784 text.
785 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
786 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
787 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
788 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
789 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
790 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
791 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
792 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
793 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
794 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
795 the PREFIX.
796
797 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
798 of the ITEM.
799 PREFIX-LEAD:
800 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
801 It can be customized by changing the setting of
802 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
803
804 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
805 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
806 program code without interfering with processing of the text
807 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
808 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
809 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
810 docstring for more detail.
811 PREFIX-PADDING:
812 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
813 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
814 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
815 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
816 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
817 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
818 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
819 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
820 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
821 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
822 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
823 more details.
824 EXPOSURE:
825 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
826 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
827 CONCEALED:
828 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
829 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
830
831 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
832 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
833 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
834
835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
836
837 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
838
839 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
840 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
841
842 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
843 for details on preparing emacs for automatic allout activation.
844
845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
846
847 ;;;***
848 \f
849 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
850 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
851 ;;;;;; (19988 13913))
852 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
853
854 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
855
856 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
857 Commission or decommision allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
858
859 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
860
861 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
862
863 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
864 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
865
866 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
867 visiting an outline.
868
869 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
870 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
871
872 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
873 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
874 you want allout widgets operation.
875
876 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
877
878 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
879
880 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
881
882 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
883 Allout-mode extension, providing graphical decoration of outline structure.
884
885 This is meant to operate along with allout-mode, via `allout-mode-hook'.
886
887 If optional argument ARG is greater than 0, enable.
888 If optional argument ARG is less than 0, disable.
889 Anything else, toggle between active and inactive.
890
891 The graphics include:
892
893 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
894
895 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
896 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
897
898 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
899 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
900
901 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
902 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
903 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
904
905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
906
907 ;;;***
908 \f
909 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
910 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19977 43600))
911 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
912
913 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
914
915 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
916 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
917 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
918 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
919 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
920 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
921
922 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
923
924 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
925
926
927 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
928
929 ;;;***
930 \f
931 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
932 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19986 58615))
933 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
934
935 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
936 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
937 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
938 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
939 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
940 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
941 in the current window.
942
943 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
944
945 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
946 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
947 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
948 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
949 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
950 buffer if one does not exist.
951
952 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
953
954 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
955 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
956 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
957 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
958 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
959
960 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
961
962 ;;;***
963 \f
964 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
965 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19854 41422))
966 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
967
968 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
969 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
970
971 \(fn)" t nil)
972
973 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
974 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
975
976 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
977 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
978 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
979 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
980
981 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
982 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
983
984 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
985
986 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
987
988 ;;;***
989 \f
990 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
991 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19890 42850))
992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
993
994 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
995 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
996 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
997 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
998 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
999 \\[yank].
1000
1001 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1002 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1003 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1004 the rules.
1005
1006 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1007 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1008 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1009 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1010
1011 \(fn)" t nil)
1012
1013 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1014 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1015
1016 \(fn)" t nil)
1017
1018 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1019 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1020 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1021
1022 \(fn)" nil nil)
1023
1024 ;;;***
1025 \f
1026 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1027 ;;;;;; (19956 37456))
1028 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1029
1030 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1031 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1032 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1033 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1034 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1035 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1036
1037 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1038
1039 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1040 Toggle checking of appointments.
1041 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1042 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1043
1044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1045
1046 ;;;***
1047 \f
1048 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1049 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1050 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19909 7240))
1051 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1052
1053 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1054 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1055 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1056 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1057
1058 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1059 kind of objects to search.
1060
1061 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1062
1063 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1064 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1065 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1066 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1067 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1068 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1069
1070 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1071 normal variables.
1072
1073 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1074
1075 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1076
1077 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1078 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1079 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1080 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1081 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1082 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1083
1084 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1085 noninteractive functions.
1086
1087 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1088 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1089
1090 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1091 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1092
1093 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1094
1095 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1096 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1097
1098 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1099
1100 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1101 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1102 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1103 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1104
1105 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1106 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1107 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1108 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1109
1110 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1111 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1112
1113 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1114
1115 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1116
1117 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1118 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1119 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1120 thus be found in `load-history'.
1121
1122 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1123
1124 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1125 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1126 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1127 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1128 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1129 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130
1131 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1132 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1133 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1134
1135 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1136
1137 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1138 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1141 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1143
1144 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1145 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1146 bindings.
1147 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1148
1149 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1150
1151 ;;;***
1152 \f
1153 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19990
1154 ;;;;;; 55648))
1155 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1156
1157 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1158 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1159 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1160 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1161 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1162 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1163
1164 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1165 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1166 archive.
1167
1168 \\{archive-mode-map}
1169
1170 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1171
1172 ;;;***
1173 \f
1174 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19845 45374))
1175 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1176
1177 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1178 Major mode for editing arrays.
1179
1180 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1181 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1182 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1183
1184 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1185
1186 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1187 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1188 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1189
1190 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1191 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1192 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1193 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1194 The variables are:
1195
1196 Variables you assign:
1197 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1198 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1199 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1200 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1201 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1202 row numbers in the buffer.
1203
1204 Variables which are calculated:
1205 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1206 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1207
1208 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1209 take a numeric prefix argument):
1210
1211 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1212 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1213 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1214 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1215
1216 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1217 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1218 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1219 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1220
1221 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1222 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1223 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1224 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1225
1226 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1227 between that of point and mark.
1228
1229 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1230 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1231
1232 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1233 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1234 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1235 newlines inside rows)
1236
1237 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1238
1239 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1240
1241 \(fn)" t nil)
1242
1243 ;;;***
1244 \f
1245 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19914
1246 ;;;;;; 25180))
1247 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1248
1249 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1250 Toggle Artist mode.
1251 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1252 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1253 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1254
1255 How to quit Artist mode
1256
1257 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1258
1259
1260 How to submit a bug report
1261
1262 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1263
1264
1265 Drawing with the mouse:
1266
1267 mouse-2
1268 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1269 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1270 below).
1271
1272 mouse-1
1273 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1274 or pastes:
1275
1276 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1279 to new point
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1282 --------------------------------------------------------------
1283 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1296 lines
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Paste Paste Paste
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306
1307 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1308 or diagonally.
1309
1310 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1311 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1312 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1313 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1314 poly-lines.
1315
1316 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1317 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1318 overwrite means the opposite.
1319
1320 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1321 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1322 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1323
1324 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1325
1326 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1327 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1328
1329 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1330 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1331 are currently drawing something.
1332
1333 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1334 some time to fill.
1335
1336
1337 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1338 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1339
1340
1341 Settings
1342
1343 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1344
1345 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1346
1347 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1348
1349 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1350
1351 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1352 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1353
1354 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1355
1356
1357 Drawing with keys
1358
1359 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1360 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1361 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1362 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1363 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1364 When pasting: Pastes
1365
1366 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1367
1368 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1371 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1372 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1373 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1374 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1375 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1376
1377
1378 Arrows
1379
1380 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1381 of the line/poly-line
1382
1383 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1384 of the line/poly-line
1385
1386
1387 Selecting operation
1388
1389 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1390
1391 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1392 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1393 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1394 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1395 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1398 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1399 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1400 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1401 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1402 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1403 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1404 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1405 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1406 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1407 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1410 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1411
1412
1413 Variables
1414
1415 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1416 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1417
1418 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1419 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1420 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1421 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1422 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1423 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1424 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1425 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1426 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1427 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1428 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1429 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1430 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1431 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1432 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1433 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1434 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1435 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1436 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1437
1438 Hooks
1439
1440 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1441 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1442
1443
1444 Keymap summary
1445
1446 \\{artist-mode-map}
1447
1448 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1449
1450 ;;;***
1451 \f
1452 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19890
1453 ;;;;;; 42850))
1454 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1455
1456 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1457 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1458 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1459
1460 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1461 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1462 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1463 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1464
1465 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1466 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1467
1468 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1469 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1470
1471 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1472
1473 Special commands:
1474 \\{asm-mode-map}
1475
1476 \(fn)" t nil)
1477
1478 ;;;***
1479 \f
1480 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1481 ;;;;;; (19985 37722))
1482 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1483
1484 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1485 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1486 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1487 let-binding.")
1488
1489 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1490
1491 ;;;***
1492 \f
1493 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1494 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1495 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1496
1497 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1498 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1499 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1500
1501 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1502
1503 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1504 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1505 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1506 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1507 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1508 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1509 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1510 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1511 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1512 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1513
1514 For example:
1515 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1516 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1517 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1518 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1519 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1520
1521 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1522
1523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1524
1525 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1526 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1527 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1528 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1529 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1530 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1531
1532 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1533
1534 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1535 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1536 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1537 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1538 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1539 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1540
1541 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1542
1543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1544
1545 ;;;***
1546 \f
1547 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1548 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1549 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1550
1551 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1552 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1553
1554 \(fn)" t nil)
1555
1556 ;;;***
1557 \f
1558 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1559 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19988 13913))
1560 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1561
1562 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1563 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1564 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1565
1566 \(fn)" t nil)
1567
1568 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1569 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1570 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1571 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1572
1573 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1574
1575 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1576 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1577 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1578 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1579 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1580 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1581
1582 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1583
1584 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1585 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1586 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1587 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1588
1589 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1590 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1591
1592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1593
1594 ;;;***
1595 \f
1596 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1597 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1598 ;;;;;; (19924 47209))
1599 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1600
1601 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1602
1603 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1604
1605 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1606 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1607 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1608
1609 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1610 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1611 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1612 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1613 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1614
1615 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1616
1617 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1618
1619 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1620 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1621 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1622 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1623 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1624
1625 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1626 directory or directories specified.
1627
1628 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1629 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1630 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1631 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1632 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1633 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1634
1635 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1636
1637 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1638 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1639 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1640 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1641 should be non-nil).
1642
1643 \(fn)" nil nil)
1644
1645 ;;;***
1646 \f
1647 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1648 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1649 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19878 51661))
1650 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1651
1652 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1653 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1654
1655 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1656 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1657 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1658 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1659 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1660
1661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1662
1663 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1665
1666 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1667 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1668
1669 \(fn)" nil nil)
1670
1671 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1672 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1673 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1674
1675 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1676 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1677 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1678 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1679 reflected in the current buffer.
1680
1681 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1682 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1683 writing before you save the file!
1684
1685 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1686
1687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1688
1689 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1690 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1691
1692 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1693 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1694
1695 \(fn)" nil nil)
1696
1697 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1698 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1699 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1700 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1701 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1702 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1703
1704 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1705
1706 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1707 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1708 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1709 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1710
1711 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1712 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1713 to revert a particular buffer.
1714
1715 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1716 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1717 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1718 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1719 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1720
1721 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1722 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1723 specifies in the mode line.
1724
1725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1726
1727 ;;;***
1728 \f
1729 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1730 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19845 45374))
1731 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1732
1733 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1734 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1735 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1736 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1737 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1738
1739 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1740
1741 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1742 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1743 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1744 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1745
1746 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1747 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1748 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1749
1750 Effects of the different modes:
1751 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1752 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1753 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1754 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1755 a random distance & direction.
1756 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1757 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1758 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1759
1760 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1761
1762 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1763 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1764 definition of \"random distance\".)
1765
1766 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1767
1768 ;;;***
1769 \f
1770 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1771 ;;;;;; (19976 22732))
1772 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1773 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1774
1775 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1776 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1777 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1778 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1779
1780 \(fn)" t nil)
1781
1782 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1783 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1784 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1785 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1786 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1787 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1788
1789 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1790
1791 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1792 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1793 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1794 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1795 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1796 seconds.
1797
1798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1799
1800 ;;;***
1801 \f
1802 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1803 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19981 40664))
1804 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1805
1806 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1807 Time execution of FORMS.
1808 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1809 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1810 FORMS once.
1811 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1812 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1813 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1814
1815 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1816
1817 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1818 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1819 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1820 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1821 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1822
1823 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1824
1825 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1826 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1827 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1828 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1829 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1830
1831 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1832
1833 ;;;***
1834 \f
1835 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1836 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19997 28887))
1837 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1838
1839 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1840 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1841 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1842 of corresponding buffers.
1843 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1844 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1845 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1846 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1847 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1848 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1849
1850 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1851
1852 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1853 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1854
1855 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1856
1857 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1858 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1859 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1860 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1861
1862 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1863 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1864 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1865 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1866 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1867
1868 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1869 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1870
1871
1872 Special information:
1873
1874 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1875
1876 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1877 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1878 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1879 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1880 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1881 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1882 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1883 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1884 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1885 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1886 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1887
1888 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1889 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1890 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1891 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1892 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1893 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1894 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1895 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1896
1897 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1898
1899 ----------------------------------------------------------
1900 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1901 if that value is non-nil.
1902
1903 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1904
1905 \(fn)" t nil)
1906
1907 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1908 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1909 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1910 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1911 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1912 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1913 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1914 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1915 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1916 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1917 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1918 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1919
1920 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1921
1922 ;;;***
1923 \f
1924 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1925 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
1926 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1927
1928 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1929 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1930
1931 \(fn)" t nil)
1932
1933 ;;;***
1934 \f
1935 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1936 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1937 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
1938 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1939
1940 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1941
1942 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1943 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1944 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1945
1946 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1947
1948 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1949 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1950
1951 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1952
1953 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1954 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1955
1956 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1957
1958 ;;;***
1959 \f
1960 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19845
1961 ;;;;;; 45374))
1962 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1963
1964 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1965 Play blackbox.
1966 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1967
1968 What is blackbox?
1969
1970 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1971 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1972 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1973 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1974 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1975 your score.
1976
1977 Overview of play:
1978
1979 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1980 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1981 four.
1982
1983 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1984 movement keys.
1985
1986 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1987 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1988
1989 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1990 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1991
1992 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1993 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1994 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1995 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1996 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1997 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1998
1999 Details:
2000
2001 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2002
2003 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2004 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2005 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2006 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2007
2008 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2009 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2010 denoted by the letter `R'.
2011
2012 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2013 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2014 denoted by the letter `H'.
2015
2016 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2017 example.
2018
2019 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2020 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2021 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2022 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2023 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2024 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2025 ray.
2026
2027 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2028 degree deflection it causes.
2029
2030 1
2031 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2032 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2033 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2034 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2035 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2036 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2037 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2038 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2039 2 3
2040
2041 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2042 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2043
2044
2045 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2046 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2047 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2048 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2049 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2050 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2051 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2052 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2053
2054 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2055 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2056 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2057 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2058 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2059 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2060 emerging from the box.
2061
2062 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2063
2064 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2065 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2066 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2067 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2068 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2069 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2070 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2071 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2072
2073 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2074 a reflection.
2075
2076 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2077
2078 ;;;***
2079 \f
2080 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2081 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2082 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2083 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2084 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19998 49767))
2085 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2086 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2087 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2088 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2089
2090 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2091 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2092 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2093 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2094 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2095 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2096 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2097
2098 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2099 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2100 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2101
2102 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2103 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2104 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2105 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2106 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2107 recent one.
2108
2109 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2110 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2111 yank successive words.
2112
2113 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2114 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2115 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2116 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2117 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2118
2119 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2120 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2121 the list of bookmarks.)
2122
2123 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2124
2125 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2126 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2127 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2128 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2129 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2130 this.
2131
2132 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2133 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2134 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2135 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2136
2137 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2138 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2139
2140 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2141 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2142 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2143
2144 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2145
2146 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2147 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2148
2149 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2150
2151 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2152 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2153
2154 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2155 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2156 after a bookmark was set in it.
2157
2158 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2159
2160 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2161 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2162
2163 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2164 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2165
2166 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2167
2168 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2169
2170 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2171 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2172 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2173 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2174
2175 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2176 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2177 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2178
2179 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2180 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2181 name.
2182
2183 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2184
2185 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2186 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2187 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2188
2189 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2190 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2191 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2192 this.
2193
2194 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2195
2196 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2197 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2198
2199 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2200 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2201 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2202 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2203 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2204 probably because we were called from there.
2205
2206 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2207
2208 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2209 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2210 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2211
2212 \(fn)" t nil)
2213
2214 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2215 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2216 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2217 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2218 \(second argument).
2219
2220 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2221 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2222 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2223 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2224 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2225
2226 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2227 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2228 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2229 `bookmark-default-file'.
2230
2231 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2232
2233 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2234 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2235 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2236 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2237 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2238 while loading.
2239
2240 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2241 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2242 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2243 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2244 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2245 explicitly.
2246
2247 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2248 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2249 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2250 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2251
2252 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2253
2254 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2255 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2256 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2257 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2258 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2259
2260 \(fn)" t nil)
2261
2262 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2263
2264 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2265
2266 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2267 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2268
2269 \(fn)" t nil)
2270
2271 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2272
2273 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2274
2275 ;;;***
2276 \f
2277 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2278 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2279 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2280 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2281 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-xdg-open
2282 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2283 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2284 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2285 ;;;;;; (19997 54906))
2286 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2287
2288 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2289 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2290 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2291 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2292
2293 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2294 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2295 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2296 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2297 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2298
2299 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2300
2301 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2302 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2303 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2304 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2305 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2306 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2307
2308 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2309
2310 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2311 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2312 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2313 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2314 narrowed.
2315
2316 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2317
2318 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2319 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2320
2321 \(fn)" t nil)
2322
2323 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2324 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2325
2326 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2327
2328 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2329 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2330 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2331 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2332 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2333 first, if that exists.
2334
2335 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2336
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2339 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2340 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2341
2342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2343
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2346 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2347 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2348 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2349 to use.
2350
2351 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2352
2353 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2354
2355
2356 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2357
2358 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2360 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2361 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2362
2363 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2364 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2365 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2366 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2367
2368 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2369 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2370 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2371
2372 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2373 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2374
2375 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2376
2377 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2379 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2380 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2381
2382 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2383 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2384 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2385 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2386
2387 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2388 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2389 new tab in an existing window instead.
2390
2391 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2392 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2393
2394 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2399 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2400 Firefox.
2401
2402 When called interactively, if variable
2403 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2404 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2405 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2406 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2407
2408 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2409 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2410 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2411
2412 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2413 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2414
2415 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2416 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2417 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2418 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2419 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2420 URL in a new window.
2421
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2423
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2426 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2427 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2428
2429 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2430 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2431 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2432 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2433
2434 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2435 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2436 new tab in an existing window instead.
2437
2438 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2439 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2440
2441 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2442
2443 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2444 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2445
2446 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2447
2448 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2449 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2450 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2451 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2452
2453 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2454 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2455 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2456 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2457
2458 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2459 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2460
2461 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462
2463 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2464 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2465
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2467 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2468 program is invoked according to the variable
2469 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2470
2471 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2472 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2473 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2474 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2475
2476 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2477 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2478
2479 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2480
2481 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2482 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2483 Default to the URL around or before point.
2484
2485 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2486 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2487 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2488
2489 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2490 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2491 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2492 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2493
2494 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2495 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2496
2497 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2498
2499 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2500 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2501 Default to the URL around or before point.
2502
2503 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2504 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2505 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506
2507 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2508 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2509
2510 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2511
2512 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2513 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2514 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2515 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2516
2517 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2518
2519 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2521 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2522 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2523 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2524 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2525
2526 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2527
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2530 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2531 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2532 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2533
2534 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2535 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2536 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2537 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2538
2539 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2540 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541
2542 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2543
2544 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2545 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2546 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2547 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2548 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2549 current one.
2550
2551 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2552 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2553 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2554 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2555
2556 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2557 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2558
2559 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2560
2561 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2562 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2563 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2564 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2565 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2566 don't offer a form of remote control.
2567
2568 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2569
2570 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2571 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2572 Default to the URL around or before point.
2573
2574 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2575
2576 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2577 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2578 Default to the URL around the point.
2579
2580 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2581 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2582
2583 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2584 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2585
2586 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2587
2588 ;;;***
2589 \f
2590 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19845
2591 ;;;;;; 45374))
2592 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2593
2594 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2595 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2596
2597 \(fn)" t nil)
2598
2599 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2600 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2601
2602 \(fn)" nil nil)
2603
2604 ;;;***
2605 \f
2606 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2607 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19998 49767))
2608 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2609
2610 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2611 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2612 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2613 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2614
2615 \(fn)" t nil)
2616
2617 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2618 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2619 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2620 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2621
2622 \(fn)" t nil)
2623
2624 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2625 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2626
2627 \(fn)" t nil)
2628
2629 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2630 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2631 \\<bs-mode-map>
2632 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2633 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2634 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2635 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2636
2637 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2638 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2639 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2640 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2641 name of buffer configuration.
2642
2643 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2644
2645 ;;;***
2646 \f
2647 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19889 21967))
2648 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2649
2650 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2651 Play Bubbles game.
2652 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2653 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2654 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2655 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2656 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2657 columns on its right towards the left.
2658
2659 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2660 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2661 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2662 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2663
2664 \(fn)" t nil)
2665
2666 ;;;***
2667 \f
2668 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2669 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19890 42850))
2670 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2671
2672 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2673
2674 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2675 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2676
2677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2678
2679 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2680 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2681
2682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2683
2684 ;;;***
2685 \f
2686 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2687 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2688 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2689 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2690 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (19998 49767))
2691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2692 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2693 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2694 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2695
2696 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2697
2698 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2699 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2700 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2701 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2702 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2703 else the global value will be modified.
2704
2705 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2706
2707 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2708 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2709 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2710 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2711 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2712 else the global value will be modified.
2713
2714 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2715
2716 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2717 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2718 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2719
2720 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2721
2722 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2723 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2724 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2725 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2726
2727 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2728 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2729 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2730 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2731 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2732 before scanning it.
2733
2734 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2735 that already has a `.elc' file.
2736
2737 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2738 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2739
2740 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2741 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2742 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2743 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2744 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2745 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2746
2747 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2748
2749 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2750 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2751 Print the result in the echo area.
2752 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2753
2754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2755
2756 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2757 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2758 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2759
2760 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2761
2762 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2763 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2764 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2765 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2766 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2767 all functions called by those functions.
2768
2769 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2770 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2771 cons, etc.).
2772
2773 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2774 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2775 invoked interactively.
2776
2777 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2778
2779 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2780 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2781 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2782 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2783
2784 \(fn)" nil nil)
2785
2786 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2787 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2788 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2789 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2790 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2791 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2792 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2793 already up-to-date.
2794
2795 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2796
2797 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2798 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2799 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2800 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2801
2802 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2803 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2804 and corresponding effects.
2805
2806 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2807
2808 ;;;***
2809 \f
2810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19885
2811 ;;;;;; 24894))
2812 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2813
2814 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2815
2816 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2817
2818 ;;;***
2819 \f
2820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19885 24894))
2821 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2822
2823 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2824
2825 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2826
2827 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2828
2829 ;;;***
2830 \f
2831 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2832 ;;;;;; (19885 24894))
2833 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2834
2835 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2836 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2837 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2838 from the cursor position.
2839
2840 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2841
2842 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2843
2844 ;;;***
2845 \f
2846 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2847 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2848 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19943
2849 ;;;;;; 25429))
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2851 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2852
2853 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2854 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2855
2856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2857
2858 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2859 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2860
2861 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2862
2863 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2864 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2865
2866 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2867
2868 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2869 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2870
2871 \(fn)" t nil)
2872
2873 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2874 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2875 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2876 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2877
2878 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2879
2880 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2881 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2882 This is most useful in the X window system.
2883 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2884 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2885
2886 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2887
2888 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2889 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2890 See calc-keypad for details.
2891
2892 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2893
2894 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2895 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2896
2897 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2898
2899 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2900 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2901
2902 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2903
2904 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2905 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2906
2907 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2908
2909 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2910 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2911 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2912
2913 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2914
2915 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2916 Define Calc function.
2917
2918 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2919 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2920 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2921
2922 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2923 actual Lisp function name.
2924
2925 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2926
2927 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2928
2929 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2930
2931 ;;;***
2932 \f
2933 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (19845
2934 ;;;;;; 45374))
2935 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2936
2937 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2938
2939
2940 \(fn N)" t nil)
2941
2942 ;;;***
2943 \f
2944 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19931
2945 ;;;;;; 11784))
2946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2947
2948 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2949 Run the Emacs calculator.
2950 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2951
2952 \(fn)" t nil)
2953
2954 ;;;***
2955 \f
2956 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19956
2957 ;;;;;; 37456))
2958 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2959
2960 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2961 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2962 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2963 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2964 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2965 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2966
2967 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2968 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2969 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2970 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2971 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2972 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2973 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2974 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2975 window.
2976
2977 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2978 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2979
2980 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2981 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2982 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2983 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2984 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2985 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2986
2987 Runs the following hooks:
2988
2989 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2990 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2991 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2992 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2993
2994 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2995
2996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2997
2998 ;;;***
2999 \f
3000 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3001 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19845 45374))
3002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3003
3004 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3005 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3006
3007 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3008
3009 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3010 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3011 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3012 it fails.
3013
3014 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3015
3016 ;;;***
3017 \f
3018 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3019 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
3020 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3021
3022 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3023 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3024
3025 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
3026 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3027 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3028 restriction to ASCII.
3029
3030 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3031
3032 capitalizedWorDD
3033 ^ ^ ^^
3034
3035 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3036 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3037 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3038
3039 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3040 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3041 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3042 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3043 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3044 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3045 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3046
3047 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3048 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3049
3050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3051
3052 ;;;***
3053 \f
3054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19845
3055 ;;;;;; 45374))
3056 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3057 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3058
3059 ;;;***
3060 \f
3061 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3062 ;;;;;; (20015 58840))
3063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3064
3065 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3066 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3067
3068 \(fn)" nil nil)
3069
3070 ;;;***
3071 \f
3072 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3073 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3074 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (19981 40664))
3075 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3076
3077 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3078 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3079
3080 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3081 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3082
3083 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3084 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3085
3086 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3087
3088 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3089 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3090 made from scratch.
3091
3092 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3093
3094 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3095 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3096
3097 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3098 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3099 made from scratch.
3100
3101 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3102
3103 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3104 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3105
3106 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3107
3108 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3109 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3110 made from scratch.
3111
3112 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3113
3114 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3115 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3116
3117 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3118 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3119 made from scratch.
3120
3121 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3122
3123 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3124 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3125
3126 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3127
3128 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3129 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3130 made from scratch.
3131
3132 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3133
3134 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3135 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3136
3137 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3138 variables are guessed:
3139
3140 * `c-basic-offset', and
3141 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3142 `c-offsets-alist'.
3143
3144 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3145 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3146
3147 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3148 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3149
3150 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3151 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3152 guess is made from scratch.
3153
3154 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3155 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3156
3157 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3158
3159 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3160 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3161 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3162 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3163
3164 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3165 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3166 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3167
3168 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3169
3170 ;;;***
3171 \f
3172 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3173 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3174 ;;;;;; (20010 40918))
3175 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3176
3177 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3178 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3179 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3180 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3181 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3182 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3183 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3184
3185 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3186
3187 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3188 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3189 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3190 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3191 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3192 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3193 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3194 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3195 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3196 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3197
3198 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3199 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3200 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3201 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3202 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3203 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3204
3205 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3206
3207 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3208 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3209
3210 Key bindings:
3211 \\{c-mode-map}
3212
3213 \(fn)" t nil)
3214
3215 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3216 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3217
3218 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3219 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3220 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3221 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3222 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3223 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3224 message.
3225
3226 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3227
3228 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3229 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3230
3231 Key bindings:
3232 \\{c++-mode-map}
3233
3234 \(fn)" t nil)
3235
3236 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3237 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3239
3240 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3241 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3242 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3243 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3244 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3245 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3246 message.
3247
3248 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3249
3250 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3251 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3252
3253 Key bindings:
3254 \\{objc-mode-map}
3255
3256 \(fn)" t nil)
3257
3258 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3259 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3260 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3261
3262 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3263 Major mode for editing Java code.
3264 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3265 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3266 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3267 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3268 message.
3269
3270 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3271
3272 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3273 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3274
3275 Key bindings:
3276 \\{java-mode-map}
3277
3278 \(fn)" t nil)
3279
3280 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3281 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3282 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3283
3284 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3285 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3286 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3287 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3288 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3289 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3290 message.
3291
3292 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3293
3294 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3295 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3296
3297 Key bindings:
3298 \\{idl-mode-map}
3299
3300 \(fn)" t nil)
3301
3302 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3303 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3304 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3305 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3306
3307 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3308 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3309 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3310 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3311 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3312 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3313 message.
3314
3315 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3316
3317 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3318 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3319
3320 Key bindings:
3321 \\{pike-mode-map}
3322
3323 \(fn)" t nil)
3324 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3325 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3326 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3327 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3328 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3329 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3330
3331 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3332 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3333 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3334 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3335 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3336 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3337
3338 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3339
3340 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3341 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3342
3343 Key bindings:
3344 \\{awk-mode-map}
3345
3346 \(fn)" t nil)
3347
3348 ;;;***
3349 \f
3350 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3351 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19981 40664))
3352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3353
3354 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3355 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3356 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3357 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3358
3359 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3360
3361 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3362 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3363 might get set too.
3364
3365 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3366 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3367 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3368 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3369 way.
3370
3371 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3372 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3373 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3374 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3375 a null operation.
3376
3377 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3378
3379 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3380 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3381 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3382 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3383
3384 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3385
3386 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3387 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3388 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3389
3390 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3391
3392 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3393 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3394 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3395 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3396 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3397
3398 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3399
3400 ;;;***
3401 \f
3402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19997 28887))
3403 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3404 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3405 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3406 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3407
3408 ;;;***
3409 \f
3410 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3411 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3412 ;;;;;; (19943 25429))
3413 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3414
3415 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3416 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3417
3418 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3419
3420 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3421 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3422
3423 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3424
3425 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3426 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3427
3428 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3429 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3430 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3431 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3432 execution.
3433
3434 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3435
3436 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3437
3438 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3439 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3440
3441 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3442 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3443 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3444 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3445
3446 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3447 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3448 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3449 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3450 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3451 `write' commands.
3452
3453 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3454 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3455 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3456 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3457
3458 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3459 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3460 semantics.
3461
3462 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3463
3464 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3465
3466 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3467
3468 STATEMENT :=
3469 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3470 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3471
3472 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3473 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3474 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3475 | integer
3476
3477 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3478
3479 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3480 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3481 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3482
3483 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3484 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3485 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3486
3487 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3488 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3489
3490 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3491 BREAK := (break)
3492
3493 REPEAT :=
3494 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3495 (repeat)
3496 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3497 ;; (repeat))
3498 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3499 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3500 ;; (read REG)
3501 ;; (repeat))
3502 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3503 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3504 ;; (read REG)
3505 ;; (repeat))
3506 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3507
3508 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3509 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3510 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3511 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3512 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3513 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3514 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3515 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3516 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3517 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3518 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3519 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3520 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3521 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3522 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3523 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3524
3525 WRITE :=
3526 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3527 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3528 ;; representation.
3529 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3530 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3531 ;; (write r7))
3532 | (write EXPRESSION)
3533 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3534 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3535 ;; representation.
3536 | (write integer)
3537 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3538 ;; buffer.
3539 | (write string)
3540 ;; Same as: (write string)
3541 | string
3542 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3543 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3544 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3545 ;; representation.
3546 | (write REG ARRAY)
3547 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3548 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3549 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3550 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3551 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3552 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3553
3554 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3555 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3556
3557 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3558 END := (end)
3559
3560 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3561 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3562 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3563
3564 ARG := REG | integer
3565
3566 OPERATOR :=
3567 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3568 + | - | * | / | %
3569
3570 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3571 | & | `|' | ^
3572
3573 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3574 | << | >>
3575
3576 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3577 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3578 | <8
3579
3580 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3581 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3582 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3583 | >8
3584
3585 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3586 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3587 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3588 | //
3589
3590 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3591 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3592
3593 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3594 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3595 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3596 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3597 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3598 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3599 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3600 | de-sjis
3601
3602 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3603 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3604 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3605 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3606 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3607 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3608 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3609 ;; byte of SJIS.
3610 | en-sjis
3611
3612 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3613 ;; Same meaning as C code
3614 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3615
3616 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3617 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3618 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3619 | <8=
3620
3621 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3622 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3623 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3624
3625 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3626 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3627 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3628 | //=
3629
3630 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3631
3632
3633 TRANSLATE :=
3634 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3635 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3636 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3637 LOOKUP :=
3638 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3639 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3640 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3641 MAP :=
3642 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3643 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3644 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3645 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3646 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3647 MAP-ID := integer
3648
3649 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3650
3651 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3652
3653 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3654 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3655 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3656 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3657 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3658 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3659
3660 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3661
3662 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3663 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3664 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3665
3666 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3667
3668 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3669
3670 ;;;***
3671 \f
3672 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3673 ;;;;;; (19943 25429))
3674 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3675
3676 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3677 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3678 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3679 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3680
3681 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3682
3683 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3684
3685 ;;;***
3686 \f
3687 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode cfengine3-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3688 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
3689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3690
3691 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3692 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3693 There are no special keybindings by default.
3694
3695 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3696 to the action header.
3697
3698 \(fn)" t nil)
3699
3700 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3701 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3702 There are no special keybindings by default.
3703
3704 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3705 to the action header.
3706
3707 \(fn)" t nil)
3708
3709 ;;;***
3710 \f
3711 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3712 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19906 31087))
3713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3714
3715 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3716 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3717 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3718
3719 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3720
3721 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3722 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3723 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3724
3725 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3726
3727 ;;;***
3728 \f
3729 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3730 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3731 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3732 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3733 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3734 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3735 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3736 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3737 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19931 11784))
3738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3739 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3740 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3741 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3742 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3743 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3744
3745 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3746
3747
3748 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3749
3750 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3751 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3752 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3753 the users will view as each check is completed.
3754
3755 \(fn)" t nil)
3756
3757 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3758 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3759 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3760 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3761 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3762 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3763 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3764 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3765
3766 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3767
3768 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3769 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3770 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3771 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3772 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3773 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3774 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3775 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3776
3777 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3778
3779 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3780 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3781 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3782 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3783 spacing are all verified.
3784
3785 \(fn)" t nil)
3786
3787 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3788 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3789 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3790 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3791 otherwise stop after the first error.
3792
3793 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3794
3795 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3796 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3797 Only documentation strings are checked.
3798 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3799 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3800 a separate buffer.
3801
3802 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3803
3804 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3805 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3806 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3807 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3808 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3809
3810 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3811
3812 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3813 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3814 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3815 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3816 if there is one.
3817
3818 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3819
3820 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3821 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3822 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3823 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3824 if there is one.
3825 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3826
3827 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3828
3829 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3830 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3831 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3832
3833 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3834
3835 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3836 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3837 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3838 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3839 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3840
3841 \(fn)" t nil)
3842
3843 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3844 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3845 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3846 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3847 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3848 space at the end of each line.
3849
3850 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3851
3852 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3853 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3854 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3855 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3856
3857 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3858
3859 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3860 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3861 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3862 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3863
3864 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3865
3866 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3867 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3868 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3869 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3870
3871 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3872
3873 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3874 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3875 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3876 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3877
3878 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3879
3880 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3881 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3882 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3883 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3884
3885 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3886
3887 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3888 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3889 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3890 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3891
3892 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3893
3894 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3895 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3896 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3897 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3898
3899 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3900
3901 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3902 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3903 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3904 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3905
3906 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3907
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3909 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3910 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3911 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3912
3913 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3914
3915 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3916 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3917 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3918 turn it off.
3919
3920 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3921 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3922 checking of documentation strings.
3923
3924 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3925
3926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3927
3928 ;;;***
3929 \f
3930 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3931 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3932 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19845 45374))
3933 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3934
3935 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3936 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3937 Return the length of resulting text.
3938
3939 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3940
3941 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3942 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3943
3944 \(fn)" t nil)
3945
3946 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3947 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3948 Return the length of resulting text.
3949
3950 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3951
3952 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3953 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3954
3955 \(fn)" t nil)
3956
3957 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3958
3959
3960 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3961
3962 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3963
3964
3965 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3966
3967 ;;;***
3968 \f
3969 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3970 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19845 45374))
3971 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3972
3973 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3974 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3975 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3976 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3977 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3978 editing and the result is evaluated.
3979
3980 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3981
3982 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3983 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3984 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3985 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3986 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3987
3988 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3989
3990 \(fn)" t nil)
3991
3992 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3993 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3994 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3995 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3996 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3997
3998 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3999 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4000 \\{command-history-map}
4001
4002 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4003 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4004
4005 \(fn)" t nil)
4006
4007 ;;;***
4008 \f
4009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19863 8742))
4010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4011
4012 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4013 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4014 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4015 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4016 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4017 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4018
4019 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4020 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4021
4022 ;;;***
4023 \f
4024 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4025 ;;;;;; (19918 22236))
4026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4027
4028 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4029 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4030 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4031 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4032 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4033 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4034 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4035 of this function.
4036
4037 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4038 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4039 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4040 property are:
4041
4042 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4043 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4044
4045 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4046 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4047 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4048 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4049 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4050 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4051 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4052 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4053 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4054 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4055 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4056 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4057
4058 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4059 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4060 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4061
4062 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4063 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4064 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4065 list elements are:
4066
4067 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4068
4069 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4070
4071 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4072
4073 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4074 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4075
4076 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4077 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4078
4079 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4080 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4081 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4082 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4083 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4084 value specified by their associated list element.
4085
4086 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4087
4088 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4089 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4090 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4091
4092 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4093 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4094 * indent the first argument by 4.
4095 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4096 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4097 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4098
4099 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4100
4101 ;;;***
4102 \f
4103 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4104 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4106
4107 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4108 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4109 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4110 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4111
4112 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4113 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4114 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4115 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4116
4117 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4118 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4119
4120 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4121
4122 ;;;***
4123 \f
4124 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19886
4125 ;;;;;; 45771))
4126 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4127
4128 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4129 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4130 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4131 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4132 of `scheme-program-name').
4133 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4134 it is given as initial input.
4135 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4136 discards input when it starts up.
4137 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4138 is run).
4139 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4140
4141 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4142 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
4143
4144 ;;;***
4145 \f
4146 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (19845 45374))
4147 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4148
4149 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4150 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4151 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4152 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4153
4154 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4155 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4156
4157 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4158 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4159 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4160
4161 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4162
4163 ;;;***
4164 \f
4165 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4166 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4167 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4168 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
4169 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4170
4171 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4172 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4173 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4174 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4175 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4176 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4177 functions have already modified the buffer.
4178
4179 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4180
4181 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4182 either globally or locally.")
4183
4184 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4185 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4186 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4187 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4188 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4189 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4190 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4191 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4192 process as its initial input.
4193
4194 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4195
4196 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4197
4198 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4199
4200 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4201 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4202 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4203 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4204 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4205 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4206 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4207 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4208 process as its initial input.
4209
4210 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4211
4212 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4213
4214 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4215
4216 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4217 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4218 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4219 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4220 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4221 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4222
4223 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4224
4225 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4226 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4227 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4228 directory tracking functions.")
4229
4230 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4231 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4232 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4233
4234 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4235
4236 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4237
4238 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4239 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4240 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4241
4242 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4243
4244 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4245
4246 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4247 Send COMMAND to current process.
4248 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4249 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4250
4251 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4252
4253 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4254 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4255 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4256 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4257
4258 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4259
4260 ;;;***
4261 \f
4262 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4263 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4264 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4265
4266 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4267 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4268 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4269 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4270
4271 This command pushes the mark in each window
4272 at the prior location of point in that window.
4273 If both windows display the same buffer,
4274 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4275 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4276
4277 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4278 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4279 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4280 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4281 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4282 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4283 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4284 ignored.
4285
4286 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4287 this command work in interlaced mode:
4288 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4289 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4290 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4291
4292 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4293
4294 ;;;***
4295 \f
4296 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4297 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4298 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4299 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4300 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19997
4301 ;;;;;; 28887))
4302 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4303
4304 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4305 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4306
4307 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4308
4309 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4310 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4311 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4312 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4313 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4314 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4315 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4316
4317 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4318
4319 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4320 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4321
4322 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4323
4324 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4325 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4326 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4327 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4328 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4329
4330 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4331 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4332 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4333 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4334 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4335
4336 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4337 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4338 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4339 describing how the process finished.")
4340
4341 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4342 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4343 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4344 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4345 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4346
4347 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4348 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4349 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4350
4351 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4352
4353 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4354 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4355 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4356 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4357
4358 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4359
4360 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4361 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4362
4363 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4364 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4365
4366 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4367 (lambda ()
4368 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4369 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4370 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4371 (concat \"make -k \"
4372 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4373
4374 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4375 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4376
4377 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4378 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4379 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4380 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4381
4382 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4383
4384 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4385 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4386 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4387 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4388
4389 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4390 and move to the source code that caused it.
4391
4392 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4393 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4394
4395 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4396 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4397 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4398 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4399
4400 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4401 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4402 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4403 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4404
4405 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4406 kills its subprocesses.
4407
4408 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4409 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4410 to a function that generates a unique name.
4411
4412 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4413
4414 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4415 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4416 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4417 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4418
4419 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4420 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4421
4422 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4423 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4424 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4425 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4426
4427 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4428 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4429 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4430
4431 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4432
4433 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4434
4435 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4436 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4437 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4438 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4439 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4440
4441 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4442
4443 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4444
4445 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4446
4447 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4448 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4449 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4450 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4451 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4452 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4453 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4454
4455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4456
4457 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4458 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4459 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4460 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4461 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4462 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4463
4464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4465
4466 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4467 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4468 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4469
4470 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4471
4472 ;;;***
4473 \f
4474 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4475 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
4476 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4477
4478 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4479 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4480 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4481 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4482 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4483 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4484
4485 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4486
4487 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4488 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4489
4490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4491
4492 ;;;***
4493 \f
4494 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4495 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4496 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4497 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4498 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4499
4500 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4501 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4502 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4503 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4504 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4505 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4506 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4507
4508 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4509 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4510 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4511
4512 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4513 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4514 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4515
4516 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4517 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4518 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4519 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4520
4521 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4522 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4523 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4524 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4525 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4526 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4527 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4528
4529 \\{conf-mode-map}
4530
4531 \(fn)" t nil)
4532
4533 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4534 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4535 Comments start with `#'.
4536 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4537
4538 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4539
4540 \[Desktop Entry]
4541 Encoding=UTF-8
4542 Name=The GIMP
4543 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4544 Name[cs]=GIMP
4545
4546 \(fn)" t nil)
4547
4548 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4549 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4550 Comments start with `;'.
4551 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4552
4553 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4554
4555 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4556 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4557 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4558
4559 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4560 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4561
4562 \(fn)" t nil)
4563
4564 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4565 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4566 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4567 between `/*' and `*/'.
4568 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4569
4570 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4571 // another kind of comment
4572 /* yet another */
4573
4574 name:value
4575 name=value
4576 name value
4577 x.1 =
4578 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4579 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4580
4581 \(fn)" t nil)
4582
4583 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4584 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4585 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4586 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4587 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4588 `conf-space-keywords'.
4589 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4590 in an interactive fashion instead.
4591
4592 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4593
4594 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4595
4596 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4597 image/png png
4598 image/tiff tiff tif
4599
4600 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4601 class desktop
4602 # Standard multimedia devices
4603 add /dev/audio desktop
4604 add /dev/mixer desktop
4605
4606 \(fn)" t nil)
4607
4608 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4609 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4610 See `conf-space-mode'.
4611
4612 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4613
4614 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4615 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4616 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4617 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4618
4619 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4620
4621 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4622 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4623
4624 \(fn)" t nil)
4625
4626 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4627 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4628 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4629 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4630
4631 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4632
4633 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4634 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4635
4636 \(fn)" t nil)
4637
4638 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4639 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4640 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4641 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4642
4643 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4644
4645 *background: gray99
4646 *foreground: black
4647
4648 \(fn)" t nil)
4649
4650 ;;;***
4651 \f
4652 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4653 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19845 45374))
4654 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4655
4656 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4657 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4658 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4659 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4660
4661 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4662
4663 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4664 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4665 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4666 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4667
4668 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4669
4670 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4671 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4672 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4673 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4674
4675 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4676
4677 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4678 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4679
4680 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4681
4682 ;;;***
4683 \f
4684 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4685 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19845
4686 ;;;;;; 45374))
4687 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4688 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4689 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4690 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4691
4692 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4693 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4694 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4695 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4696 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4697 following the copyright are updated as well.
4698 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4699 interactively.
4700
4701 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4702
4703 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4704 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4705 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4706 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4707 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4708
4709 \(fn)" t nil)
4710
4711 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4712 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4713
4714 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4715
4716 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4717 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4718 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4719
4720 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4721
4722 ;;;***
4723 \f
4724 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4725 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19997 56302))
4726 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4727 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4728 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4729 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4730 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4731 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4732 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4733 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4734
4735 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4736 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4737 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4738 Tab indents for Perl code.
4739 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4740 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4741
4742 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4743 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4744 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4745 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4746 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4747 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4748 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4749 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4750 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4751 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4752 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4753 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4754
4755 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4756
4757 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4758 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4759
4760 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4761
4762 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4763 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4764 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4765 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4766 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4767 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4768 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4769 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4770 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4771
4772 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4773
4774 bite if angry;
4775
4776 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4777 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4778 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4779 to nil.)
4780
4781 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4782 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4783 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4784
4785 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4786
4787 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4788 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4789 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4790 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4791 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4792
4793 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4794
4795 if (A) { B }
4796
4797 into
4798
4799 B if A;
4800
4801 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4802
4803 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4804 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4805 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4806 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4807 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4808 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4809 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4810 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4811 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4812 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4813 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4814 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4815 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4816
4817 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4818 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4819 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4820 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4821 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4822 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4823
4824 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4825 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4826 man via menu.
4827
4828 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4829 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4830 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4831 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4832 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4833
4834 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4835 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4836 span the needed amount of lines.
4837
4838 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4839 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4840 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4841 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4842
4843 Variables controlling indentation style:
4844 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4845 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4846 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4847 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4848 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4849 `cperl-auto-newline'
4850 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4851 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4852 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4853 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4854 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4855 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4856 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4857 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4858 `cperl-indent-level'
4859 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4860 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4861 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4862 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4863 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4864 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4865 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4866 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4867 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4868 `cperl-brace-offset'
4869 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4870 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4871 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4872 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4873 `cperl-label-offset'
4874 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4875 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4876 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4877
4878 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4879 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4880 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4881 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4882 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4883 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4884
4885 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4886 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4887 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4888 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4889
4890 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4891 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4892 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4893 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4894 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4895 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4896 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4897
4898 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4899 column 0 is indented on
4900 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4901
4902 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4903 with no args.
4904
4905 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4906 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4907 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4908
4909 \(fn)" t nil)
4910
4911 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4912 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4913
4914 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4915
4916 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4917 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4918
4919 \(fn)" t nil)
4920
4921 ;;;***
4922 \f
4923 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4924 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
4925 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4926
4927 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4928 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4929 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4930 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4931 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4932
4933 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4934
4935 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4936 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4937
4938 \(fn)" t nil)
4939
4940 ;;;***
4941 \f
4942 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4943 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4945
4946 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4947 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4948 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4949 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4950
4951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4952 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4953
4954 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4955
4956 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4957 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4958 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4959
4960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4961
4962 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4963
4964 ;;;***
4965 \f
4966 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4967 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4968 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4969
4970 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4971 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4972 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4973 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4974
4975 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4976 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4977 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4978 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4979
4980 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4981 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4982 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4983
4984 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4985 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4986 'bob', and 'eve'.
4987
4988 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4989 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4990 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4991
4992 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4993
4994 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4995 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4996 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4997
4998 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4999
5000 ;;;***
5001 \f
5002 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19978
5003 ;;;;;; 37530))
5004 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5005
5006 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5007 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5008
5009 \(fn)" t nil)
5010
5011 ;;;***
5012 \f
5013 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5014 ;;;;;; (19894 39890))
5015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5016
5017 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5018 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5019 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5020 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5021 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5022 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5023
5024 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5025
5026 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5027 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5028 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5029 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5030 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5031
5032 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5033 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5034 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5035 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5036 function of these prefix keys.
5037
5038 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5039 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5040 options:
5041 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5042 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5043 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5044
5045 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5046 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5047 the prefix fallback behavior.
5048
5049 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5050 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5051 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5052 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5053
5054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5055
5056 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5057 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5058
5059 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5060
5061 ;;;***
5062 \f
5063 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5064 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5065 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5066 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5067 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5068 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5069 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5070 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5071 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5072 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5073 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (19996 8027))
5074 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5075
5076 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5077 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5078
5079 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5080
5081 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5082 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5083
5084 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5085
5086 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5087 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5088
5089 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5090 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
5091
5092 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5093 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5094
5095 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5096 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5097
5098 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5099 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5100
5101 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5102
5103 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5104
5105 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5106 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5107 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5108
5109 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5110 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5111
5112 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5113 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5114
5115 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5116 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5117
5118 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5119
5120 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5121
5122 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5123 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5124 Return VALUE.
5125
5126 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5127 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5128
5129 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5130 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5131
5132 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5133 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5134
5135 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5136
5137 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5138
5139 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5140 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5141 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5142 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5143
5144 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5145 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5146 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5147
5148 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5149
5150 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5151 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5152 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5153 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5154 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5155
5156 \(fn)" t nil)
5157
5158 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5159 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5160 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5161 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5162
5163 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5164
5165 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5166 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5167
5168 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5169
5170 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5171 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5172
5173 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5174
5175 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5176
5177 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5178 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5179
5180 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5181
5182 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5183
5184 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5185 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5186 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5187
5188 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5189
5190 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5191 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5192 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5193 as part of Emacs itself.
5194
5195 Each elements looks like this:
5196
5197 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5198
5199 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5200 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5201 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5202 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5203 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5204 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5205 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5206 and `defface'.
5207
5208 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5209
5210 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5211 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5212 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5213 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5214 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5215
5216 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5217 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5218 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5219 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5220
5221 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5222
5223 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5224 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5225 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5226 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5227 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5228
5229 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5230 that were added or redefined since that version.
5231
5232 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5233
5234 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5235 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5236 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5237 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5238
5239 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5240 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5241
5242 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5243
5244 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5245 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5246 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5247
5248 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5249 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5250
5251 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5252
5253 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5254 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5255
5256 \(fn)" t nil)
5257
5258 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5259 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5260
5261 \(fn)" t nil)
5262
5263 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5264 Customize all already saved user options.
5265
5266 \(fn)" t nil)
5267
5268 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5269 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5270 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5271 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5272 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5273 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5274
5275 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5276 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5277 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5278 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5279 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5280 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5281
5282 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5283
5284 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5285 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5286 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5287 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5288
5289 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5290
5291 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5292 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5293
5294 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5295
5296 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5297 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5298
5299 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5300
5301 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5302 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5303 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5304 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5305 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5306 that option.
5307
5308 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5309
5310 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5311 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5312 The result includes selecting that window.
5313 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5314 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5315 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5316 that option.
5317
5318 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5319
5320 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5321 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5322
5323 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5324
5325 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5326 File used for storing customization information.
5327 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5328 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5329 it should be an absolute file name.
5330
5331 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5332 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5333 something like the following in your init file:
5334
5335 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5336 \(load custom-file)
5337
5338 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5339 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5340
5341 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5342 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5343 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5344 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5345 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5346
5347 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5348 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5349 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5350 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5351 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5352 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5353 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5354 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5355 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5356 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5357
5358 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5359
5360 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5361 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5362
5363 \(fn)" nil nil)
5364
5365 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5366 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5367
5368 \(fn)" t nil)
5369
5370 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5371 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5372 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5373
5374 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5375
5376 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5377 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5378 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5379 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5380 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5381
5382 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5383
5384 ;;;***
5385 \f
5386 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5387 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (19980
5388 ;;;;;; 19797))
5389 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5390
5391 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5392 Create or edit a custom theme.
5393 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5394 is `user', provide an option to remove these as custom settings.
5395 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5396 named *Custom Theme*.
5397
5398 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5399
5400 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5401 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5402
5403 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5404
5405 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5406 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5407
5408 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5409
5410 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5411 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5412 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5413 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5414
5415 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5416
5417 ;;;***
5418 \f
5419 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5420 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
5421 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5422
5423 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5424 Mode used for cvs status output.
5425
5426 \(fn)" t nil)
5427
5428 ;;;***
5429 \f
5430 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5431 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19845 45374))
5432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5433
5434 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5435 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5436
5437 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5438
5439 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5440 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5441 C++ modes are included.
5442
5443 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5444
5445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5446
5447 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5448 Turn on CWarn mode.
5449
5450 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5451 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5452
5453 \(fn)" nil nil)
5454
5455 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5456 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5457 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5458 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5459 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5460 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5461
5462 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5463
5464 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5465 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5466 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5467 ARG is positive.
5468 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5469 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5470 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5471
5472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5473
5474 ;;;***
5475 \f
5476 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5477 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5478 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5479 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5480
5481 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5482 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5483
5484 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5485
5486 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5487 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5488
5489 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5490
5491 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5492 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5493 For readability, the table is slightly
5494 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5495
5496 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5497 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5498 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5499 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5500 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5501
5502 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5503
5504 ;;;***
5505 \f
5506 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5507 ;;;;;; (19989 34789))
5508 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5509 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5510 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5511 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5512 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5513
5514 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5515 Completion on current word.
5516 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5517 and presents suggestions for completion.
5518
5519 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5520 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5521 completions.
5522
5523 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5524 then it searches *all* buffers.
5525
5526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5527
5528 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5529 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5530
5531 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5532 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5533 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5534 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5535 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5536
5537 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5538 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5539
5540 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5541 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5542 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5543
5544 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5545 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5546
5547 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5548
5549 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5550
5551 ;;;***
5552 \f
5553 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5554 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5555 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5556
5557 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5558 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5559
5560 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5561
5562 ;;;***
5563 \f
5564 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19931
5565 ;;;;;; 11784))
5566 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5567
5568 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5569 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5570 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5571 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5572 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5573
5574 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5575
5576 ;;;***
5577 \f
5578 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19890
5579 ;;;;;; 42850))
5580 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5581
5582 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5583 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5584
5585 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5586 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5587 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5588
5589 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5590 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5591 Data lines are not indented.
5592
5593 Key bindings:
5594
5595 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5596 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5597
5598 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5599 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5600 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5601 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5602
5603 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5604
5605 dcl-basic-offset
5606 Extra indentation within blocks.
5607
5608 dcl-continuation-offset
5609 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5610
5611 dcl-margin-offset
5612 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5613
5614 dcl-margin-label-offset
5615 Indentation for a label.
5616
5617 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5618 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5619
5620 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5621 dcl-block-end-regexp
5622 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5623 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5624 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5625 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5626 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5627
5628 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5629 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5630 Two such functions are included in the package:
5631 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5632 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5633
5634 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5635 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5636 One such function is included in the package:
5637 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5638
5639 dcl-tab-always-indent
5640 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5641 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5642 margin.
5643
5644 dcl-electric-characters
5645 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5646 typed.
5647
5648 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5649 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5650 which words trigger electric indentation.
5651
5652 dcl-tempo-comma
5653 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5654 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5655 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5656
5657 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5658 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5659 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5660 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5661
5662 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5663 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5664 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5665 dcl-imenu-label-call
5666 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5667
5668 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5669 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5670 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5671 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5672
5673
5674 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5675
5676 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5677 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5678 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5679 $ i = 1
5680 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5681 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5682 $ label:
5683 $ if i.eq.1
5684 $ then
5685 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5686 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5687 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5688 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5689 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5690 \"lined up with the command line\"
5691 $ type sys$input
5692 Data lines are not indented at all.
5693 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5694 $ endif
5695 $
5696
5697
5698 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5699 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5700
5701 \(fn)" t nil)
5702
5703 ;;;***
5704 \f
5705 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5706 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19999 41685))
5707 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5708
5709 (setq debugger 'debug)
5710
5711 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5712 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5713 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5714 of the evaluator.
5715
5716 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5717 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5718 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5719
5720 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5721
5722 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5723 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5724
5725 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5726
5727 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5728 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5729 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5730 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5731 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5732 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5733
5734 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5735 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5736
5737 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5738
5739 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5740 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5741 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5742 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5743 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5744
5745 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5746
5747 ;;;***
5748 \f
5749 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5750 ;;;;;; (19889 21967))
5751 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5752
5753 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5754 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5755
5756 \(fn)" t nil)
5757
5758 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5759 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5760 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5761 Upper-case letters are commands.
5762
5763 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5764 modify it.
5765
5766 The most useful commands are:
5767 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5768 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5769 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5770 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5771 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5772 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5773
5774 \(fn)" t nil)
5775
5776 ;;;***
5777 \f
5778 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5779 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19886
5780 ;;;;;; 45771))
5781 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5782
5783 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5784 Customization of `columns' group.
5785
5786 \(fn)" t nil)
5787
5788 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5789 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5790
5791 START and END delimits the text region.
5792
5793 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5794
5795 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5796 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5797
5798 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5799
5800 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5801
5802 ;;;***
5803 \f
5804 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19965
5805 ;;;;;; 52428))
5806 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5807
5808 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5809 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5810 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5811 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5812 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5813 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5814 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5815
5816 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5817
5818 Customization:
5819
5820 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5821 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5822 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5823 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5824 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5825 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5826 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5827 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5828 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5829 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5830 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5831 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5832 blank line.
5833 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5834 Directories to search when finding external units.
5835 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5836 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5837
5838 Coloring:
5839
5840 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5841 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5842 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5843 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5844 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5845 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5846 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5847 Face used to color everything else.
5848
5849 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5850 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5851
5852 \(fn)" t nil)
5853
5854 ;;;***
5855 \f
5856 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19845
5857 ;;;;;; 45374))
5858 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5859
5860 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5861
5862 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5863 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5864 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5865 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5866 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5867 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5868
5869 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5870
5871 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5872 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5873 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5874 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5875
5876 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5877 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5878 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5879 any selection.
5880
5881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5882
5883 ;;;***
5884 \f
5885 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5886 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19988 13913))
5887 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5888
5889 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5890 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5891
5892 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5893
5894 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5895 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5896 or nil if there is no parent.
5897 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5898 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5899 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5900 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5901 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5902
5903 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5904 arguments are currently understood:
5905 :group GROUP
5906 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5907 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5908 :syntax-table TABLE
5909 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5910 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5911 :abbrev-table TABLE
5912 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5913 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5914
5915 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5916
5917 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5918
5919 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5920 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5921 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5922
5923 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5924 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5925
5926 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5927 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5928 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5929
5930 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5931 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5932
5933 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5934 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5935
5936 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5937
5938 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5939
5940 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5941
5942 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5943 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5944 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5945 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5946 the first time the mode is used.
5947
5948 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5949
5950 ;;;***
5951 \f
5952 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5953 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19886 45771))
5954 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5955
5956 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5957 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5958 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5959 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5960 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5961 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5962 otherwise.
5963
5964 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5965
5966 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5967 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5968 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5969 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5970 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5971 character composition information (if relevant),
5972 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5973
5974 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5975
5976 ;;;***
5977 \f
5978 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5979 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5980 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5981 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19886 45771))
5982 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5983
5984 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5985 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5986 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5987
5988 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5989
5990 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5991 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5992 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5993 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5994 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5995 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5996
5997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5998
5999 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6000 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6001 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6002 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6003
6004 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6005
6006 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6007 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6008 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6009
6010 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6011 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6012 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6013
6014 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6015 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6016
6017 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6018 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6019 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6020
6021 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6022 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6023 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6024 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6025
6026 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6027
6028 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6029 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6030
6031 Handlers are called with argument list
6032
6033 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6034
6035 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6036
6037 desktop-file-version
6038 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6039 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6040 desktop-buffer-point
6041 desktop-buffer-mark
6042 desktop-buffer-read-only
6043 desktop-buffer-locals
6044
6045 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6046 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6047
6048 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6049 code like
6050
6051 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6052 ...
6053 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6054 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6055
6056 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6057
6058 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6059
6060 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6061 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6062 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6063 List elements must have the form
6064
6065 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6066
6067 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6068 function.
6069
6070 Handlers are called with argument list
6071
6072 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6073
6074 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6075
6076 desktop-file-version
6077 desktop-buffer-file-name
6078 desktop-buffer-name
6079 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6080 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6081 desktop-buffer-point
6082 desktop-buffer-mark
6083 desktop-buffer-read-only
6084 desktop-buffer-misc
6085
6086 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6087 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6088 created and set.
6089
6090 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6091 code like
6092
6093 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6094 ...
6095 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6096 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6097
6098 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6099
6100 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6101
6102 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6103
6104 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6105 Empty the Desktop.
6106 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6107 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6108 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6109
6110 \(fn)" t nil)
6111
6112 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6113 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6114 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6115 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6116 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6117
6118 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6119
6120 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6121 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6122 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6123
6124 \(fn)" t nil)
6125
6126 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6127 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6128 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6129 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6130 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6131 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6132 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6133 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6134
6135 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6136
6137 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6138 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6139 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6140
6141 \(fn)" nil nil)
6142
6143 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6144 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6145 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6146 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6147 directory DIRNAME.
6148
6149 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6150
6151 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6152 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6153
6154 \(fn)" t nil)
6155
6156 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6157 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6158
6159 \(fn)" t nil)
6160
6161 ;;;***
6162 \f
6163 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6164 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6165 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19845 45374))
6166 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6167
6168 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6169 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6170 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6171 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6172 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6173 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6174
6175 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6176
6177 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6178 Repair a broken attribution line.
6179 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6180
6181 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6182
6183 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6184 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6185 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6186 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6187
6188 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6189
6190 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6191 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6192
6193 \(fn)" t nil)
6194
6195 ;;;***
6196 \f
6197 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6198 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19975 1875))
6199 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6200
6201 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6202 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6203 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6204 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6205 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6206
6207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6208
6209 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6210 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6211 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6212 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6213
6214 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6215 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6216 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6217 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6218
6219 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6220 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6221
6222 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6223 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6224 calendar-date-style 'european
6225 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6226
6227 \(diary-mail-entries)
6228
6229 # diary-rem.el ends here
6230
6231 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6232
6233 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6234 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6235
6236 \(fn)" t nil)
6237
6238 ;;;***
6239 \f
6240 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
6241 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (19999 41597))
6242 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6243
6244 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6245 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6246
6247 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6248
6249 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6250 The command to use to run diff.")
6251
6252 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6253
6254 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6255 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6256 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6257 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6258 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6259 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6260
6261 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6262 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6263 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6264
6265 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6266
6267 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6268 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6269 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6270 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6271 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6272 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6273
6274 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6275
6276 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6277 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6278 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6279
6280 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6281
6282 ;;;***
6283 \f
6284 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6285 ;;;;;; (19930 13389))
6286 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6287
6288 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6289 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6290 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6291 normal diffs.
6292
6293 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6294 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6295 headers for you on-the-fly.
6296
6297 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6298 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6299 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6300
6301 \\{diff-mode-map}
6302
6303 \(fn)" t nil)
6304
6305 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6306 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6307 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6308
6309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6310
6311 ;;;***
6312 \f
6313 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19845 45374))
6314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6315
6316 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6317 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6318 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6319
6320 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6321
6322 ;;;***
6323 \f
6324 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6325 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20019 55931))
6326 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6327
6328 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6329 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6330 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6331 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6332 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6333 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6334 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6335 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6336
6337 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6338
6339 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6340 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6341 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6342 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6343 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6344 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6345
6346 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6347 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6348 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6349 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6350 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6351 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6352 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6353 list of files to make directory entries for.
6354 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6355 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6356 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6357
6358 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6359
6360 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6361 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6362
6363 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6364 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6365
6366 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6367 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6368
6369 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6370 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6371
6372 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6373
6374 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6375 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6376
6377 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6378
6379 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6380 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6381 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6382 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6383 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6384 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6385 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6386 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6387 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6388 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6389 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6390 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6391 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6392 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6393 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6394 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6395 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6396 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6397 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6398 to see why something went wrong.
6399 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6400 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6401 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6402 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6403 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6404 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6405 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6406 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6407 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6408 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6409 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6410 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6411 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6412
6413 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6414 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6415 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6416 again for the directory tree.
6417
6418 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6419 for more info):
6420
6421 `dired-listing-switches'
6422 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6423 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6424 `dired-marker-char'
6425 `dired-del-marker'
6426 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6427 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6428 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6429 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6430
6431 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6432
6433 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6434 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6435 `dired-mode-hook'
6436 `dired-load-hook'
6437
6438 Keybindings:
6439 \\{dired-mode-map}
6440
6441 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6442 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6443
6444 ;;;***
6445 \f
6446 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6447 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
6448 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6449
6450 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6451 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6452 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6453 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6454 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6455 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6456 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6457
6458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6459
6460 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6461 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6462 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6463
6464 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6465
6466 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6467 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6468
6469 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6470
6471 ;;;***
6472 \f
6473 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19931
6474 ;;;;;; 11784))
6475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6476
6477 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6478 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6479 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6480 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6481 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6482 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6483
6484 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6485
6486 ;;;***
6487 \f
6488 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6489 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6490 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6491 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6492 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6493 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19984 16846))
6494 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6495
6496 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6497 Return a new, empty display table.
6498
6499 \(fn)" nil nil)
6500
6501 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6502 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6503 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6504 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6505 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6506
6507 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6508
6509 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6510 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6511 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6512 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6513 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6514
6515 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6516
6517 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6518 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6519
6520 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6521
6522 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6523 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6524
6525 \(fn)" t nil)
6526
6527 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6528 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6529
6530 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6531 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6532
6533 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6534 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6535 byte.
6536
6537 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6538 in the default way after this call.
6539
6540 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6541
6542 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6543 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6544
6545 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6546
6547 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6548 Display character C using printable string S.
6549
6550 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6551
6552 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6553 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6554 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6555 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6556
6557 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6558
6559 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6560 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6561 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6562 X frame.
6563
6564 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6565
6566 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6567 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6568
6569 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6570
6571 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6572 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6573
6574 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6575
6576 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6577 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6578
6579 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6580
6581 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6582 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6583
6584 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6585
6586 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6587 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6588
6589 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6590
6591 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6592 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6593
6594 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6595 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6596
6597 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6598 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6599
6600 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6601 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6602 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6603 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6604
6605 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6606 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6607 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6608 in `.emacs'.
6609
6610 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6611
6612 ;;;***
6613 \f
6614 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6615 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
6616 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6617
6618 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6619 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6620 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6621 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6622 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6623 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6624 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6625 Default is 2.
6626
6627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6628
6629 ;;;***
6630 \f
6631 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19886 45771))
6632 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6633
6634 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6635 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6636 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6637 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6638 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6639 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6640 private or ask).
6641 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6642 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6643 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6644 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6645 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6646
6647 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6648
6649 ;;;***
6650 \f
6651 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6652 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19845 45374))
6653 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6654
6655 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6656 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6657 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6658 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6659 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6660 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6661 table and its own syntax table.
6662
6663 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6664
6665 \(fn)" t nil)
6666 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6667
6668 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6669 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6670
6671 \(fn)" t nil)
6672
6673 ;;;***
6674 \f
6675 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6676 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20002
6677 ;;;;;; 46800))
6678 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6679
6680 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6681 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6682 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6683 OpenDocument format).
6684
6685 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6686
6687 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6688 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6689
6690 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6691 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6692
6693 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6694 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6695 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6696
6697 \(fn)" t nil)
6698
6699 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6700 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6701 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6702 to the next best mode.
6703
6704 \(fn)" nil nil)
6705
6706 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6707 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6708 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6709 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6710
6711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6712
6713 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6714
6715
6716 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6717
6718 ;;;***
6719 \f
6720 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19890 42850))
6721 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6722
6723 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6724 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6725
6726 \(fn)" t nil)
6727
6728 ;;;***
6729 \f
6730 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19845 45374))
6731 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6732
6733 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6734 Toggle Double mode.
6735 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6736 turn it off.
6737
6738 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6739 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6740
6741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6742
6743 ;;;***
6744 \f
6745 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19845 45374))
6746 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6747
6748 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6749 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6750
6751 \(fn)" t nil)
6752
6753 ;;;***
6754 \f
6755 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6756 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6757 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19845 45374))
6758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6759
6760 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6761
6762 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6763 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6764 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6765 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6766
6767 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6768 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6769 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6770 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6771 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6772 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If KEYMAP is not a symbol,
6773 this also defines the variable MODE-map.
6774
6775 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6776 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6777 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6778 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6779 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6780 mode is global):
6781
6782 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6783 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6784 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6785 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6786 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6787 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6788 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6789 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6790 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6791 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6792 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6793 :variable PLACE The location (as can be used with `setf') to use instead
6794 of the variable MODE to store the state of the mode. PLACE
6795 can also be of the form (GET . SET) where GET is an expression
6796 that returns the current state and SET is a function that takes
6797 a new state and sets it. If you specify a :variable, this
6798 function assumes it is defined elsewhere.
6799
6800 For example, you could write
6801 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6802 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6803 ...BODY CODE...)
6804
6805 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6806
6807 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6808
6809 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6810
6811 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6812 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6813 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6814 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6815 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6816 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6817 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6818 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6819 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6820 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6821 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6822 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6823
6824 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6825 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6826 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6827 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6828 call another major mode in their body.
6829
6830 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6831
6832 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6833 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6834 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6835 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6836 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6837 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6838 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6839
6840 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6841
6842 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6843 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6844 :inherit Parent keymap.
6845 :group Ignored.
6846 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6847 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6848
6849 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6850
6851 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6852 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6853 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6854 the constant's documentation.
6855
6856 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6857
6858 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6859 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6860 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6861
6862 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6863
6864 ;;;***
6865 \f
6866 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6867 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19845
6868 ;;;;;; 45374))
6869 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6870
6871 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6872 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6873
6874 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6875 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6876 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6877
6878 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6879 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6880
6881 :filter FUNCTION
6882
6883 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6884 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6885
6886 :visible INCLUDE
6887
6888 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6889 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6890
6891 :active ENABLE
6892
6893 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
6894 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6895
6896 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6897
6898 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6899
6900 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6901
6902 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6903 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6904
6905 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6906 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6907
6908 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6909
6910 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6911
6912 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6913
6914 :keys KEYS
6915
6916 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6917 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6918 computed automatically.
6919 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6920
6921 :key-sequence KEYS
6922
6923 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6924 menu item.
6925 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6926 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6927 keyboard equivalent.
6928
6929 :active ENABLE
6930
6931 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
6932 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6933
6934 :visible INCLUDE
6935
6936 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6937 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6938
6939 :label FORM
6940
6941 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6942 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6943
6944 :suffix FORM
6945
6946 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6947 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6948
6949 :style STYLE
6950
6951 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6952 defined:
6953
6954 toggle: A checkbox.
6955 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6956 radio: A radio button.
6957 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6958 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6959 menu bar itself.
6960 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6961
6962 :selected SELECTED
6963
6964 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6965 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6966
6967 :help HELP
6968
6969 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6970
6971 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6972 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6973 as a solid horizontal line.
6974
6975 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6976
6977 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6978
6979 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6980
6981 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6982
6983
6984 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6985
6986 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6987 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6988 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6989 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6990
6991 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6992
6993 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6994 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6995 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6996 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6997 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6998 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6999
7000 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7001 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7002 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7003
7004 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7005 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7006 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7007
7008 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7009 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7010
7011 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7012
7013 ;;;***
7014 \f
7015 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7016 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7017 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7018 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7019 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7020 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7021 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7022 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19845 45374))
7023 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7024
7025 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7026 Customization for ebnf group.
7027
7028 \(fn)" t nil)
7029
7030 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7031 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7032
7033 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7034
7035 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7036 processed.
7037
7038 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7039
7040 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7041
7042 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7043 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7044
7045 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7046 killed after process termination.
7047
7048 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7049
7050 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7051
7052 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7053 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7054
7055 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7056 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7057 it to the printer.
7058
7059 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7060 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7061 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7062 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7063
7064 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7065
7066 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7067 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7068 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7069
7070 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7071
7072 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7073 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7074
7075 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7076
7077 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7078 processed.
7079
7080 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7081
7082 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7083
7084 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7085 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7086
7087 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7088 killed after process termination.
7089
7090 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7091
7092 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7093
7094 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7095 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7096 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7097 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7098
7099 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7100
7101 \(fn)" t nil)
7102
7103 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7104 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7105 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7106
7107 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7108
7109 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7110
7111 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7112 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7113
7114 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7115
7116 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7117 processed.
7118
7119 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7120
7121 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7122
7123 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7124 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7125
7126 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7127 killed after EPS generation.
7128
7129 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7130
7131 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7132
7133 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7134 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7135
7136 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7137 The EPS file name has the following form:
7138
7139 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7140
7141 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7142 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7143
7144 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7145 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7146 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7147 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7148 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7149
7150 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7151 files.
7152
7153 \(fn)" t nil)
7154
7155 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7156 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7157
7158 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7159 The EPS file name has the following form:
7160
7161 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7162
7163 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7164 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7165
7166 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7167 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7168 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7169 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7170 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7171
7172 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7173 files.
7174
7175 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7176
7177 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7178
7179 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7180 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7181
7182 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7183
7184 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7185 are processed.
7186
7187 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7188
7189 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7190
7191 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7192 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7193
7194 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7195 killed after syntax checking.
7196
7197 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7198
7199 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7200
7201 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7202 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7203
7204 \(fn)" t nil)
7205
7206 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7207 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7208
7209 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7210
7211 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7212 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7213
7214 \(fn)" nil nil)
7215
7216 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7217 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7218
7219 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7220
7221 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7222
7223 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7224 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7225
7226 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7227
7228 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7229
7230 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7231 Delete style NAME.
7232
7233 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7234
7235 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7236
7237 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7238 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7239
7240 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7241
7242 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7243
7244 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7245 Set STYLE as the current style.
7246
7247 Returns the old style symbol.
7248
7249 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7250
7251 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7252
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Reset current style.
7255
7256 Returns the old style symbol.
7257
7258 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7259
7260 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7261
7262 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7263 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7264
7265 Returns the old style symbol.
7266
7267 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7268
7269 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7270
7271 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7272
7273 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7274 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7275
7276 Returns the old style symbol.
7277
7278 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7279
7280 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7281
7282 \(fn)" t nil)
7283
7284 ;;;***
7285 \f
7286 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7287 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7288 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7289 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7290 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7291 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7292 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7293 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7294 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7295 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7296 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19890
7297 ;;;;;; 42850))
7298 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7299
7300 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7301 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7302 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7303 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7304 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7305 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7306
7307 Tree mode key bindings:
7308 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7309
7310 \(fn)" t nil)
7311
7312 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7313 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7314
7315 \(fn)" t nil)
7316
7317 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7318 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7319
7320 \(fn)" t nil)
7321
7322 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7323 View declaration of member at point.
7324
7325 \(fn)" t nil)
7326
7327 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7328 Find declaration of member at point.
7329
7330 \(fn)" t nil)
7331
7332 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7333 View definition of member at point.
7334
7335 \(fn)" t nil)
7336
7337 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7338 Find definition of member at point.
7339
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7341
7342 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7343 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7344
7345 \(fn)" t nil)
7346
7347 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7348 View definition of member at point in other window.
7349
7350 \(fn)" t nil)
7351
7352 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7353 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7354
7355 \(fn)" t nil)
7356
7357 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7358 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7359
7360 \(fn)" t nil)
7361
7362 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7363 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7364
7365 \(fn)" t nil)
7366
7367 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7368 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7369
7370 \(fn)" t nil)
7371
7372 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7373 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7374 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7375 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7376 completion.
7377
7378 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7379
7380 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7381 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7382 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7383 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7384
7385 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7386
7387 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7388 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7389 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7390 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7391
7392 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7393
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7395 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7396 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7397
7398 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7399
7400 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7401 Search for call sites of a member.
7402 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7403 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7404 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7405 looks like a function call to the member.
7406
7407 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7408
7409 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7410 Move backward in the position stack.
7411 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7412
7413 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7414
7415 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7416 Move forward in the position stack.
7417 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7418
7419 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7420
7421 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7422 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7423
7424 \(fn)" t nil)
7425
7426 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7427 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7428
7429 \(fn)" t nil)
7430
7431 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7432 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7433 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7434 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7435
7436 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7437
7438 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7439 Display statistics for a class tree.
7440
7441 \(fn)" t nil)
7442
7443 ;;;***
7444 \f
7445 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7446 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7447 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7448
7449 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7450 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7451 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7452 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7453
7454 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7455 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7456 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7457
7458 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7459 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7460 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7461
7462 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7463
7464 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7465
7466 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7467
7468 ;;;***
7469 \f
7470 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7471 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19886 45771))
7472 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7473
7474 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7475 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7476 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7477
7478 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7479
7480 ;;;***
7481 \f
7482 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7483 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7485
7486 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7487
7488
7489 \(fn)" nil nil)
7490
7491 ;;;***
7492 \f
7493 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19914 25180))
7494 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7495
7496 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7497 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7498 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7499 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7500 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7501 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7502
7503 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7504
7505 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7506 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7507 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7508 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7509
7510 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7511 an EDE controlled project.
7512
7513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7514
7515 ;;;***
7516 \f
7517 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7518 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7519 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19863 8742))
7520 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7521
7522 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7523 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7524 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7525 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7526 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7527
7528 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7529 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7530 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7531 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7532
7533 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7534
7535 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7536 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7537 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7538 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7539
7540 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7541
7542 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7543 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7544 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7545 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7546
7547 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7548
7549 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7550
7551 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7552 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7553 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7554 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7555 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7556
7557 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7558 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7559 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7560 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7561 instrumented for Edebug.
7562
7563 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7564 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7565 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7566 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7567 already is one.)
7568
7569 \(fn)" t nil)
7570
7571 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7572 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7573
7574 \(fn)" t nil)
7575
7576 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7577 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7578
7579 \(fn)" t nil)
7580
7581 ;;;***
7582 \f
7583 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7584 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7585 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7586 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7587 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7588 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7589 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7590 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7591 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7592 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (19996 8027))
7593 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7594
7595 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7596 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7597
7598 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7599
7600 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7601 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7602
7603 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7604
7605 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7606
7607 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7608
7609 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7610 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7611 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7612 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7613
7614 \(fn)" t nil)
7615
7616 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7617 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7618 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7619 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7620
7621 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7622
7623 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7624 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7625
7626 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7627
7628 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7629
7630 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7631 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7632
7633 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7634
7635 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7636
7637 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7638 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7639 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7640 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7641
7642 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7643
7644 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7645
7646 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7647 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7648 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7649 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7650
7651 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7652
7653 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7654
7655 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7656 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7657 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7658 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7659
7660 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7661
7662 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7663
7664 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7665 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7666 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7667 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7668
7669 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7670
7671 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7672
7673 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7674 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7675 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7676 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7677 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7678 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7679
7680 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7681
7682 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7683 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7684 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7685 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7686
7687 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7688
7689 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7690
7691 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7692 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7693 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7694 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7695
7696 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7697
7698 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7699
7700 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7701
7702 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7703 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7704 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7705 follows:
7706 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7707 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7708
7709 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7710
7711 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7712 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7713 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7714 follows:
7715 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7716 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7717
7718 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7719
7720 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7721 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7722 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7723 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7724 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7725
7726 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7727
7728 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7729 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7730 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7731 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7732 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7733 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7734
7735 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7736
7737 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7738
7739 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7740 Merge two files without ancestor.
7741
7742 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7743
7744 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7745 Merge two files with ancestor.
7746
7747 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7748
7749 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7750
7751 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7752 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7753
7754 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7755
7756 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7757 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7758
7759 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7760
7761 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7762 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7763 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7764 buffer.
7765
7766 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7767
7768 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7769 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7770 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7771 buffer.
7772
7773 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7774
7775 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7776 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7777 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7778 and don't ask the user.
7779 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7780 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7781
7782 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7783
7784 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7785 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7786 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7787 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7788 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7789 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7790 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7791 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7792
7793 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7794
7795 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7796
7797 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7798
7799 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7800 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7801 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7802 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7803 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7804
7805 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7806
7807 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7808
7809 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7810 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7811 When called interactively, displays the version.
7812
7813 \(fn)" t nil)
7814
7815 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7816 Display Ediff's manual.
7817 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7818
7819 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7820
7821 ;;;***
7822 \f
7823 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7824 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7825 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7826
7827 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7828
7829
7830 \(fn)" t nil)
7831
7832 ;;;***
7833 \f
7834 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7835 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
7836 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7837
7838 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7839 Display Ediff's registry.
7840
7841 \(fn)" t nil)
7842
7843 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7844
7845 ;;;***
7846 \f
7847 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7848 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (19981 40664))
7849 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7850
7851 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7852 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7853 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7854 which see.
7855
7856 \(fn)" t nil)
7857
7858 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7859 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7860 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7861 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7862
7863 \(fn)" t nil)
7864
7865 ;;;***
7866 \f
7867 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7868 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7869 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
7870 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7871
7872 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7873 Edit a keyboard macro.
7874 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7875 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7876 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7877 its command name.
7878 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7879
7880 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7881
7882 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7883 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7884
7885 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7886
7887 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7888 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7889
7890 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7891
7892 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7893 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7894 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7895 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7896 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7897 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7898
7899 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7900 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7901 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7902 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7903
7904 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7905
7906 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7907 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7908 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7909 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7910 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7911 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7912
7913 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7914
7915 ;;;***
7916 \f
7917 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7918 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19845 45374))
7919 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7920
7921 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7922 Set scroll margins.
7923 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7924 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7925
7926 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7927
7928 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7929 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7930
7931 \(fn)" t nil)
7932
7933 ;;;***
7934 \f
7935 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7936 ;;;;;; (19865 50420))
7937 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7938
7939 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7940 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7941 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7942 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7943 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7944 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7945 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7946
7947 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7948 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7949
7950 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7951 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7952 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7953 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7954
7955 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7956 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7957 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7958
7959 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7960 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7961 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7962
7963 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7964
7965 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7966
7967
7968 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7969
7970 ;;;***
7971 \f
7972 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7973 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19845 45374))
7974 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7975
7976 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7977 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7978
7979 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7980
7981 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7982 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7983 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7984 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7985 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7986 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7987 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7988
7989 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7990
7991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7992
7993 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7994 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7995
7996 \(fn)" t nil)
7997
7998 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7999 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8000 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8001 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8002 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8003 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8004 arg list.
8005
8006 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8007 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8008 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8009 effect.
8010
8011 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8012 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8013
8014 ;;;***
8015 \f
8016 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8017 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (19886 45771))
8018 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8019
8020 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8021 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8022
8023 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8024 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8025 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8026 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8027 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8028 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8029
8030 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8031
8032 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8033 Automatically reindent lines of code when inserting particular chars.
8034 `electric-indent-chars' specifies the set of chars that should cause reindentation.
8035
8036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8037
8038 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8039 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8040 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8041 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8042 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8043 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8044
8045 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8046
8047 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8048 Automatically pair-up parens when inserting an open paren.
8049
8050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8051
8052 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8053 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8054 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8055 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8056 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8057 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8058
8059 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8060
8061 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8062 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8063
8064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8065
8066 ;;;***
8067 \f
8068 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19845
8069 ;;;;;; 45374))
8070 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8071
8072 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8073 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8074
8075 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8076 an elided material again.
8077
8078 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8079
8080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8081
8082 ;;;***
8083 \f
8084 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8085 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8086 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8087 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8088
8089 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8090 Lint the file FILE.
8091
8092 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8093
8094 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8095 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8096 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8097
8098 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8099
8100 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8101 Lint the current buffer.
8102 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8103
8104 \(fn)" t nil)
8105
8106 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8107 Lint the function at point.
8108 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8109
8110 \(fn)" t nil)
8111
8112 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8113 Initialize elint.
8114 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8115 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8116
8117 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8118
8119 ;;;***
8120 \f
8121 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8122 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19981
8123 ;;;;;; 40664))
8124 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8125
8126 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8127 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8128 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8129
8130 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8131
8132 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8133 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8134 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8135 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8136
8137 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8138
8139 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8140 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8141 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8142
8143 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8144
8145 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8146
8147 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8148 Display current profiling results.
8149 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8150 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8151 displayed.
8152
8153 \(fn)" t nil)
8154
8155 ;;;***
8156 \f
8157 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8158 ;;;;;; (19988 13913))
8159 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8160
8161 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8162 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8163
8164 With \\[universal-argument], ask for the locking mode to be used.
8165 With other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8166
8167 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it defaults
8168 to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see); afterwards, the locking
8169 mode most recently set on the buffer is used instead.
8170
8171 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8172
8173 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8174 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8175 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8176
8177 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8178
8179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8180
8181 ;;;***
8182 \f
8183 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8184 ;;;;;; (19978 37530))
8185 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8186
8187 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8188 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8189 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8190
8191 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8192
8193 ;;;***
8194 \f
8195 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8196 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8197 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8198 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8199 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (19845 45374))
8200 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8201
8202 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8203 Run Emerge on two files.
8204
8205 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8206
8207 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8208 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8209
8210 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8211
8212 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8213 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8214
8215 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8216
8217 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8218 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8219
8220 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8221
8222 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8223
8224
8225 \(fn)" nil nil)
8226
8227 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8228
8229
8230 \(fn)" nil nil)
8231
8232 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8233
8234
8235 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8236
8237 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8238
8239
8240 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8241
8242 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8243 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8244
8245 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8246
8247 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8248 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8249
8250 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8251
8252 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8253
8254
8255 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8256
8257 ;;;***
8258 \f
8259 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8260 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19845 45374))
8261 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8262
8263 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8264 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8265 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8266 text/enriched format.
8267 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8268
8269 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8270 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8271
8272 Commands:
8273
8274 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8275
8276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8277
8278 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8279
8280
8281 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8282
8283 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8284
8285
8286 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8287
8288 ;;;***
8289 \f
8290 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8291 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8292 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8293 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8294 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8295 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19865
8296 ;;;;;; 50420))
8297 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8298
8299 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8300 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8301
8302 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8303
8304 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8305 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8306
8307 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8308
8309 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8310 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8311 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8312 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8313 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8314 the keys are listed.
8315 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8316
8317 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8318
8319 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8320 Decrypt FILE.
8321
8322 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8323
8324 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8325 Verify FILE.
8326
8327 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8328
8329 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8330 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8331
8332 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8333
8334 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8335 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8336
8337 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8338
8339 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8340 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8341
8342 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8343 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8344 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8345 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8346 should consider using the string based counterpart
8347 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8348 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8349
8350 For example:
8351
8352 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8353 (decode-coding-string
8354 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8355 'utf-8))
8356
8357 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8358
8359 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8360 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8361
8362 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8363 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8364
8365 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8366
8367 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8368 Verify the current region between START and END.
8369
8370 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8371 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8372 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8373 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8374 should consider using the string based counterpart
8375 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8376 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8377
8378 For example:
8379
8380 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8381 (decode-coding-string
8382 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8383 'utf-8))
8384
8385 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8386
8387 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8388 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8389 between START and END.
8390
8391 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8392 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8393
8394 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8395
8396 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8397 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8398
8399 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8400 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8401 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8402 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8403 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8404 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8405
8406 For example:
8407
8408 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8409 (epg-sign-string
8410 context
8411 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8412
8413 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8414
8415 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8416 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8417
8418 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8419 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8420 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8421 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8422 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8423 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8424
8425 For example:
8426
8427 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8428 (epg-encrypt-string
8429 context
8430 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8431 nil))
8432
8433 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8434
8435 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8436 Delete selected KEYS.
8437
8438 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8439
8440 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8441 Import keys from FILE.
8442
8443 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8444
8445 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8446 Import keys from the region.
8447
8448 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8449
8450 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8451 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8452 between START and END.
8453
8454 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8455
8456 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8457 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8458
8459 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8460
8461 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8462 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8463
8464 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8465
8466 ;;;***
8467 \f
8468 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8469 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19865 50420))
8470 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8471
8472 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8473 Decrypt marked files.
8474
8475 \(fn)" t nil)
8476
8477 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8478 Verify marked files.
8479
8480 \(fn)" t nil)
8481
8482 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8483 Sign marked files.
8484
8485 \(fn)" t nil)
8486
8487 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8488 Encrypt marked files.
8489
8490 \(fn)" t nil)
8491
8492 ;;;***
8493 \f
8494 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8495 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19865 50420))
8496 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8497
8498 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8499
8500
8501 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8502
8503 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8504
8505
8506 \(fn)" t nil)
8507
8508 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8509
8510
8511 \(fn)" t nil)
8512
8513 ;;;***
8514 \f
8515 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8516 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8517 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19865 50420))
8518 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8519
8520 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8521 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8522
8523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8524
8525 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8526 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8527 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8528
8529 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8530
8531 \(fn)" t nil)
8532
8533 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8534 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8535 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8536
8537 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8538
8539 \(fn)" t nil)
8540
8541 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8542 Sign the current buffer.
8543 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8544
8545 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8546
8547 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8548
8549 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8550 Encrypt the current buffer.
8551 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8552
8553 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8554
8555 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8556
8557 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8558 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8559 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8560
8561 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8562
8563 \(fn)" t nil)
8564
8565 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8566 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8567 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8568 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8569 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8570 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8571
8572 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8573
8574 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8575 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8576
8577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8578
8579 ;;;***
8580 \f
8581 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19865 50420))
8582 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8583
8584 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8585 Return a context object.
8586
8587 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8588
8589 ;;;***
8590 \f
8591 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8592 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19845 45374))
8593 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8594
8595 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8596 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8597
8598 \(fn)" nil nil)
8599
8600 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8601 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8602
8603 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8604
8605 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8606 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8607
8608 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8609
8610 ;;;***
8611 \f
8612 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8613 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19986 58615))
8614 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8615
8616 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8617 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8618
8619 \(fn)" nil nil)
8620
8621 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8622 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8623 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8624
8625 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8626
8627 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8628 (server (erc-compute-server))
8629 (port (erc-compute-port))
8630 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8631 password
8632 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8633
8634 That is, if called with
8635
8636 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8637
8638 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8639 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8640 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8641
8642 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8643
8644 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8645
8646 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8647 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8648 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8649 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8650
8651 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8652
8653 ;;;***
8654 \f
8655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19845
8656 ;;;;;; 45374))
8657 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8658 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8659
8660 ;;;***
8661 \f
8662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19895 48172))
8663 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8664 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8665
8666 ;;;***
8667 \f
8668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19845 45374))
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8670 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8671
8672 ;;;***
8673 \f
8674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19845 45374))
8675 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8676 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8677
8678 ;;;***
8679 \f
8680 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8681 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19895 48172))
8682 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8683 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8684
8685 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8686 Parser for /dcc command.
8687 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8688 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8689 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8690
8691 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8692
8693 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8694 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8695
8696 \(fn)" nil nil)
8697
8698 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8699 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8700
8701 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8702 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8703 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8704 that subcommand.
8705
8706 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8707
8708 ;;;***
8709 \f
8710 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8711 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8712 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8713 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8714 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8715 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8716
8717 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8718 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8719
8720 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8721
8722 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8723 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8724 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8725 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8726
8727 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8728
8729 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8730
8731
8732 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8733
8734 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8735 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8736
8737 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8738
8739 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8740 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8741
8742 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8743
8744 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8745 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8746
8747 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8748
8749 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8750 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8751
8752 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8753
8754 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8755 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8756
8757 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8758
8759 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8760 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8761
8762 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8763
8764 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8765 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8766
8767 \(fn)" nil nil)
8768
8769 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8770 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8771
8772 \(fn)" nil nil)
8773
8774 ;;;***
8775 \f
8776 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19845
8777 ;;;;;; 45374))
8778 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8779 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8780
8781 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8782 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8783 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8784
8785 \(fn)" nil nil)
8786
8787 ;;;***
8788 \f
8789 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8790 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19845 45374))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8792 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8793
8794 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8795 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8796 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8797 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8798 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8799 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8800 system.
8801
8802 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8803
8804 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8805
8806
8807 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8808
8809 ;;;***
8810 \f
8811 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8812 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8813 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8814
8815 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8816
8817
8818 \(fn)" nil nil)
8819
8820 ;;;***
8821 \f
8822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19845 45374))
8823 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8824 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8825
8826 ;;;***
8827 \f
8828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19845 45374))
8829 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8830 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8831
8832 ;;;***
8833 \f
8834 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8835 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19845 45374))
8836 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8837 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8838
8839 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8840 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8841 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8842 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8843 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8844 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8845
8846 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8847
8848 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8849 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8850 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8851 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8852
8853 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8854 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8855 automatically.
8856
8857 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8858 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8859
8860 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8861
8862 ;;;***
8863 \f
8864 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8865 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8866 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8867 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8868 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8869 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8870
8871 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8872 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8873
8874 \(fn)" t nil)
8875
8876 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8877 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8878
8879 \(fn)" t nil)
8880
8881 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8882 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8883
8884 \(fn)" t nil)
8885
8886 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8887 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8888
8889 \(fn)" t nil)
8890
8891 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8892 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8893
8894 \(fn)" t nil)
8895
8896 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8897 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8898
8899 \(fn)" t nil)
8900
8901 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8902 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8903
8904 \(fn)" t nil)
8905
8906 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8907 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8908
8909 \(fn)" t nil)
8910
8911 ;;;***
8912 \f
8913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19845 45374))
8914 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8915 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8916
8917 ;;;***
8918 \f
8919 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8920 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8921 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8922 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8923
8924 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8925 Show who's gone.
8926
8927 \(fn)" nil nil)
8928
8929 ;;;***
8930 \f
8931 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8932 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19845 45374))
8933 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8934
8935 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8936 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8937 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8938 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8939
8940 \(fn)" nil nil)
8941
8942 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8943 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8944
8945 \(fn)" t nil)
8946
8947 ;;;***
8948 \f
8949 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8950 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19845 45374))
8951 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8952 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8953
8954 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8955 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8956 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8957 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8958
8959 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8960
8961 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8962
8963
8964 \(fn)" nil nil)
8965
8966 ;;;***
8967 \f
8968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19845 45374))
8969 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8970 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8971
8972 ;;;***
8973 \f
8974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19936
8975 ;;;;;; 52203))
8976 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8977 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8978
8979 ;;;***
8980 \f
8981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19845 45374))
8982 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8983 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8984
8985 ;;;***
8986 \f
8987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19845 45374))
8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8989 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8990
8991 ;;;***
8992 \f
8993 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8994 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19845 45374))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8996 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8997
8998 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8999 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9000
9001 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9002
9003 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9004 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9005 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9006
9007 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9008
9009 ;;;***
9010 \f
9011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19845 45374))
9012 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9013 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9014
9015 ;;;***
9016 \f
9017 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9018 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9019 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9020
9021 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9022 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9023 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9024
9025 \(fn)" t nil)
9026
9027 ;;;***
9028 \f
9029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19845
9030 ;;;;;; 45374))
9031 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9032 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9033
9034 ;;;***
9035 \f
9036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19845 45374))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9038 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9039
9040 ;;;***
9041 \f
9042 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9043 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9044 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9045
9046 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9047 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9048 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9049
9050 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9051
9052 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9053 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9054 mode line.
9055
9056 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9057 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9058 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9059
9060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9061 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9062
9063 ;;;***
9064 \f
9065 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9066 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19845 45374))
9067 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9068 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9069
9070 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9071 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9072 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9073 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9074
9075 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9076
9077 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9078 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9079 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9080
9081 \(fn)" t nil)
9082
9083 ;;;***
9084 \f
9085 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9086 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9087 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9088 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9089
9090 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9091 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9092
9093 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9094
9095 ;;;***
9096 \f
9097 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9098 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9099 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (19846 36966))
9100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9101
9102 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9103 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9104
9105 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9106 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9107
9108 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9109 assertions in BODY.
9110
9111 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9112
9113 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9114 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9115 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9116
9117 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9118
9119 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9120
9121 (put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9122
9123 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9124
9125 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9126
9127 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9128 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9129
9130 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9131 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9132 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9133 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9134
9135 Returns the stats object.
9136
9137 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9138
9139 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9140 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9141
9142 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9143 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9144 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9145 the tests).
9146
9147 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9148
9149 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9150 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9151
9152 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9153 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9154 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9155 and how to display message.
9156
9157 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9158
9159 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9160
9161 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9162 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9163
9164 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9165
9166 ;;;***
9167 \f
9168 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9169 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9171
9172 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9173
9174 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9175 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9176
9177 \(fn)" t nil)
9178
9179 ;;;***
9180 \f
9181 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19890
9182 ;;;;;; 42850))
9183 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9184
9185 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9186 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9187
9188 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9189
9190 \(fn)" nil nil)
9191
9192 ;;;***
9193 \f
9194 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9195 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19845 45374))
9196 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9197
9198 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9199 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9200 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9201 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9202 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9203 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9204 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9205 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9206 buffer selected (or created).
9207
9208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9209
9210 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9211 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9212 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9213
9214 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9215
9216 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9217 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9218 The result might be any Lisp object.
9219 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9220 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9221 corresponding to a successful execution.
9222
9223 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9224
9225 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9226
9227 ;;;***
9228 \f
9229 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9230 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9231 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9232 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9233 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9234 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9235 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9236 ;;;;;; (20007 64734))
9237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9238
9239 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9240 *File name of tags table.
9241 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9242 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9243 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9244 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9245 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9246
9247 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9248 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9249 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9250 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9251
9252 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9253
9254 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9255 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9256 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9257 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9258 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9259 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9260
9261 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9262
9263 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9264 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9265 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9266 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9267 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9268 `auto-compression-mode').")
9269
9270 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9271
9272 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9273 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9274 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9275 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9276 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9277
9278 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9279
9280 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9281 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9282 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9283 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9284
9285 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9286
9287 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9288 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9289 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9290 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9291 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9292
9293 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9294
9295 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9296 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9297
9298 \(fn)" t nil)
9299
9300 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9301 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9302 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9303 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9304
9305 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9306 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9307 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9308 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9309 file the tag was in.
9310
9311 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9312
9313 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9314 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9315 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9316 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9317 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9318 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9319 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9320 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9321 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9322
9323 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9324
9325 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9326 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9327 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9328 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9329 without directory names.
9330
9331 \(fn)" nil nil)
9332 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9333 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9334 (progn
9335 (load "etags")
9336 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9337
9338 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9339 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9340 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9341 but does not select the buffer.
9342 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9343
9344 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9345 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9346 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9347 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9348 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9349
9350 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9351
9352 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9353 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9354 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9355
9356 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9357
9358 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9359
9360 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9361 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9362 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9363 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9364
9365 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9366 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9367 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9368 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9369 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9370
9371 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9372
9373 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9374 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9375 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9376
9377 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9378
9379 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9380 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9381
9382 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9383 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9384 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9385 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9386 around or before point.
9387
9388 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9389 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9390 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9391 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9392 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9393
9394 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9395
9396 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9397 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9398 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9399
9400 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9401
9402 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9403 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9404
9405 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9406 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9407 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9408 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9409 around or before point.
9410
9411 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9412 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9413 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9414 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9415 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9416
9417 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9418
9419 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9420 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9421 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9422
9423 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9424
9425 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9426 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9427
9428 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9429 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9430 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9431
9432 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9433 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9434 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9435 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9436 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9437
9438 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9439
9440 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9441 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9442 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9443
9444 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9445
9446 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9447 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9448 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9449
9450 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9451 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9452
9453 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9454 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9455 where they were found.
9456
9457 \(fn)" t nil)
9458
9459 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9460 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9461
9462 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9463 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9464 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9465
9466 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9467 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9468
9469 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9470 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9471
9472 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9473
9474 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9475 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9476 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9477 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9478
9479 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9480 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9481 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9482 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9483 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9484
9485 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9486 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9487
9488 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9489 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9490 Stops when a match is found.
9491 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9492
9493 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9494 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9495 restricted to these files.
9496
9497 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9498
9499 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9500
9501 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9502 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9503 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9504 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9505 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9506 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9507 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9508 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9509
9510 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9511 produce the list of files to search.
9512
9513 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9514
9515 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9516
9517 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9518 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9519 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9520 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9521 directory specification.
9522
9523 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9524
9525 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9526 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9527
9528 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9529
9530 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9531 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9532 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9533 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9534
9535 \(fn)" t nil)
9536
9537 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9538 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9539 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9540 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9541 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9542
9543 \(fn)" t nil)
9544
9545 ;;;***
9546 \f
9547 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9548 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9549 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9550 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9551 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9552 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9553 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9554 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9555 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9556
9557 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9558
9559
9560 \(fn)" nil nil)
9561
9562 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9563 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9564
9565 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9566 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9567
9568 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9569 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9570 primary language.
9571
9572 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9573 even if the buffer is read-only.
9574
9575 See also the descriptions of the variables
9576 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9577
9578 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9579
9580 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9581 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9582
9583 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9584 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9585
9586 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9587 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9588 primary language.
9589
9590 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9591 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9592
9593 See also the descriptions of the variables
9594 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9595
9596 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9597
9598 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9599 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9600 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9601 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9602
9603 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9604
9605 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9606 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9607 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9608 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9609
9610 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9611 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9612 primary language.
9613
9614 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9615 buffer is read-only.
9616
9617 See also the descriptions of the variables
9618 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9619 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9620
9621 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9622
9623 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9624 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9625
9626 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9627 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9628
9629 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9630 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9631 the primary language.
9632
9633 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9634 buffer is read-only.
9635
9636 See also the descriptions of the variables
9637 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9638 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9639
9640 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9641
9642 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9643 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9644 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9645
9646 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9647
9648 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9649 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9650
9651 \(fn)" t nil)
9652
9653 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9654 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9655
9656 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9657 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9658 be 1, 2, or 3.
9659
9660 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9661 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9662 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9663
9664 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9665
9666 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9667
9668 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9669 This function is deprecated.
9670
9671 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9672
9673 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9674 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9675
9676 \(fn)" t nil)
9677
9678 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9679 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9680
9681 \(fn)" t nil)
9682
9683 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9684 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9685
9686 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9687 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9688
9689 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9690 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9691
9692 \(fn)" nil nil)
9693
9694 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9695 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9696
9697 \(fn)" nil nil)
9698
9699 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9700 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9701
9702 \(fn)" nil nil)
9703
9704 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9705 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9706
9707 \(fn)" nil nil)
9708
9709 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9710 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9711 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9712
9713 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9714
9715 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9716
9717
9718 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9719
9720 ;;;***
9721 \f
9722 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9723 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9724 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
9725 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9726
9727 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9728 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9729 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9730 server for future sessions.
9731
9732 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9733
9734 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9735 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9736 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9737
9738 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9739
9740 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9741 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9742 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9743
9744 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9745
9746 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9747 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9748 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9749 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9750 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9751 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9752 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9753 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9754 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9755 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9756 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9757 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9758
9759 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9760
9761 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9762 Display a form to query the directory server.
9763 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9764 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9765
9766 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9767
9768 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9769 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9770 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9771
9772 \(fn)" t nil)
9773
9774 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9775
9776 ;;;***
9777 \f
9778 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9779 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9780 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19845 45374))
9781 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9782
9783 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9784 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9785
9786 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9787
9788 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9789 Display URL and make it clickable.
9790
9791 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9792
9793 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9794 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9795
9796 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9797
9798 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9799 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9800
9801 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9802
9803 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9804 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9805
9806 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9807
9808 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9809 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9810
9811 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9812
9813 ;;;***
9814 \f
9815 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9816 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19931 11784))
9817 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9818
9819 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9820 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9821 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9822
9823 \(fn)" t nil)
9824
9825 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9826 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9827
9828 \(fn)" t nil)
9829
9830 ;;;***
9831 \f
9832 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9833 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
9834 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9835
9836 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9837 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9838
9839 \(fn)" t nil)
9840
9841 ;;;***
9842 \f
9843 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19845
9844 ;;;;;; 45374))
9845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9846
9847 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9848 Create an empty ewoc.
9849
9850 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9851
9852 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9853 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9854 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9855 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9856 `insert-before-markers'.
9857
9858 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9859 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9860 respectively, of the ewoc.
9861
9862 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9863 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9864 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9865
9866 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9867
9868 ;;;***
9869 \f
9870 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9871 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9872 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9873 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
9874 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9875
9876 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9877 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9878 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9879
9880 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9881
9882 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9883 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9884 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9885 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9886 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9887
9888 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9889
9890 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9891 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9892 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9893 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9894 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9895 executable.
9896
9897 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9898
9899 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9900 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9901 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9902
9903 \(fn)" t nil)
9904
9905 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9906 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9907 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9908 file modes.
9909
9910 \(fn)" nil nil)
9911
9912 ;;;***
9913 \f
9914 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9915 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9916 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
9917 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9918
9919 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9920 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9921 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9922 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9923
9924 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9925
9926 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9927 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9928 to generate such functions.
9929
9930 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9931 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9932 beginning of the expanded text.
9933
9934 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9935 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9936 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9937 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9938
9939 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9940
9941 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9942
9943 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9944 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9945 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9946
9947 \(fn)" nil nil)
9948
9949 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9950 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9951 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9952
9953 \(fn)" t nil)
9954
9955 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9956 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9957 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9958
9959 \(fn)" t nil)
9960 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9961 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9962
9963 ;;;***
9964 \f
9965 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19975 1875))
9966 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9967
9968 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9969 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9970 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9971
9972 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9973 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9974 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9975
9976 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9977
9978 Key definitions:
9979 \\{f90-mode-map}
9980
9981 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9982
9983 `f90-do-indent'
9984 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9985 `f90-if-indent'
9986 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9987 `f90-type-indent'
9988 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9989 `f90-program-indent'
9990 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9991 (default 2).
9992 `f90-associate-indent'
9993 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
9994 `f90-critical-indent'
9995 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
9996 `f90-continuation-indent'
9997 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9998 `f90-comment-region'
9999 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10000 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10001 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10002 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10003 (default \"!\").
10004 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10005 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10006 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10007 `f90-break-delimiters'
10008 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10009 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10010 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10011 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10012 (default t).
10013 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10014 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10015 `f90-smart-end'
10016 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10017 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10018 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10019 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10020 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10021 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10022 `f90-leave-line-no'
10023 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10024
10025 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10026 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10027
10028 \(fn)" t nil)
10029
10030 ;;;***
10031 \f
10032 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10033 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10034 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10035 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19845
10036 ;;;;;; 45374))
10037 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10038
10039 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10040 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10041
10042 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10043 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10044
10045 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10046 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10047 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10048 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10049 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10050 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10051 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10052
10053 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10054 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10055 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10056
10057 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10058
10059 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10060 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10061
10062 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10063
10064 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10065 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10066 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10067 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10068 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10069 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10070
10071 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10072
10073 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10074 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10075 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10076
10077 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10078 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10079 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10080 the same amount).
10081
10082 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10083
10084 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10085 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10086 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10087
10088 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10089 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10090 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10091 will remove any scaling currently active.
10092
10093 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10094
10095 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10096 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10097 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10098
10099 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10100 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10101 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10102 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10103 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10104
10105 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10106 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10107
10108 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10109 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10110
10111 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10112 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10113 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10114
10115 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10116 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10117 is one of the above.
10118
10119 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10120 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10121 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10122 will remove any scaling currently active.
10123
10124 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10125 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10126 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10127 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10128 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10129
10130 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10131
10132 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10133 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10134 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
10135 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10136
10137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10138
10139 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10140 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10141 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10142 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10143 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10144
10145 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10146 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10147
10148 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10149
10150 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10151 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10152 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10153 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10154
10155 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10156 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10157 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10158 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10159
10160 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10161 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10162
10163 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10164
10165 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10166 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10167 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10168 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10169
10170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10171
10172 ;;;***
10173 \f
10174 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10175 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10176 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19986 58615))
10177 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10178
10179 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10180 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10181 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10182 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10183
10184 \(fn)" nil nil)
10185
10186 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10187 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10188
10189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10190
10191 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10192 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10193 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10194 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10195
10196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10197
10198 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10199 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10200 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10201 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10202 backup file names and the like).
10203
10204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10205
10206 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10207 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10208 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10209 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10210 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10211 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10212 internally by feedmail):
10213
10214 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10215 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10216 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10217 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10218
10219 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10220 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10221 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10222 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10223 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10224
10225 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10226
10227 ;;;***
10228 \f
10229 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10230 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19845 45374))
10231 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10232
10233 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10234 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10235 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10236 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10237 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10238 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10239 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10240
10241 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10242
10243 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10244 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10245 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10246 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10247 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10248 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10249 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10250
10251 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10252
10253 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10254
10255 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10256 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10257 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10258 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10259 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10260 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10261
10262 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10263
10264 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10265 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10266 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10267 Return value:
10268 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10269 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10270 * otherwise, nil
10271
10272 \(fn E)" t nil)
10273
10274 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10275 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10276 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10277
10278 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10279
10280 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
10281 Try to get a file name at point.
10282 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
10283
10284 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10285 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10286
10287 \(fn)" t nil)
10288
10289 ;;;***
10290 \f
10291 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10292 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10293 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10294 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19845 45374))
10295 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10296
10297 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10298 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10299 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10300 be added to the cache.
10301
10302 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10303
10304 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10305 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10306 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10307 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10308 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10309
10310 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10311
10312 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10313 Add FILE to the file cache.
10314
10315 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10316
10317 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10318 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10319 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10320
10321 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10322
10323 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10324 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10325 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10326
10327 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10328
10329 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10330 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10331 This function does not use any external programs.
10332 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10333 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10334 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10335
10336 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10337
10338 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10339 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10340 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10341 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10342 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10343 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10344 \(directories) is done.
10345
10346 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10347
10348 ;;;***
10349 \f
10350 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10351 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10352 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10353 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10354 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19886 45771))
10355 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10356
10357 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10358 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10359
10360 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10361 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10362 Local Variables list.
10363
10364 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10365 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10366 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10367
10368 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10369
10370 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10371 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10372
10373 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10374
10375 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10376 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10377
10378 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10379 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10380 the -*- line.
10381
10382 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10383 then this function adds it.
10384
10385 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10386
10387 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10388 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10389
10390 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10391
10392 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10393 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10394
10395 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10396
10397 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10398 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10399
10400 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10401
10402 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10403 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10404
10405 \(fn)" t nil)
10406
10407 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10408 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10409
10410 \(fn)" t nil)
10411
10412 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10413 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10414
10415 \(fn)" t nil)
10416
10417 ;;;***
10418 \f
10419 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19845
10420 ;;;;;; 45374))
10421 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10422
10423 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10424 Filesets initialization.
10425 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10426
10427 \(fn)" nil nil)
10428
10429 ;;;***
10430 \f
10431 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19845 45374))
10432 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10433
10434 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10435 Initiate the building of a find command.
10436 For example:
10437
10438 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10439 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10440 (mtime \"+1\"))
10441 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10442
10443 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10444 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10445
10446 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10447
10448 ;;;***
10449 \f
10450 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10451 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (19980 19797))
10452 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10453
10454 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10455 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10456 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10457
10458 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10459
10460 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10461 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10462
10463 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10464
10465 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10466 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10467 and run dired on those files.
10468 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10469 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10470
10471 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10472
10473 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10474
10475 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10476 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10477 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10478
10479 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10480 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10481
10482 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10483 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10484
10485 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10486
10487 ;;;***
10488 \f
10489 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10490 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10491 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10492 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10493
10494 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10495 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10496 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10497 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10498 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10499 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10500 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10501
10502 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10503 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10504 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10505
10506 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10507
10508 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10509
10510 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10511
10512 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10513 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10514 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10515
10516 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10517 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10518
10519 Variables of interest include:
10520
10521 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10522 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10523 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10524
10525 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10526 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10527 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10528
10529 - `ff-ignore-include'
10530 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10531
10532 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10533 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10534
10535 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10536 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10537
10538 - `ff-special-constructs'
10539 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10540 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10541 extracting the filename from that construct.
10542
10543 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10544 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10545
10546 - `ff-search-directories'
10547 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10548 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10549
10550 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10551 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10552
10553 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10554 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10555
10556 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10557 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10558
10559 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10560 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10561
10562 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10563 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10564
10565 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10566
10567 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10568 Visit the file you click on.
10569
10570 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10571
10572 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10573 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10574
10575 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10576
10577 ;;;***
10578 \f
10579 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10580 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10581 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10582 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10583 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10584 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10585 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19981 40664))
10586 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10587
10588 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10589 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10590 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10591
10592 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10593
10594 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10595 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10596 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10597 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10598
10599 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10600 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10601 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10602 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10603
10604 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10605
10606 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10607 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10608
10609 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10610 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10611 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10612 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10613
10614 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10615 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10616 in `load-path'.
10617
10618 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10619
10620 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10621 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10622
10623 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10624 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10625 places point before the definition.
10626 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10627
10628 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10629 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10630 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10631
10632 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10633
10634 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10635 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10636
10637 See `find-function' for more details.
10638
10639 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10640
10641 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10642 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10643
10644 See `find-function' for more details.
10645
10646 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10647
10648 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10649 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10650
10651 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10652 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10653 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10654
10655 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10656 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10657
10658 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10659
10660 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10661 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10662
10663 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10664 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10665 places point before the definition.
10666
10667 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10668
10669 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10670 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10671 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10672
10673 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10674
10675 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10676 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10677
10678 See `find-variable' for more details.
10679
10680 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10681
10682 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10683 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10684
10685 See `find-variable' for more details.
10686
10687 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10688
10689 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10690 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10691 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10692 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10693 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10694 buffer nor display it.
10695
10696 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10697 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10698
10699 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10700
10701 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10702 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10703
10704 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10705 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10706 places point before the definition.
10707
10708 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10709
10710 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10711 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10712 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10713
10714 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10715
10716 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10717 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10718 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10719
10720 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10721
10722 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10723 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10724
10725 \(fn)" t nil)
10726
10727 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10728 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10729
10730 \(fn)" t nil)
10731
10732 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10733 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10734
10735 \(fn)" nil nil)
10736
10737 ;;;***
10738 \f
10739 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10740 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19886 45771))
10741 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10742
10743 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10744 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10745
10746 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10747
10748 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10749 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10750
10751 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10752
10753 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10754 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10755
10756 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10757
10758 ;;;***
10759 \f
10760 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10761 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19893 19022))
10762 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10763
10764 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10765 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10766
10767 \(fn)" t nil)
10768
10769 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10770 Display FILE's commentary section.
10771 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10772
10773 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10774
10775 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10776 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10777
10778 \(fn)" t nil)
10779
10780 ;;;***
10781 \f
10782 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10783 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19845 45374))
10784 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10785
10786 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10787 Toggle flow control handling.
10788 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10789 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10790
10791 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10792
10793 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10794 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10795 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10796 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10797 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10798 to get the effect of a C-q.
10799
10800 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10801
10802 ;;;***
10803 \f
10804 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10805 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10806 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10807
10808 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10809
10810
10811 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10812
10813 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10814
10815
10816 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10817
10818 ;;;***
10819 \f
10820 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
10821 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19984 16846))
10822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10823
10824 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10825 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10826 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10827 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10828
10829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10830
10831 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10832 Turn flymake mode on.
10833
10834 \(fn)" nil nil)
10835
10836 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10837 Turn flymake mode off.
10838
10839 \(fn)" nil nil)
10840
10841 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10842
10843
10844 \(fn)" nil nil)
10845
10846 ;;;***
10847 \f
10848 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10849 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10850 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19982 3545))
10851 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10852
10853 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10854 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10855
10856 \(fn)" t nil)
10857 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10858
10859 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10860 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10861 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10862 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10863 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10864 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10865 otherwise turn it off.
10866
10867 Bindings:
10868 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10869 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10870 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10871 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10872
10873 Hooks:
10874 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10875
10876 Remark:
10877 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10878 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10879 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10880
10881 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10882 consider adding:
10883 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10884 in your .emacs file.
10885
10886 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10887 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10888
10889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10890
10891 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10892 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10893
10894 \(fn)" nil nil)
10895
10896 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10897 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10898
10899 \(fn)" nil nil)
10900
10901 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10902 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10903
10904 \(fn)" nil nil)
10905
10906 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10907 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10908
10909 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10910
10911 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10912 Flyspell whole buffer.
10913
10914 \(fn)" t nil)
10915
10916 ;;;***
10917 \f
10918 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10919 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10920 ;;;;;; (19998 49767))
10921 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10922
10923 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10924 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10925
10926 \(fn)" nil nil)
10927
10928 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10929 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10930
10931 \(fn)" nil nil)
10932
10933 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10934 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10935
10936 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10937 of two major techniques:
10938
10939 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10940 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10941 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10942
10943 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10944 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10945 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10946 movement commands.
10947
10948 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10949 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10950 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10951 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10952 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10953 mileage may vary).
10954
10955 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10956 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10957
10958 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10959
10960 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10961 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10962 \(This is the default.)
10963
10964 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10965
10966 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10967 \\{follow-mode-map}
10968
10969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10970
10971 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10972 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10973
10974 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10975 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10976 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10977 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10978 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10979 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10980
10981 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10982 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10983 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10984
10985 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10986 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10987 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10988
10989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10990
10991 ;;;***
10992 \f
10993 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19913
10994 ;;;;;; 4309))
10995 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10996
10997 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10998 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10999 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
11000 started, play around with the following keys:
11001 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11002
11003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11004
11005 ;;;***
11006 \f
11007 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11008 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19886 45771))
11009 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11010
11011 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11012 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11013
11014 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11015 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11016 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11017 C-c < forms-first-record <
11018 C-c > forms-last-record >
11019 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11020 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11021 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11022 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11023 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11024 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11025 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11026 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11027 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11028 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11029
11030 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11031
11032 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11033 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11034
11035 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11036
11037 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11038 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11039
11040 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11041
11042 ;;;***
11043 \f
11044 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11045 ;;;;;; (19956 37456))
11046 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11047
11048 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11049 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11050 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11051
11052 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11053 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11054
11055 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11056
11057 Key definitions:
11058 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11059
11060 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11061
11062 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11063 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11064 `fortran-do-indent'
11065 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11066 `fortran-if-indent'
11067 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11068 `fortran-structure-indent'
11069 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11070 (default 3)
11071 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11072 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11073 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11074 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11075 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11076 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11077 nil don't change the indentation
11078 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11079 value of either
11080 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11081 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11082 depending on the continuation format in use.
11083 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11084 indentation for a line of code.
11085 (default 'fixed)
11086 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11087 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11088 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11089 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11090 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11091 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11092 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11093 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11094 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11095 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11096 column 5.
11097 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11098 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11099 statements (default nil).
11100 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11101 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11102 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11103 `fortran-continuation-string'
11104 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11105 line (default \"$\").
11106 `fortran-comment-region'
11107 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11108 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11109 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11110 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11111 as typed (default t).
11112 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11113 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11114
11115 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11116 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11117
11118 \(fn)" t nil)
11119
11120 ;;;***
11121 \f
11122 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11123 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19931 11784))
11124 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11125
11126 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11127 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11128
11129 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11130 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11131
11132 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11133
11134 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11135 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11136
11137 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11138 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11139
11140 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11141
11142 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11143 Compile fortune file.
11144
11145 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11146 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11147
11148 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11149
11150 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11151 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11152
11153 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11154 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11155 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11156 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11157
11158 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11159
11160 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11161 Display a fortune cookie.
11162 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11163 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11164 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11165 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11166
11167 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11168
11169 ;;;***
11170 \f
11171 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11172 ;;;;;; (19988 13913))
11173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11174
11175 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11176 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11177
11178 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
11179
11180 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11181 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11182 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11183 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11184
11185 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11186 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11187 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11188 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11189
11190 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11191 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11192 shown in some of the buffers.
11193
11194 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11195
11196 The following commands help control operation :
11197
11198 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11199 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11200
11201 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11202 detailed description of this mode.
11203
11204
11205 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11206 | GDB Toolbar |
11207 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11208 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11209 | | |
11210 | | |
11211 | | |
11212 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11213 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11214 | | (comint-mode) |
11215 | | |
11216 | | |
11217 | | |
11218 | | |
11219 | | |
11220 | | |
11221 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11222 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11223 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11224 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11225 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11226 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11227
11228 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11229
11230 ;;;***
11231 \f
11232 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11233 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19845
11234 ;;;;;; 45374))
11235 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11236
11237 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11238 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11239 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11240 instead (which see).")
11241
11242 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11243 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11244
11245 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11246 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11247 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11248 documentation string instead.
11249
11250 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11251 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11252 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11253 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11254 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11255 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11256 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11257 enders are actually possible.
11258
11259 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11260 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11261
11262 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11263 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11264 `font-lock-keywords'.
11265
11266 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11267 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11268 runs the macro expansion.
11269
11270 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11271 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11272 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11273
11274 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11275
11276 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11277
11278 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11279
11280 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11281 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11282
11283 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11284
11285 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11286 Enter generic mode MODE.
11287
11288 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11289 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11290 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11291
11292 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11293 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11294
11295 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11296
11297 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11298 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11299 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11300 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11301 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11302 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11303 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11304 `font-lock-keywords'.
11305
11306 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11307
11308 ;;;***
11309 \f
11310 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11311 ;;;;;; (19906 31087))
11312 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11313
11314 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11315 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11316 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11317 at places they belong to.
11318
11319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11320
11321 ;;;***
11322 \f
11323 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11324 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11325 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11326 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11327
11328 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11329 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11330 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11331
11332 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11333
11334 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11335 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11336
11337 Guideline for numbers:
11338 1 - error messages
11339 3 - non-serious error messages
11340 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11341 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11342 9 - messages inside loops.
11343
11344 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11345
11346 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11347 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11348 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11349
11350 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11351
11352 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11353 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11354
11355 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11356
11357 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11358 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11359
11360 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11361 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11362 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11363 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11364 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11365 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11366
11367 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11368 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11369 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11370 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11371 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11372
11373 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11374
11375 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11376
11377 ;;;***
11378 \f
11379 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11380 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20006 43871))
11381 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11382 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11383 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11384
11385 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11386 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11387
11388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11389
11390 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11391 Read network news.
11392 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11393 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11394 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11395 name of an NNTP server to use.
11396 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11397 server.
11398
11399 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11400
11401 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11402 Read news as a slave.
11403
11404 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11405
11406 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11407 Pop up a frame to read news.
11408 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11409 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11410 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11411 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11412 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11413 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11414 current display is used.
11415
11416 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11417
11418 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11419 Read network news.
11420 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11421 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11422 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11423
11424 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11425
11426 ;;;***
11427 \f
11428 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11429 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11430 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11431 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11432 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11433 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19953 61266))
11434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11435
11436 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11437 Start Gnus unplugged.
11438
11439 \(fn)" t nil)
11440
11441 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11442 Start Gnus plugged.
11443
11444 \(fn)" t nil)
11445
11446 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11447 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11448
11449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11450
11451 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11452 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11453
11454 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11455 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11456 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11457
11458 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11459 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11460 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11461
11462 \(fn)" t nil)
11463
11464 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11465 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11466
11467 \(fn)" nil nil)
11468
11469 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11470 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11471 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11472 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11473 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11474 supported.
11475
11476 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11477
11478 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11479 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11480 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11481 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11482 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11483 supported.
11484
11485 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11486
11487 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11488 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11489
11490 \(fn)" nil nil)
11491
11492 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11493 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11494 downloaded into the agent.
11495
11496 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11497
11498 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11499 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11500 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11501 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11502
11503 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11504
11505 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11506 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11507
11508 \(fn)" t nil)
11509
11510 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11511 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11512
11513 \(fn)" t nil)
11514
11515 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11516 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11517 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11518
11519 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11520
11521 ;;;***
11522 \f
11523 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11524 ;;;;;; (20022 32083))
11525 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11526
11527 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11528 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11529
11530 \(fn)" nil nil)
11531
11532 ;;;***
11533 \f
11534 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11535 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19845 45374))
11536 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11537
11538 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11539 Set a bookmark for this article.
11540
11541 \(fn)" t nil)
11542
11543 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11544 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11545
11546 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11547
11548 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11549 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11550 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11551 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11552 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11553
11554 \(fn)" t nil)
11555
11556 ;;;***
11557 \f
11558 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11559 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11560 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19845
11561 ;;;;;; 45374))
11562 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11563
11564 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11565 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11566
11567 Usage:
11568 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11569
11570 \(fn)" t nil)
11571
11572 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11573 Generate the cache active file.
11574
11575 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11576
11577 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11578 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11579
11580 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11581
11582 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11583 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11584 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11585 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11586 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11587 supported.
11588
11589 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11590
11591 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11592 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11593 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11594 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11595 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11596 supported.
11597
11598 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11599
11600 ;;;***
11601 \f
11602 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11603 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19931 11784))
11604 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11605
11606 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11607 Delay this article by some time.
11608 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11609
11610 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11611 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11612
11613 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11614 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11615
11616 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11617 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11618
11619 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11620
11621 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11622 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11623
11624 \(fn)" t nil)
11625
11626 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11627 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11628 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11629 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11630
11631 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11632 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11633
11634 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11635
11636 ;;;***
11637 \f
11638 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11639 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19845 45374))
11640 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11641
11642 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11643
11644
11645 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11646
11647 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11648
11649
11650 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11651
11652 ;;;***
11653 \f
11654 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11655 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11656 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11657
11658 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11659 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11660
11661 \(fn)" t nil)
11662
11663 ;;;***
11664 \f
11665 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11666 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
11667 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11668
11669 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11670 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11671
11672 \(fn)" t nil)
11673
11674 ;;;***
11675 \f
11676 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11677 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11678 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19980
11679 ;;;;;; 19797))
11680 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11681
11682 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11683 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11684
11685 \(fn)" t nil)
11686
11687 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11688 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11689
11690 \(fn)" t nil)
11691
11692 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11693 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11694
11695 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11696 different input formats.
11697
11698 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11699
11700 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11701 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11702
11703 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11704 different input formats.
11705
11706 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11707
11708 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11709 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11710 The PNG is returned as a string.
11711
11712 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11713
11714 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11715 Convert FILE to a Face.
11716 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11717 726 bytes.
11718
11719 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11720
11721 ;;;***
11722 \f
11723 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11724 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (19845 45374))
11725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11726
11727 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11728 Display gravatar in the From header.
11729 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11730
11731 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11732
11733 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11734 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11735 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11736
11737 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11738
11739 ;;;***
11740 \f
11741 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11742 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20006 43871))
11743 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11744
11745 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11746 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11747 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11748 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11749
11750 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11751
11752 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11753 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11754
11755 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11756
11757 ;;;***
11758 \f
11759 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11760 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20006 43871))
11761 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11762
11763 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
11764
11765
11766 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
11767
11768 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
11769
11770
11771 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
11772
11773 ;;;***
11774 \f
11775 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11776 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11778
11779 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11780
11781 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11782 Run batched scoring.
11783 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11784
11785 \(fn)" t nil)
11786
11787 ;;;***
11788 \f
11789 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11790 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11791 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11792 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11793
11794 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11795
11796
11797 \(fn)" nil nil)
11798
11799 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11800 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11801 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11802
11803 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11804
11805 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11806 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11807
11808 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11809
11810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11811
11812 ;;;***
11813 \f
11814 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11815 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11816 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11817 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11818
11819 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11820 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11821 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11822 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11823 group parameters.
11824
11825 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11826 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11827 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11828 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11829
11830 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11831 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11832 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11833 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11834 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11835 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11836 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11837 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11838 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11839 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11840
11841 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11842
11843 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11844 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11845 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11846 nil CATCH-ALL).
11847
11848 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11849 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11850
11851 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11852
11853 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11854 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11855 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11856
11857 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11858
11859 \(fn)" nil nil)
11860
11861 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11862 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11863 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11864
11865 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11866
11867 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11868 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11869 existing groups are considered.
11870
11871 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11872 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11873 returned.
11874
11875 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11876 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11877 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11878 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11879 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11880 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11881 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11882 clauses will be generated.
11883
11884 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11885 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11886 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11887 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11888 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11889 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11890
11891 For example, given the following group parameters:
11892
11893 nnml:mail.bar:
11894 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11895 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11896 nnml:mail.foo:
11897 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11898 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11899 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11900 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11901 nnml:mail.others:
11902 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11903
11904 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11905
11906 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11907 \"mail.bar\")
11908 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11909 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11910 \"mail.others\")
11911
11912 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11913
11914 ;;;***
11915 \f
11916 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11917 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19990 55648))
11918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11919
11920 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11921 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11922 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11923 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11924
11925 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
11926
11927 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11928 Mail to ADDRESS.
11929
11930 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11931
11932 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11933 Like `message-reply'.
11934
11935 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11936
11937 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11938
11939 ;;;***
11940 \f
11941 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11942 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11943 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11944 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11945
11946 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11947 Display picons in the From header.
11948 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11949
11950 \(fn)" t nil)
11951
11952 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11953 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11954 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11955
11956 \(fn)" t nil)
11957
11958 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11959 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11960 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11961
11962 \(fn)" t nil)
11963
11964 ;;;***
11965 \f
11966 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11967 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11968 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11969 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11970 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19845 45374))
11971 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11972
11973 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11974 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11975 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11976 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11977
11978 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11979
11980 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11981 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11982 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11983 LIST1 is modified.
11984
11985 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11986
11987 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11988 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11989 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11990
11991 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11992
11993 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11994
11995
11996 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11997
11998 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11999 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12000 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12001
12002 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12003
12004 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12005 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12006 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12007
12008 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12009
12010 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12011
12012 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12013 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12014 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12015
12016 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12017
12018 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12019 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12020 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12021
12022 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12023
12024 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12025 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12026 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12027
12028 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12029
12030 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12031 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12032
12033 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12034
12035 ;;;***
12036 \f
12037 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12038 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19976 22732))
12039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12040
12041 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12042 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12043
12044 \(fn)" t nil)
12045
12046 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12047 Install the registry hooks.
12048
12049 \(fn)" t nil)
12050
12051 ;;;***
12052 \f
12053 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12054 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19845
12055 ;;;;;; 45374))
12056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12057
12058 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12059 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12060 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12061 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12062 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12063 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12064
12065 \(fn)" t nil)
12066
12067 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12068 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12069 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12070 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12071 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12072
12073 \(fn)" t nil)
12074
12075 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12076
12077
12078 \(fn)" t nil)
12079
12080 ;;;***
12081 \f
12082 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12083 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12084 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12085
12086 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12087 Update the format specification near point.
12088
12089 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12090
12091 ;;;***
12092 \f
12093 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12094 ;;;;;; (19988 13913))
12095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12096
12097 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12098 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12099
12100 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12101
12102 ;;;***
12103 \f
12104 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12105 ;;;;;; (20022 32083))
12106 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12107
12108 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12109 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12110 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12111
12112 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12113
12114 ;;;***
12115 \f
12116 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12117 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (19845 45374))
12118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12119
12120 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12121 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12122
12123 \(fn)" t nil)
12124
12125 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12126 Install the sync hooks.
12127
12128 \(fn)" t nil)
12129
12130 ;;;***
12131 \f
12132 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12133 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12135
12136 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12137 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12138
12139 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12140
12141 ;;;***
12142 \f
12143 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12144 ;;;;;; (20002 46800))
12145 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12146
12147 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits nil "\
12148 The minimum number of bits to be used in Diffie-Hellman key exchange.
12149
12150 This sets the minimum accepted size of the key to be used in a
12151 client-server handshake. If the server sends a prime with fewer than
12152 the specified number of bits the handshake will fail.
12153
12154 A value of nil says to use the default gnutls value.")
12155
12156 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12157
12158 ;;;***
12159 \f
12160 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19889 21967))
12161 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12162
12163 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12164 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12165
12166 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12167 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12168 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12169
12170 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12171 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12172 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12173
12174 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12175 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12176
12177 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12178 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12179
12180 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12181
12182 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12183
12184 ;;;***
12185 \f
12186 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12187 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19845
12188 ;;;;;; 45374))
12189 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12190
12191 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12192
12193 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12194 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12195 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12196 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12197 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12198
12199 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12200
12201 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12202 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12203 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12204 or to send e-mail.
12205 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12206 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12207
12208 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12209 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12210
12211 \(fn)" t nil)
12212 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12213
12214 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12215 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12216
12217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12218
12219 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12220 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12221
12222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12223
12224 ;;;***
12225 \f
12226 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12227 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (19845 45374))
12228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12229
12230 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12231 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12232 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12233
12234 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12235
12236 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12237 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12238
12239 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12240
12241 ;;;***
12242 \f
12243 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12244 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12245 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19989 34789))
12246 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12247
12248 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12249 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12250
12251 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12252
12253 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12254 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12255 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12256 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12257 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12258
12259 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12260 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12261 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12262
12263 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12264
12265 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12266 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12267 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12268 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12269 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12270
12271 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12272
12273 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12274 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12275
12276 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12277
12278 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([1-9][0-9]*\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12279 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12280
12281 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12282 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12283 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12284
12285 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12286 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12287 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12288
12289 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12290 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12291 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12292 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12293
12294 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12295 How to invoke find and grep.
12296 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12297 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12298 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12299 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12300
12301 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12302
12303 (defvar grep-history nil)
12304
12305 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12306
12307 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12308 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12309 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12310
12311 \(fn)" nil nil)
12312
12313 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12314
12315
12316 \(fn)" nil nil)
12317
12318 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12319 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12320
12321 \(fn)" nil nil)
12322
12323 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12324 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12325 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12326 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12327 found matches.
12328
12329 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12330 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12331
12332 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12333 can easily repeat a grep command.
12334
12335 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12336 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12337 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12338 list is empty).
12339
12340 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12341
12342 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12343 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12344 Collect output in a buffer.
12345 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12346 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12347
12348 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12349 easily repeat a find command.
12350
12351 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12352
12353 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12354
12355 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12356 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12357 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12358 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12359 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12360
12361 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12362 before it is executed.
12363 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12364
12365 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12366 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12367 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12368
12369 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12370
12371 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12372
12373 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12374 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12375 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12376 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12377 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12378
12379 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12380 before it is executed.
12381 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12382
12383 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12384 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12385 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12386
12387 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12388
12389 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12390
12391 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12392 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12393 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12394 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12395
12396 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12397
12398 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12399
12400 ;;;***
12401 \f
12402 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19845 45374))
12403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12404
12405 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12406 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12407 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12408 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12409 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12410
12411 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12412
12413 ;;;***
12414 \f
12415 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12416 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19988 13913))
12417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12418
12419 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12420 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12421 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12422 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12423
12424 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12425
12426 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12427 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12428 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12429 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12430
12431 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12432
12433 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12434 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12435 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12436 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12437
12438 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12439
12440 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12441 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12442 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12443 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12444
12445 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12446 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12447
12448 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12449
12450 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12451 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12452 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12453 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12454
12455 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12456
12457 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12458 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12459 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12460 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12461
12462 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12463
12464 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12465 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12466 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12467 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12468 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12469
12470 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12471 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12472 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12473 original source file access method.
12474
12475 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12476 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12477
12478 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12479 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12480
12481 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12482 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12483
12484 \(fn)" t nil)
12485
12486 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12487 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12488 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12489 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12490 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12491 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12492
12493 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12494
12495 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12496 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12497
12498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12499
12500 ;;;***
12501 \f
12502 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19889
12503 ;;;;;; 21967))
12504 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12505
12506 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12507 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12508 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12509 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12510
12511 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12512 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12513 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12514 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12515
12516 \(fn)" t nil)
12517
12518 ;;;***
12519 \f
12520 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12521 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
12522 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12523
12524 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12525 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12526
12527 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12528
12529 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12530 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12531 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12532 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12533
12534 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12535
12536 \(fn)" t nil)
12537
12538 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12539 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12540 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12541 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12542 to be updated.
12543
12544 \(fn)" t nil)
12545
12546 ;;;***
12547 \f
12548 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12549 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12550 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19845 45374))
12551 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12552
12553 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12554 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12555
12556 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12557
12558 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12559 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12560 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12561
12562 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12563
12564 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12565 Verify a hashcash payment
12566
12567 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12568
12569 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12570 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12571 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12572 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12573 `mail-add-payment-async').
12574
12575 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12576
12577 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12578 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12579 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12580 Calculation is asynchronous.
12581
12582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12583
12584 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12585 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12586 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12587
12588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12589
12590 ;;;***
12591 \f
12592 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12593 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12594 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12595 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19845 45374))
12596 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12597
12598 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12599 Return the help-echo string at point.
12600 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12601 property, or nil, is returned.
12602 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12603 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12604 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12605
12606 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12607
12608 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12609 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12610 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12611 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12612 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12613
12614 \(fn)" nil nil)
12615
12616 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12617 Display local help in the echo area.
12618 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12619 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12620 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12621 printed instead.
12622
12623 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12624 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12625 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12626
12627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12628
12629 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12630 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12631 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12632
12633 \(fn)" t nil)
12634
12635 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12636 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12637 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12638
12639 \(fn)" t nil)
12640
12641 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12642 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12643 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12644 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12645 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12646 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12647 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12648 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12649 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12650 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12651 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12652
12653 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12654 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12655 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12656 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12657 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12658
12659 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12660 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12661 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12662 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12663 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12664 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12665 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12666 The default is `never'.")
12667
12668 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12669
12670 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12671 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12672 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12673 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12674 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12675 considered different regions.
12676
12677 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12678 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12679 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12680 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12681 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12682 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12683 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12684 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12685 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12686
12687 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12688
12689 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12690 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12691 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12692 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12693 different regions.
12694
12695 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12696 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12697 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12698 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12699 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12700 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12701 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12702 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12703
12704 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12705 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12706 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12707 rarely happens in practice.
12708
12709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12710
12711 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12712 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12713 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12714 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12715 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12716 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12717
12718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12719
12720 ;;;***
12721 \f
12722 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12723 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12724 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12725 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (19977 43600))
12726 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12727
12728 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12729 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12730
12731 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12732
12733 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12734 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12735 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12736
12737 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12738
12739 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12740 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12741 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12742 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12743 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12744 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12745 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12746 search for a function definition.
12747
12748 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12749 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12750 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12751 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12752 suitable file is found, return nil.
12753
12754 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12755
12756 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12757
12758
12759 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12760
12761 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12762 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12763 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12764 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12765
12766 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12767
12768 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12769 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12770 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12771 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12772 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12773 it is displayed along with the global value.
12774
12775 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12776
12777 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12778 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12779 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12780 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12781
12782 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12783
12784 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12785 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12786 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12787 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12788 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12789
12790 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12791
12792 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
12793 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
12794
12795 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12796
12797 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
12798 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
12799
12800 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12801
12802 ;;;***
12803 \f
12804 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12805 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12806 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12807
12808 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12809 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12810 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12811 window listing and describing the options.
12812 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12813 gives the window that lists the options.")
12814
12815 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12816
12817 ;;;***
12818 \f
12819 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12820 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12821 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19958
12822 ;;;;;; 33091))
12823 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12824
12825 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12826 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12827 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12828 Commands:
12829 \\{help-mode-map}
12830
12831 \(fn)" t nil)
12832
12833 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12834
12835
12836 \(fn)" nil nil)
12837
12838 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12839
12840
12841 \(fn)" nil nil)
12842
12843 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12844 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12845
12846 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12847 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12848 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12849 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12850
12851 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12852 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12853 restore it properly when going back.
12854
12855 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12856
12857 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12858 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12859 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12860 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
12861 from `help-mode'.
12862 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
12863 it does not already exist.
12864
12865 \(fn)" nil nil)
12866
12867 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12868 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12869
12870 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12871 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12872 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12873 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12874 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12875 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12876 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12877 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12878
12879 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12880 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12881 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12882 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12883
12884 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12885 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12886 that.
12887
12888 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12889
12890 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12891 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12892 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12893 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12894 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12895 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12896
12897 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12898
12899 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12900 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12901 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12902 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12903 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12904
12905 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12906
12907 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12908 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12909
12910 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12911
12912 ;;;***
12913 \f
12914 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12915 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19845 45374))
12916 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12917
12918 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12919 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12920
12921 \(fn)" t nil)
12922
12923 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12924 Provide help for current mode.
12925
12926 \(fn)" t nil)
12927
12928 ;;;***
12929 \f
12930 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12931 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19865 50420))
12932 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12933
12934 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12935 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12936 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12937 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12938 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12939
12940 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12941 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12942
12943 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12944 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12945 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12946 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12947
12948 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12949 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12950 periods.
12951
12952 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12953 in hexl format.
12954
12955 A sample format:
12956
12957 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12958 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12959 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12960 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12961 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12962 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12963 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12964 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12965 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12966 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12967 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12968 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12969 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12970 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12971 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12972
12973 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12974 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12975 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12976
12977 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12978 also supported.
12979
12980 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12981
12982 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12983 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12984 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12985
12986 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12987 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12988 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12989
12990 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12991 into the buffer at the current point.
12992
12993 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12994 into the buffer at the current point.
12995
12996 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12997 into the buffer at the current point.
12998
12999 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13000
13001 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13002 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13003
13004 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13005
13006 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13007
13008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13009
13010 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13011 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13012 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13013 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13014
13015 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13016
13017 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13018 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13019 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13020
13021 \(fn)" t nil)
13022
13023 ;;;***
13024 \f
13025 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13026 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13027 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13028 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
13029 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13030
13031 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13032 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13033
13034 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13035 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13036 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13037 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13038 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13039 called interactively, are:
13040
13041 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13042 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13043
13044 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13045 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13046 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13047 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13048
13049 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13050 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13051
13052 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13053 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13054
13055 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13056 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13057 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13058 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13059 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13060 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13061 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13062 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13063 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13064 function returns t.
13065
13066 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13067 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13068
13069 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13070 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13071 form:
13072 Hi-lock: FOO
13073 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13074 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13075 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13076 Patterns will be read until
13077 Hi-lock: end
13078 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13079
13080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13081
13082 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13083 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13084 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13085 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13086 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13087 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13088
13089 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13090
13091 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13092 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13093 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
13094 ARG is positive.
13095 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13096 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13097 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13098
13099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13100
13101 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13102
13103 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13104 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13105
13106 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13107 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13108 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13109 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13110 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13111
13112 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13113
13114 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13115
13116 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13117 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13118
13119 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13120 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13121 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13122 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13123 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13124
13125 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13126
13127 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13128
13129 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13130 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13131
13132 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13133 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13134
13135 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13136
13137 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13138
13139 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13140 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13141
13142 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13143 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13144 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13145 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13146 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13147
13148 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13149
13150 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13151 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13152
13153 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13154 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13155 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13156
13157 \(fn)" t nil)
13158
13159 ;;;***
13160 \f
13161 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13162 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
13163 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13164
13165 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13166 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13167 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13168 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13169 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13170 how the hiding is done:
13171
13172 `hide-ifdef-env'
13173 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13174 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13175 is used.
13176
13177 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13178 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13179 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13180 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13181 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13182
13183 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13184 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13185 #endif lines when hiding.
13186
13187 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13188 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13189 is activated.
13190
13191 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13192 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13193 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13194
13195 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13196
13197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13198
13199 ;;;***
13200 \f
13201 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13202 ;;;;;; (19938 7518))
13203 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13204
13205 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13206 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13207 Each element has the form
13208 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13209
13210 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13211 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13212
13213 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13214 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13215
13216 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13217 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13218 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13219 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13220 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13221 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13222
13223 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13224 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13225
13226 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13227 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13228
13229 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13230 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13231 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13232
13233 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13234 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13235 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13236 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13237 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13238
13239 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13240 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13241 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13242
13243 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13244 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13245
13246 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13247
13248 Key bindings:
13249 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13250
13251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13252
13253 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13254 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13255
13256 \(fn)" nil nil)
13257
13258 ;;;***
13259 \f
13260 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13261 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13262 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13263 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13264 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19931
13265 ;;;;;; 11784))
13266 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13267
13268 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13269 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13270
13271 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13272
13273 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13274 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13275 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13276 on and off.
13277
13278 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13279 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13280 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13281 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13282 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13283 through various faces.
13284 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13285 buffer with the contents of a file
13286 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13287
13288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13289
13290 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13291 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13292
13293 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13294 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13295 in a distinctive face.
13296
13297 The default value can be customized with variable
13298 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13299
13300 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13301
13302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13303
13304 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13305 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13306 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13307
13308 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13309
13310 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13311 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13312
13313 \(fn)" t nil)
13314
13315 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13316 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13317
13318 \(fn)" t nil)
13319
13320 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13321 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13322
13323 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13324 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13325 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13326 shown in the last face in the list.
13327
13328 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13329 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13330 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13331
13332 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13333
13334 \(fn)" t nil)
13335
13336 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13337 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13338
13339 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13340
13341 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13342 to save the file.
13343
13344 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13345 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13346
13347 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13348 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13349 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13350
13351 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13352
13353 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13354 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13355
13356 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13357 this function is called interactively.
13358
13359 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13360 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13361 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13362
13363 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13364 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13365 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13366
13367 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13368
13369 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13370 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13371 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13372 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13373 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13374 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13375
13376 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13377
13378 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13379 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13380 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
13381 ARG is positive.
13382 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13383 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13384 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13385
13386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13387
13388 ;;;***
13389 \f
13390 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13391 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13392 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13393 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13394 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19845 45374))
13395 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13396
13397 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13398 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13399 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13400 or insert functions in this list.")
13401
13402 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13403
13404 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13405 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13406
13407 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13408
13409 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13410 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13411
13412 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13413
13414 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13415 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13416
13417 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13418
13419 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13420 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13421
13422 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13423
13424 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13425 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13426 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13427
13428 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13429
13430 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13431 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13432 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13433 \(as atoms)")
13434
13435 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13436
13437 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13438 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13439 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13440 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13441 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13442
13443 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13444
13445 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13446 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13447 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13448 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13449 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13450 expansions.
13451 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13452 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13453 undoes the expansion.
13454
13455 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13456
13457 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13458 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13459 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13460 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13461
13462 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13463
13464 ;;;***
13465 \f
13466 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13467 ;;;;;; (19976 22732))
13468 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13469
13470 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13471 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13472 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13473
13474 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13475 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13476 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13477 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13478 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13479
13480 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13481 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13482 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13483 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13484
13485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13486
13487 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13488 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13489 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13490 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13491 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13492 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13493
13494 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13495
13496 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13497 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13498 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13499
13500 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13501 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13502 windows.
13503
13504 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13505 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13506
13507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13508
13509 ;;;***
13510 \f
13511 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13512 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13513 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13514 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13515 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19882 48702))
13516 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13517
13518 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13519
13520 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13521 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13522 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13523
13524 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13525
13526 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13527
13528 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13529
13530 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13531 Oriental holidays.
13532 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13533
13534 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13535
13536 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13537
13538 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13539
13540 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13541 Local holidays.
13542 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13543
13544 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13545
13546 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13547
13548 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13549
13550 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13551 User defined holidays.
13552 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13553
13554 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13555
13556 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13557
13558 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13559 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13560
13561 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13562
13563 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13564 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13565
13566 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13567
13568 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13569 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13570
13571 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13572
13573 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13574 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13575
13576 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13577
13578 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13579
13580 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13581 Jewish holidays.
13582 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13583
13584 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13585
13586 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13587
13588 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13589
13590 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13591 Christian holidays.
13592 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13593
13594 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13595
13596 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13597
13598 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13599
13600 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13601 Islamic holidays.
13602 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13603
13604 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13605
13606 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13607
13608 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13609
13610 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13611 Baha'i holidays.
13612 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13613
13614 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13615
13616 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13617
13618 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13619
13620 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13621 Sun-related holidays.
13622 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13623
13624 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13625
13626 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13627
13628 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13629
13630 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13631 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13632 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13633 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13634
13635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13636
13637 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13638 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13639 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13640 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13641 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13642
13643 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13644 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13645
13646 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13647 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13648
13649 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13650 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13651 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13652 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13653 of a holiday list.
13654
13655 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13656
13657 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13658
13659 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13660
13661 ;;;***
13662 \f
13663 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19845
13664 ;;;;;; 45374))
13665 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13666
13667 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13668 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13669
13670 \(fn)" t nil)
13671
13672 ;;;***
13673 \f
13674 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13675 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (19886 45771))
13676 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13677
13678 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
13679 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13680 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13681 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13682 as possible.
13683
13684 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13685 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13686 fontified display.
13687
13688 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13689 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13690
13691 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13692 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13693 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13694
13695 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
13696
13697 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
13698 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13699 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13700
13701 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13702
13703 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
13704
13705 ;;;***
13706 \f
13707 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13708 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19845
13709 ;;;;;; 45374))
13710 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13711
13712 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13713 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13714
13715 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13716 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13717 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13718
13719 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13720 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13721 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13722 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13723 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13724 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13725
13726 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13727 title of the column.
13728
13729 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13730 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13731 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13732 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13733 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13734
13735 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13736
13737 (put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
13738
13739 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13740 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13741 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13742 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13743 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13744
13745 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13746 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13747 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13748
13749 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13750
13751 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13752
13753 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13754 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13755 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13756 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13757 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13758 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13759
13760 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13761 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13762 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13763 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13764 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13765 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13766 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13767 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13768 values are:
13769 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13770 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13771 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13772 buffer's modification flag.
13773 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13774 prompted before performing this operation.
13775 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13776 operation is complete, in the form:
13777 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13778 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13779 confirmation message, in the form:
13780 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13781 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13782 macro for exactly what it does.
13783
13784 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13785
13786 (put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13787
13788 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13789 Define a filter named NAME.
13790 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13791 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13792 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13793
13794 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13795 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13796 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13797 bound to the current value of the filter.
13798
13799 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13800
13801 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13802
13803 ;;;***
13804 \f
13805 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13806 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19886 45771))
13807 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13808
13809 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13810 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13811 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13812 buffers which are visiting a file.
13813
13814 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13815
13816 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13817 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13818 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13819 buffers which are visiting a file.
13820
13821 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13822
13823 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13824 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13825 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13826
13827 All arguments are optional.
13828 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13829 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13830 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13831 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13832 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13833 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13834 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13835 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13836 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13837 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13838 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13839 that value locally in this buffer.
13840
13841 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13842
13843 ;;;***
13844 \f
13845 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13846 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13847 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20015 58840))
13848 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13849
13850 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13851 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13852 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13853 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13854
13855 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13856
13857 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13858 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13859 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13860 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13861 ICAL-FILENAME.
13862 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13863 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13864 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13865
13866 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13867
13868 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13869 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13870 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13871 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13872 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13873 non-marking or not.
13874
13875 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13876
13877 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13878 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13879
13880 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13881 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13882 DIARY-FILE.
13883
13884 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13885 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13886 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13887
13888 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13889 non-marking.
13890
13891 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13892 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13893 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13894
13895 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13896
13897 ;;;***
13898 \f
13899 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19940
13900 ;;;;;; 49234))
13901 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13902
13903 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13904 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13905 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13906 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13907 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13908 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13909
13910 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13911
13912 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13913 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13914 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13915 otherwise turn it off.
13916
13917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13918
13919 ;;;***
13920 \f
13921 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19890 42850))
13922 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13923
13924 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13925 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13926 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13927 Tab indents for Icon code.
13928 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13929 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13930 \\{icon-mode-map}
13931 Variables controlling indentation style:
13932 icon-tab-always-indent
13933 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13934 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13935 icon-auto-newline
13936 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13937 inserted in Icon code.
13938 icon-indent-level
13939 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13940 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13941 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13942 icon-continued-statement-offset
13943 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13944 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13945 icon-continued-brace-offset
13946 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13947 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13948 icon-brace-offset
13949 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13950 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13951 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13952 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13953
13954 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13955 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13956
13957 \(fn)" t nil)
13958
13959 ;;;***
13960 \f
13961 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13962 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
13963 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13964
13965 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13966 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13967 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13968 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13969
13970 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13971 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13972 separate frames.
13973
13974 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13975 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13976
13977 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13978 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13979 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13980
13981 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13982
13983 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13984
13985 ;;;***
13986 \f
13987 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13988 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
13989 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13990
13991 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13992 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13993
13994 The main features of this mode are
13995
13996 1. Indentation and Formatting
13997 --------------------------
13998 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13999 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14000
14001 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14002 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14003 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14004 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14005
14006 Comments are indented as follows:
14007
14008 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14009 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14010 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14011
14012 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14013
14014 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14015 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14016 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14017 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14018 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14019 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14020
14021 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14022 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14023 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14024 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14025
14026 2. Routine Info
14027 ------------
14028 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14029 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14030 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14031 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14032 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14033 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14034 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14035 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14036 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14037 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14038
14039 3. Online IDL Help
14040 ---------------
14041
14042 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14043 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14044 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14045 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14046
14047 4. Completion
14048 ----------
14049 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14050 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14051 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14052 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14053 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14054 upper case.
14055
14056 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14057 --------------------------------
14058 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14059 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14060
14061 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14062 \\fu FUNCTION template
14063 \\c CASE statement template
14064 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14065 \\f FOR loop template
14066 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14067 \\w WHILE loop template
14068 \\i IF statement template
14069 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14070 \\b BEGIN
14071
14072 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14073 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14074
14075 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14076 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14077 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14078 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14079
14080 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14081 -------------------------
14082 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14083 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14084
14085 7. Automatic END completion
14086 ------------------------
14087 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14088 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14089
14090 8. Hooks
14091 -----
14092 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14093 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14094
14095 9. Documentation and Customization
14096 -------------------------------
14097 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14098 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14099 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14100 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14101 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14102
14103 10.Keybindings
14104 -----------
14105 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14106 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14107 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14108
14109 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14110
14111 \(fn)" t nil)
14112
14113 ;;;***
14114 \f
14115 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14116 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14117 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14118 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14119 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14120 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14121 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14122 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19931
14123 ;;;;;; 11784))
14124 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14125
14126 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14127 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14128 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14129 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14130 displaying...)
14131 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14132 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14133 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14134
14135 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14136 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14137
14138 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14139
14140 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14141 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14142 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14143 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14144 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14145 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14146 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14147 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14148 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14149
14150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14151
14152 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14153 Switch to another buffer.
14154 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14155 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14156 in another frame.
14157
14158 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14159 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14160 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14161 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14162 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14163
14164 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14165 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14166
14167 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14168 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14169
14170 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14171 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14172 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14173 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14174 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14175 in a separate window.
14176 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14177 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14178 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14179 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14180 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14181 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14182 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14183 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14184 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14185
14186 \(fn)" t nil)
14187
14188 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14189 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14190 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14191 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14192
14193 \(fn)" t nil)
14194
14195 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14196 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14197 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14198 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14199
14200 \(fn)" t nil)
14201
14202 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14203 Kill a buffer.
14204 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14205 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14206
14207 \(fn)" t nil)
14208
14209 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14210 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14211 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14212 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14213
14214 \(fn)" t nil)
14215
14216 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14217 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14218 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14219 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14220
14221 \(fn)" t nil)
14222
14223 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14224 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14225
14226 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14227
14228 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14229 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14230 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14231 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14232 visible in another frame.
14233
14234 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14235 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14236 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14237 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14238 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14239 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14240
14241 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14242 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14243
14244 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14245 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14246
14247 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14248 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14249 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14250 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14251 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14252 in a separate window.
14253 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14254 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14255 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14256 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14257 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14258 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14259 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14260 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14261 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14262 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14263 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14264 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14265 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14266 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14267 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14268
14269 \(fn)" t nil)
14270
14271 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14272 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14273 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14274 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14275
14276 \(fn)" t nil)
14277
14278 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14279 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14280 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14281 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14282
14283 \(fn)" t nil)
14284
14285 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14286 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14287 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14288 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14289
14290 \(fn)" t nil)
14291
14292 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14293 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14294 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14295 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14296
14297 \(fn)" t nil)
14298
14299 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14300 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14301 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14302 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14303
14304 \(fn)" t nil)
14305
14306 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14307 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14308 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14309 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14310
14311 \(fn)" t nil)
14312
14313 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14314 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14315 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14316 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14317
14318 \(fn)" t nil)
14319
14320 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14321 Write current buffer to a file.
14322 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14323 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14324
14325 \(fn)" t nil)
14326
14327 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14328 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14329 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14330 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14331
14332 \(fn)" t nil)
14333
14334 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14335 Call `dired' the ido way.
14336 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14337 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14338
14339 \(fn)" t nil)
14340
14341 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14342 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14343 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14344 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14345 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14346 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14347
14348 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14349
14350 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14351 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14352 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14353 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14354
14355 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14356
14357 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14358 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14359 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14360 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14361
14362 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14363
14364 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14365 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14366 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14367 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14368 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14369 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14370 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14371 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14372 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14373 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14374 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14375 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14376 with point positioned at the end.
14377 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14378 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14379
14380 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14381
14382 ;;;***
14383 \f
14384 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19931 11784))
14385 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14386 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*ielm*"))
14387
14388 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14389 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14390 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14391
14392 \(fn)" t nil)
14393
14394 ;;;***
14395 \f
14396 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (19845 45374))
14397 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14398
14399 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14400
14401 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14402 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14403
14404 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14405
14406 ;;;***
14407 \f
14408 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14409 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14410 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14411 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14412 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14413 ;;;;;; (20013 17118))
14414 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14415
14416 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14417 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14418 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14419 be determined.
14420
14421 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14422
14423 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14424 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14425 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14426 be determined.
14427
14428 \(fn)" nil nil)
14429
14430 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14431 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14432 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14433 be determined.
14434
14435 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14436
14437 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14438 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14439 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14440 be determined.
14441
14442 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14443
14444 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14445 Determine and return image type.
14446 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14447 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14448 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14449 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14450 use its file extension as image type.
14451 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14452
14453 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14454
14455 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14456 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14457 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14458
14459 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14460
14461 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14462 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14463 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14464
14465 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14466 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14467 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14468 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14469 must be available.
14470
14471 \(fn)" nil nil)
14472
14473 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14474 Create an image.
14475 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14476 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14477 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14478 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14479 use its file extension as image type.
14480 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14481 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14482 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14483 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14484
14485 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14486
14487 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14488 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14489 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14490
14491 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14492
14493 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14494 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14495 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14496 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14497 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14498 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14499 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14500 POS may be an integer or marker.
14501 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14502 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14503 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14504 means display it in the right marginal area.
14505
14506 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14507
14508 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14509 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14510 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14511 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14512 defaults to the empty string if you omit it.
14513 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14514 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14515 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14516 means display it in the right marginal area.
14517 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14518 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14519 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14520 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14521 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14522
14523 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14524
14525 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14526 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14527 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14528 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14529 defaulted if you omit it.
14530 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14531 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14532 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14533 means display it in the right marginal area.
14534 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14535
14536 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14537
14538 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14539 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14540 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14541 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14542
14543 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14544
14545 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14546 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14547
14548 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14549
14550 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14551 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14552 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14553 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14554 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14555 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14556 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14557 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14558 satisfied.
14559
14560 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14561
14562 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14563
14564 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14565
14566 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14567 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14568
14569 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14570 documentation string.
14571
14572 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14573 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14574 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14575 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14576 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14577 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14578 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14579 define SYMBOL.
14580
14581 Example:
14582
14583 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14584 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14585
14586 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14587
14588 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14589
14590 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14591 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14592 This adds the file types returned by `imagemagick-types'
14593 \(excluding the ones in `imagemagick-types-inhibit') to
14594 `auto-mode-alist' and `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that
14595 Emacs visits them in Image mode.
14596
14597 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, do nothing.
14598
14599 \(fn)" nil nil)
14600
14601 ;;;***
14602 \f
14603 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14604 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14605 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14606 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14607 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14608 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14609 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14610 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19931 11784))
14611 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14612
14613 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14614 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14615 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14616 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14617 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14618 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14619
14620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14621
14622 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14623 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14624
14625 Convenience command that:
14626
14627 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14628 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14629 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14630
14631 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14632 image files in dired and type
14633 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14634
14635 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14636
14637 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14638 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14639
14640 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14641
14642 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14643 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14644 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14645 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14646 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14647 another one).
14648
14649 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14650 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14651 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14652
14653 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14654 instead of erasing it first.
14655
14656 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14657 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14658 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14659 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14660 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14661 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14662
14663 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14664
14665 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14666 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14667 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14668 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14669 displayed.
14670
14671 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14672
14673 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14674
14675 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14676
14677 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14678 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14679
14680 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14681
14682 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14683 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14684 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14685
14686 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14687
14688 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14689 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14690
14691 \(fn)" t nil)
14692
14693 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14694 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14695 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14696 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14697
14698 \(fn)" t nil)
14699
14700 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14701 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14702
14703 \(fn)" t nil)
14704
14705 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14706 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14707
14708 \(fn)" t nil)
14709
14710 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14711 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14712
14713 \(fn)" t nil)
14714
14715 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14716 Display current image file.
14717 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14718 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14719
14720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14721
14722 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14723 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14724
14725 \(fn)" t nil)
14726
14727 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14728 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14729 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14730 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14731 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14732 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14733 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14734
14735 \(fn)" t nil)
14736
14737 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14738 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14739 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14740 easy-to-use form.
14741
14742 \(fn)" t nil)
14743
14744 ;;;***
14745 \f
14746 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14747 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14748 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19845 45374))
14749 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14750
14751 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14752 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14753 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14754 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14755
14756 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14757 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14758 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14759 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14760
14761 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14762
14763 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14764 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14765 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14766 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14767
14768 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14769 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14770 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14771 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14772
14773 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14774
14775 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14776 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14777
14778 \(fn)" nil nil)
14779
14780 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14781 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14782 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14783 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14784
14785 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14786
14787 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14788 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14789 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14791 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14792 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14793
14794 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14795
14796 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14797 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14798 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14799 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14800
14801 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14802 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14803 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14804
14805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14806
14807 ;;;***
14808 \f
14809 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14810 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19999 41597))
14811 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14812
14813 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14814 Major mode for image files.
14815 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14816 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14817
14818 \(fn)" t nil)
14819
14820 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14821 Toggle Image minor mode.
14822 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14823 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14824 to display an image file as the actual image.
14825
14826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14827
14828 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14829 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14830 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14831 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14832 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14833 to display an image file as the actual image.
14834
14835 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14836 to display an image file as text initially.
14837
14838 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14839 on these modes.
14840
14841 \(fn)" t nil)
14842
14843 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14844
14845
14846 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14847
14848 ;;;***
14849 \f
14850 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14851 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19845 45374))
14852 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14853
14854 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14855 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14856
14857 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14858
14859 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14860 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14861 in the buffer.
14862
14863 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14864
14865 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14866 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14867 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14868
14869 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14870
14871 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14872 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14873
14874 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14875 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14876 pattern's structure.
14877
14878 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14879 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14880 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14881 during matching.")
14882 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14883
14884 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14885
14886 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14887 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14888
14889 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14890 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14891 called within a `save-excursion'.
14892
14893 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14894
14895 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14896
14897 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14898 Function for finding the next index position.
14899
14900 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14901 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14902 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14903 file.
14904
14905 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14906 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14907
14908 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14909
14910 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14911 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14912
14913 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14914 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14915 It should return the name for that index item.")
14916
14917 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14918
14919 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14920 Function to compare string with index item.
14921
14922 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14923 non-nil if they match.
14924
14925 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14926 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14927 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14928 arguments match\".")
14929
14930 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14931
14932 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14933 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14934 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14935
14936 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14937 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14938
14939 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14940
14941 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14942
14943 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14944 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14945 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14946 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14947
14948 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14949
14950 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14951 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14952
14953 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14954
14955 \(fn)" t nil)
14956
14957 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14958 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14959 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14960 for more information.
14961
14962 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14963
14964 ;;;***
14965 \f
14966 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14967 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14968 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19845 45374))
14969 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14970
14971 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14972 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14973
14974 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14975
14976 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14977
14978
14979 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14980
14981 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14982
14983
14984 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14985
14986 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14987
14988
14989 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14990
14991 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14992 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14993
14994 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14995
14996 ;;;***
14997 \f
14998 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14999 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15000 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19845 45374))
15001 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15002
15003 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
15004 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15005 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15006 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15007 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15008
15009 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15010
15011 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
15012 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15013
15014 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15015
15016 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
15017 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15018 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15019 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15020 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15021 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15022 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15023 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15024
15025 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15026
15027 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
15028 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15029 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15030 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15031 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15032
15033 This variable is only used if the variable
15034 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15035
15036 More precise choices:
15037 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15038 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15039 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15040
15041 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15042
15043 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15044
15045 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15046 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
15047
15048 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15049 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15050 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15051 to that buffer.
15052 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15053 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15054 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15055 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15056
15057 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15058 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
15059
15060 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15061
15062 ;;;***
15063 \f
15064 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15065 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15066 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15067 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15068 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20000 30124))
15069 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15070
15071 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15072 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15073
15074 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15075 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
15076 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15077
15078 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15079 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15080 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15081 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15082 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15083 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15084 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15085 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15086 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15087 with the top-level Info directory.
15088
15089 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15090 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15091 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15092 appended to the Info buffer name.
15093
15094 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15095 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15096 in all the directories in that path.
15097
15098 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15099
15100 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15101
15102 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15103 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15104
15105 \(fn)" t nil)
15106
15107 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15108 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15109 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15110 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15111
15112 \(fn)" nil nil)
15113
15114 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15115 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15116 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15117 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15118
15119 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15120
15121 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15122 Go to the Info directory node.
15123
15124 \(fn)" t nil)
15125
15126 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15127 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15128 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15129 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15130 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15131 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15132
15133 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15134
15135 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15136 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15137 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15138
15139 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15140
15141 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15142 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15143 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15144 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15145 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15146
15147 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15148
15149 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15150 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15151 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15152 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15153 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15154
15155 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15156 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15157
15158 Selecting other nodes:
15159 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15160 Follow a node reference you click on.
15161 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15162 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15163 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15164 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15165 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15166 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15167 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15168 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15169 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15170 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15171 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15172 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15173 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15174 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15175 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15176 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15177 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15178 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15179 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15180 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15181
15182 Moving within a node:
15183 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15184 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15185 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15186 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15187 move up to the parent node.
15188 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15189 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15190 if there is none.
15191 \\[Info-beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15192
15193 Advanced commands:
15194 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15195 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15196 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15197 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15198 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15199 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15200 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15201 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15202 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15203 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15204 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15205 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15206 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15207 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15208 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15209 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15210
15211 \(fn)" t nil)
15212 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15213
15214 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15215 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15216 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15217 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15218 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15219 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15220
15221 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15222 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15223
15224 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15225 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15226 KEY is a string.
15227 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15228 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15229 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15230 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15231
15232 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15233
15234 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15235 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15236 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15237
15238 \(fn)" t nil)
15239
15240 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15241 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15242 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15243
15244 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15245
15246 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15247 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15248
15249 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15250
15251 ;;;***
15252 \f
15253 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15254 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15255 ;;;;;; (19984 16846))
15256 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15257
15258 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15259 Throw away all cached data.
15260 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15261 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15262 system.
15263
15264 \(fn)" t nil)
15265 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15266
15267 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15268 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15269 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15270 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15271 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15272 one found at point.
15273
15274 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15275
15276 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15277 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15278
15279 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15280 Display the documentation of a file.
15281 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15282 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15283 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15284 The default file name is the one found at point.
15285
15286 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15287
15288 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15289
15290 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15291 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15292
15293 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15294
15295 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15296 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15297
15298 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15299
15300 ;;;***
15301 \f
15302 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15303 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15304 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
15305 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15306
15307 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15308 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15309 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15310 current info file is the default.
15311
15312 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15313 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15314 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15315 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15316 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15317
15318 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15319 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15320 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15321 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15322 mistake in the reference.
15323
15324 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15325 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15326 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15327
15328 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15329 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15330 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15331 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15332
15333 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15334
15335 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15336 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15337 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15338 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15339 checked.
15340
15341 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15342 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15343 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15344 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15345 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15346 should be harmless.
15347
15348 \(fn)" t nil)
15349
15350 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15351 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15352 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15353 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15354
15355 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15356 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15357 and can take a long time.
15358
15359 \(fn)" t nil)
15360
15361 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15362 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15363 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15364
15365 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15366
15367 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15368 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15369
15370 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15371 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15372 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15373 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15374 all builtins).
15375
15376 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15377 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15378 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15379 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15380 the sources handy.
15381
15382 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15383
15384 ;;;***
15385 \f
15386 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15387 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19886 45771))
15388 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15389
15390 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15391 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15392
15393 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15394
15395 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15396 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15397
15398 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15399
15400 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15401 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15402 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15403 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15404
15405 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15406 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15407 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15408
15409 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15410 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15411 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15412 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15413
15414 \(fn)" t nil)
15415
15416 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15417 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15418 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15419
15420 \(fn)" t nil)
15421
15422 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15423 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15424 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15425 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15426 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15427
15428 \(fn)" nil nil)
15429
15430 ;;;***
15431 \f
15432 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15433 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15434 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15435 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15436
15437 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15438 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15439
15440 \(fn)" t nil)
15441
15442 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15443 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15444
15445 \(fn)" t nil)
15446
15447 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15448
15449
15450 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15451
15452 ;;;***
15453 \f
15454 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19845
15455 ;;;;;; 45374))
15456 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15457
15458 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15459 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15460 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15461 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15462 accessed via isearchb.
15463
15464 \(fn)" t nil)
15465
15466 ;;;***
15467 \f
15468 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15469 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15470 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15471 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19845 45374))
15472 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15473
15474 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15475 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15476 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15477 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15478 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15479
15480 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15481
15482 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15483 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15484 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15485 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15486 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15487
15488 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15489
15490 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15491 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15492 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15493 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15494 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15495
15496 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15497
15498 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15499 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15500 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15501 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15502 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15503
15504 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15505
15506 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15507 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15508 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15509 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15510 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15511
15512 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15513
15514 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15515 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15516 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15517 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15518 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15519
15520 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15521
15522 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15523 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15524 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15525 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15526 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15527
15528 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15529
15530 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15531 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15532 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15533 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15534
15535 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15536
15537 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15538 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15539 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15540 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15541
15542 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15543
15544 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15545 Warn that format is read-only.
15546
15547 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15548
15549 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15550 Warn that format is write-only.
15551
15552 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15553
15554 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15555 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15556
15557 \(fn)" t nil)
15558
15559 ;;;***
15560 \f
15561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15562 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15563 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15564 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15565 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15566 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15567
15568 ;;;***
15569 \f
15570 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15571 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15572 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15573 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15574 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19905 10215))
15575 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15576
15577 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15578
15579 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15580 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15581 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15582 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15583 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15584
15585 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15586
15587 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15588
15589 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15590 Key map for ispell menu.")
15591
15592 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15593 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15594 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15595 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15596
15597 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15598
15599 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15600
15601 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15602
15603 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15604
15605 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15606 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15607 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15608 Valid forms include:
15609 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15610 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15611 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15612 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15613
15614 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15615 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15616 First list is used raw.
15617 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15618
15619 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15620 for skipping in latex mode.")
15621
15622 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15623 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15624 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15625 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15626 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15627 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15628 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15629
15630 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15631 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15632 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15633 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15634
15635 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15636 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15637 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15638 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15639 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15640
15641 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15642 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15643
15644 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15645 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15646
15647 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15648 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15649
15650 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15651 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15652
15653 Return values:
15654 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15655 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15656 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15657 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15658 quit spell session exited.
15659
15660 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15661
15662 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15663 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15664 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15665
15666 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15667
15668 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15669 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15670
15671 Selections are:
15672
15673 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15674 SPC: Accept word this time.
15675 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15676 `a': Accept word for this session.
15677 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15678 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15679 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15680 `?': Show these commands.
15681 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15682 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15683 the aborted check to be completed later.
15684 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15685 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15686 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15687 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15688 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15689 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15690 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15691
15692 \(fn)" nil nil)
15693
15694 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15695 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15696 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15697
15698 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15699
15700 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15701 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15702 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15703 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15704
15705 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15706
15707 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15708
15709 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15710 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15711 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15712 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15713
15714 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15715
15716 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15717 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15718
15719 \(fn)" t nil)
15720
15721 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15722 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15723
15724 \(fn)" t nil)
15725
15726 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15727 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15728
15729 \(fn)" t nil)
15730
15731 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15732 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15733 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15734 sequence inside of a word.
15735
15736 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15737
15738 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15739
15740 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15741 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15742
15743 \(fn)" t nil)
15744
15745 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15746 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15747 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15748 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15749
15750 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15751 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15752 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15753 available on the net.
15754
15755 \(fn)" t nil)
15756
15757 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15758 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15759 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15760 otherwise turn it off.
15761
15762 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15763 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15764
15765 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15766 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15767
15768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15769
15770 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15771 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15772 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15773 Don't check included messages.
15774
15775 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15776 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15777 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15778
15779 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15780 in your .emacs file:
15781 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15782 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15783 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15784 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15785
15786 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15787 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15788 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15789
15790 \(fn)" t nil)
15791
15792 ;;;***
15793 \f
15794 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19946
15795 ;;;;;; 29209))
15796 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15797
15798 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15799 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15800 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15802 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15803 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15804
15805 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15806
15807 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15808 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15809 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15810 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15811 `iswitchb' for details.
15812
15813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15814
15815 ;;;***
15816 \f
15817 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15818 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15819 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15820 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19845 45374))
15821 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15822
15823 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15824
15825
15826 \(fn)" nil nil)
15827
15828 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15829 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15830 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15831 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15832 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15833 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15834 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15835 necessary to represent OBJ.
15836
15837 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15838
15839 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15840 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15841 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15842 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15843
15844 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15845
15846 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15847 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15848 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15849 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15850 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15851
15852 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15853
15854 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15855 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15856 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15857 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15858
15859 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15860
15861 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15862 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15863 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15864 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15865
15866 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15867
15868 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15869 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15870
15871 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15872
15873 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15874 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15875 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15876 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15877 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15878
15879 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15880
15881 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15882 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15883 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15884 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15885 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15886
15887 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15888
15889 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15890 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15891 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15892
15893 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15894
15895 ;;;***
15896 \f
15897 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15898 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20000 30139))
15899 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15900
15901 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15902 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15903 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15904 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15905
15906 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15907
15908
15909 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15910
15911 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15912 Uninstall jka-compr.
15913 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15914 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15915 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15916
15917 \(fn)" nil nil)
15918
15919 ;;;***
15920 \f
15921 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19981 40664))
15922 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15923
15924 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15925 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15926
15927 \(fn)" t nil)
15928
15929 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
15930
15931 ;;;***
15932 \f
15933 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15934 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15935 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15936 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15937
15938 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15939 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15940 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15941 decimal key must be specified.")
15942
15943 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15944
15945 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15946 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15947 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15948 decimal key must be specified.")
15949
15950 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15951
15952 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15953 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15954 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15955 decimal key must be specified.")
15956
15957 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15958
15959 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15960 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15961 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15962 decimal key must be specified.")
15963
15964 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15965
15966 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15967 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15968 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15969 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15970 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15971 keys are bound.
15972
15973 Setup Binding
15974 -------------------------------------------------------------
15975 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15976 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15977 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15978 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15979 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15980 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15981 in the global and local keymaps.
15982
15983 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15984 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15985
15986 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15987
15988 ;;;***
15989 \f
15990 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15991 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15992 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15993
15994 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15995 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15996 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15997
15998 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15999 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16000 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16001 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16002 shorter.
16003
16004 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16005 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16006 the context of text formatting.
16007
16008 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16009
16010 ;;;***
16011 \f
16012 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19845
16013 ;;;;;; 45374))
16014 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16015
16016 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16017 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16018 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16019 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16020 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16021 positions that contains the current selection.")
16022
16023 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16024 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16025 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16026 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16027 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16028 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16029 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16030
16031 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16032
16033 ;;;***
16034 \f
16035 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16036 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16037 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16038 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19886 45771))
16039 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16040 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16041 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16042 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16043 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16044 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16045 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16046 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16047
16048 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16049 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16050
16051 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16052
16053 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16054 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16055 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16056 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16057 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16058
16059 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16060
16061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16062 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16063 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16064
16065 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16066 defining the macro.
16067
16068 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16069 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16070 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16071
16072 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16073 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16074
16075 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16076
16077 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16078 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16079 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16080 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16081 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16082 under that name.
16083
16084 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16085 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16086 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16087
16088 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16089
16090 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16091 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16092 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16093
16094 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16095 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16096 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16097 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16098
16099 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16100 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16101
16102 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16103
16104 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16105 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16106 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16107
16108 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16109 macro.
16110
16111 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16112 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16113
16114 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16115 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16116 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16117
16118 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16119 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16120
16121 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16122
16123 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16124 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16125 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16126 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16127
16128 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16129
16130 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16131 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16132 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16133 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16134
16135 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16136 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16137
16138 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16139
16140 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16141 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16142 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16143
16144 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16145
16146 ;;;***
16147 \f
16148 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16149 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19845 45374))
16150 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16151
16152 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16153 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16154 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16155
16156 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16157
16158
16159 \(fn)" nil nil)
16160
16161 ;;;***
16162 \f
16163 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16164 ;;;;;; (19889 21967))
16165 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16166
16167 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16168
16169 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16170 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16171
16172 \(fn)" t nil)
16173
16174 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16175 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16176 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16177 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16178
16179 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16180 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16181 none / 1 | yes | no
16182 2 | yes | yes
16183 3 | no | yes
16184 4 | no | no
16185
16186 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16187 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16188 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16189
16190 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16191
16192 ;;;***
16193 \f
16194 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16195 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16196 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19845 45374))
16197 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16198
16199 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16200
16201
16202 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16203
16204 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16205 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16206 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16207 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16208 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16209 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16210
16211 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16212 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16213
16214 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16215
16216 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16217 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16218
16219 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16220
16221 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16222
16223
16224 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16225
16226 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16227
16228
16229 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16230
16231 ;;;***
16232 \f
16233 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16234 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16235 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19845 45374))
16236 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16237
16238 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16239 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16240 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16241 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16242
16243 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16244
16245 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16246 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16247 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16248
16249 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16250
16251 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16252 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16253 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16254
16255 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16256
16257 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16258 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16259 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16260 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16261
16262 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16263
16264 ;;;***
16265 \f
16266 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16267 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19845 45374))
16268 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16269
16270 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16271 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16272 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16273 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16274 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16275 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16276 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16277 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16278
16279 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16280 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16281
16282 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16283 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16284
16285 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16286
16287 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16288 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16289 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16290 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16291 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16292 `latin1-display-setup'.
16293
16294 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16295
16296 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16297 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16298 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16299 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16300
16301 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16302 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16303
16304 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16305
16306 ;;;***
16307 \f
16308 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16309 ;;;;;; (19961 55377))
16310 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16311
16312 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16313 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16314
16315 \(fn)" t nil)
16316
16317 ;;;***
16318 \f
16319 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16320 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16321 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16322
16323 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16324 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16325
16326 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16327 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16328
16329 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16330 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16331
16332 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16333 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16334 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16335 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16336 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16337 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16338 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16339 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16340 and transmit saved text.
16341
16342 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16343 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16344 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16345
16346 \(fn)" t nil)
16347
16348 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16349
16350
16351 \(fn)" nil nil)
16352
16353 ;;;***
16354 \f
16355 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19845 45374))
16356 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16357
16358 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16359 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16360 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16361 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16362 generations (this defaults to 1).
16363
16364 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16365
16366 ;;;***
16367 \f
16368 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16369 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19865 50420))
16370 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16371
16372 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16373 Format used to display line numbers.
16374 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16375 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16376 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16377 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16378
16379 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16380
16381 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16382 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16383
16384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16385
16386 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16387 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16388 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16389 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16390 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16391 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16392
16393 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16394
16395 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16396 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16397 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
16398 ARG is positive.
16399 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16400 `linum-on' would do it.
16401 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16402
16403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16404
16405 ;;;***
16406 \f
16407 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19996
16408 ;;;;;; 8027))
16409 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16410
16411 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16412 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16413 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16414 is nil, raise an error.
16415
16416 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16417 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16418 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16419 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16420 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16421 defined by the library.
16422
16423 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16424 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16425 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16426 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16427 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16428 proceeds.
16429
16430 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16431 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16432 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16433 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16434
16435 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16436
16437 ;;;***
16438 \f
16439 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16440 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19886 45771))
16441 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16442
16443 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16444 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16445 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16446
16447 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16448
16449 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16450 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16451 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16452 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16453
16454 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16455 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16456 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16457 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16458 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16459 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16460 the version.)
16461
16462 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16463 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16464
16465 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16466 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16467
16468 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16469 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16470
16471 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16472
16473 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16474 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16475 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16476 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16477 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16478 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16479 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16480 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16481 to constrain a big search.
16482
16483 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16484
16485 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16486 except that FILTER is not optional.
16487
16488 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16489
16490 ;;;***
16491 \f
16492 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (19870 57559))
16493 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16494
16495 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16496 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16497 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16498 if MODE is nil.
16499 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16500 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16501 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16502 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16503 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16504
16505 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16506 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16507 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16508 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16509 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16510
16511 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16512 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16513 uses the current buffer.
16514
16515 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16516
16517 ;;;***
16518 \f
16519 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (19946
16520 ;;;;;; 1612))
16521 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16522
16523 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16524 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16525
16526 \(fn)" t nil)
16527
16528 ;;;***
16529 \f
16530 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19984
16531 ;;;;;; 16846))
16532 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16533
16534 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16535 Minor mode to wrap long lines.
16536 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16537 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16538 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16539
16540 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
16541 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16542 otherwise turn it off.
16543
16544 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16545 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16546 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16547
16548 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16549 are indicated with a symbol.
16550
16551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16552
16553 ;;;***
16554 \f
16555 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16556 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19909
16557 ;;;;;; 7240))
16558 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16559
16560 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16561
16562 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16563
16564 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16565 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16566 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16567
16568 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16569 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16570
16571 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16572 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16573 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16574 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16575 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16576 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16577 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16578
16579 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16580
16581 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16582 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16583 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16584 switch on this list.
16585 See `lpr-command'.")
16586
16587 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16588
16589 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16590 Name of program for printing a file.
16591
16592 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16593 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16594 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16595 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16596 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16597 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16598 argument.")
16599
16600 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16601
16602 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16603 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16604 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16605 for customization of the printer command.
16606
16607 \(fn)" t nil)
16608
16609 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16610 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16611
16612 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16613 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16614 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16615 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16616
16617 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16618 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16619
16620 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16621 for further customization of the printer command.
16622
16623 \(fn)" t nil)
16624
16625 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16626 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16627 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16628 for customization of the printer command.
16629
16630 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16631
16632 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16633 Paginate and print the region contents.
16634
16635 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16636 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16637 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16638 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16639
16640 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16641 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16642
16643 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16644 for further customization of the printer command.
16645
16646 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16647
16648 ;;;***
16649 \f
16650 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16651 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
16652 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16653
16654 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16655 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16656 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16657
16658 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16659
16660 ;;;***
16661 \f
16662 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19845
16663 ;;;;;; 45374))
16664 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16665
16666 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16667 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16668 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16669 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16670
16671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16672
16673 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16674
16675 ;;;***
16676 \f
16677 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19845
16678 ;;;;;; 45374))
16679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16680
16681 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16682 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16683
16684 \(fn)" t nil)
16685
16686 ;;;***
16687 \f
16688 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16689 ;;;;;; (19930 13389))
16690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16691
16692 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16693 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16694 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16695 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16696 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16697
16698 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16699
16700 ;;;***
16701 \f
16702 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16703 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19886 45771))
16704 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16705
16706 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16707 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16708 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16709 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16710 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16711
16712 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16713
16714 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16715 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16716 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16717 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16718
16719 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16720 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16721 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16722 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16723 bindings.
16724
16725 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16726 use this command, and then save the file.
16727
16728 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16729
16730 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16731 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16732 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16733 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16734 each time the macro executes.
16735 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16736 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16737 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16738 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16739 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16740 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16741 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16742
16743 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16744
16745 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16746 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16747 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16748 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16749
16750 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16751 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16752 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16753 execute.
16754
16755 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16756 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16757
16758 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16759 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16760 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16761 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16762 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16763
16764 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16765 looked like this:
16766
16767 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16768 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16769 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16770
16771 You could enter the names in this format:
16772
16773 foo
16774 bar
16775 baz
16776
16777 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16778
16779 \\C-x (
16780 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16781 \\C-x )
16782
16783 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16784 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16785
16786 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16787 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16788
16789 ;;;***
16790 \f
16791 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16792 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19845 45374))
16793 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16794
16795 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16796 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16797 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16798 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16799 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16800 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16801
16802 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16803 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16804 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16805 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16806 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16807
16808 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16809 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16810 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16811 consing a string.)
16812
16813 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16814
16815 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16816 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16817
16818 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16819
16820 ;;;***
16821 \f
16822 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16823 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16824 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16825 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16826
16827 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16828 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16829
16830 \(fn)" nil nil)
16831
16832 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16833
16834
16835 \(fn)" nil nil)
16836
16837 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16838 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16839
16840 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16841
16842 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16843 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16844 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16845 message.
16846
16847 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16848
16849 \(fn)" nil nil)
16850
16851 ;;;***
16852 \f
16853 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16854 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16855 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
16856 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (19922 19303))
16857 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16858
16859 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16860 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16861 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16862 often correct parser.")
16863
16864 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16865
16866 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
16867 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
16868 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
16869 a value which excludes your own email address.
16870
16871 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
16872 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
16873
16874 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
16875
16876 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16877 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16878
16879 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16880
16881 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16882 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16883 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16884 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16885
16886 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16887
16888 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16889 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16890 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16891 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16892
16893 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16894
16895 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16896 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16897 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16898 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16899
16900 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16901
16902 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16903 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16904 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16905 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16906 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16907 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16908 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16909 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16910 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16911 as Rmail does.
16912
16913 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16914
16915 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16916 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16917 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16918 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16919 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16920 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16921 matches may be returned from the message body.
16922
16923 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16924
16925 ;;;***
16926 \f
16927 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16928 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19968
16929 ;;;;;; 28627))
16930 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16931
16932 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16933 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16934 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16935 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16936 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16937 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16938
16939 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16940
16941 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16942 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16943
16944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16945
16946 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16947 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16948
16949 \(fn)" nil nil)
16950
16951 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16952 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16953 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16954
16955 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16956
16957 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16958 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16959 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16960
16961 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16962 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16963 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16964 double-quotes.
16965
16966 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16967
16968 ;;;***
16969 \f
16970 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
16971 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
16972 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19881 27850))
16973 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16974
16975 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16976 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16977 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16978 king@grassland.com
16979 If `parens', they look like:
16980 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16981 If `angles', they look like:
16982 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16983
16984 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16985
16986 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16987 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16988 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16989 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16990 their `Resent-' variants.
16991
16992 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16993 removed from alias expansions.
16994
16995 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16996
16997 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16998 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16999 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17000
17001 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17002 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17003 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17004 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17005
17006 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17007
17008 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17009 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17010 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17011
17012 \(fn)" nil nil)
17013
17014 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17015 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17016 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17017 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17018
17019 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17020
17021 ;;;***
17022 \f
17023 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17024 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17025 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17026
17027 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17028 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17029 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17030 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17031
17032 \(fn)" nil nil)
17033
17034 ;;;***
17035 \f
17036 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17037 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17038 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19968 28627))
17039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17040
17041 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17042 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17043
17044 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17045 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17046 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17047 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17048 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17049 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17050
17051 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17052 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17053 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17054 dependency, despite the colon.
17055
17056 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17057
17058 In the browser, use the following keys:
17059
17060 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17061
17062 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17063
17064 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17065 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17066
17067 `makefile-target-colon':
17068 The string that gets appended to all target names
17069 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17070 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17071
17072 `makefile-macro-assign':
17073 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17074 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17075 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17076 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17077 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17078 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17079
17080 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17081 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17082 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17083
17084 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17085 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17086
17087 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17088 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17089 up or down in the browser.
17090
17091 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17092 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17093
17094 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17095 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17096
17097 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17098 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17099 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17100 has been selected in the browser.
17101
17102 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17103 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17104 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17105 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17106 filenames are omitted.
17107
17108 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17109 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17110 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17111 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17112 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17113 the backslash itself intact.
17114 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17115 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17116
17117 `makefile-browser-hook':
17118 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17119 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17120
17121 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17122 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17123 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17124 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17125
17126 \(fn)" t nil)
17127
17128 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17129 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17130
17131 \(fn)" t nil)
17132
17133 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17134 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17135
17136 \(fn)" t nil)
17137
17138 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17139 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17140
17141 \(fn)" t nil)
17142
17143 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17144 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17145
17146 \(fn)" t nil)
17147
17148 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17149 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17150
17151 \(fn)" t nil)
17152
17153 ;;;***
17154 \f
17155 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19886
17156 ;;;;;; 45771))
17157 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17158
17159 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17160 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17161 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17162
17163 \(fn)" t nil)
17164
17165 ;;;***
17166 \f
17167 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17168 ;;;;;; (19999 41597))
17169 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17170
17171 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17172
17173 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17174 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17175 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17176 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17177 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17178 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17179 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17180 page, it will display immediately.
17181
17182 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17183 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17184 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17185
17186 cat(1)
17187 1 cat
17188
17189 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17190 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17191 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17192 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17193
17194 -a chmod
17195
17196 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17197 otherwise look like a page name.
17198
17199 /my/file/name.1.gz
17200 -l somefile.1
17201
17202 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17203 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17204 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17205
17206 -k pattern
17207
17208 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17209
17210 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17211 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17212
17213 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17214
17215 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17216 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17217
17218 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17219
17220 ;;;***
17221 \f
17222 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19845 45374))
17223 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17224
17225 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17226 Toggle Master mode.
17227 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17228 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17229 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17230
17231 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17232 following commands:
17233
17234 \\{master-mode-map}
17235
17236 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17237 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17238 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17239
17240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17241
17242 ;;;***
17243 \f
17244 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17245 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17246 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17247
17248 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17249 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17250 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17251 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17252 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17253 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17254
17255 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17256
17257 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17258 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17259 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17260 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17261 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17262
17263 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17264 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17265
17266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17267
17268 ;;;***
17269 \f
17270 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17271 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17272 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17273 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17274 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17275 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17276 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20006 43871))
17277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17278
17279 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17280
17281 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17282 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17283 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17284 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17285 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17286 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17287 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17288 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17289 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17290 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17291 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17292 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17293 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17294 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17295 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17296 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17297 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17298 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17299 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17300 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17301 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17302 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17303 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17304 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17305 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17306 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17307 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17308 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17309 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17310 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17311 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17312 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17313 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17314 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17315 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17316 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17317 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17318 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17319
17320 \(fn)" t nil)
17321
17322 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17323 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17324 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17325 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17326 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17327
17328 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17329
17330 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17331 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17332
17333 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17334
17335 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17336 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17337
17338 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17339
17340 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17341 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17342
17343 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17344
17345 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17346 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17347 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17348
17349 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17350
17351 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17352 Cancel an article you posted.
17353 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17354
17355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17356
17357 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17358 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17359 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17360 header line with the old Message-ID.
17361
17362 \(fn)" t nil)
17363
17364 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17365 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17366
17367 \(fn)" t nil)
17368
17369 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17370 Forward the current message via mail.
17371 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17372 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17373
17374 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17375
17376 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17377
17378
17379 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17380
17381 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17382
17383
17384 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17385
17386 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17387 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17388
17389 \(fn)" t nil)
17390
17391 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17392 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17393
17394 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17395
17396 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17397 Re-mail the current message.
17398 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17399 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17400 you.
17401
17402 \(fn)" t nil)
17403
17404 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17405 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17406
17407 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17408
17409 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17410 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17411
17412 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17413
17414 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17415 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17416
17417 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17418
17419 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17420 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17421
17422 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17423
17424 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17425 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17426 Works by overstriking characters.
17427 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17428 which specify the range to operate on.
17429
17430 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17431
17432 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17433 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17434 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17435 which specify the range to operate on.
17436
17437 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17438
17439 ;;;***
17440 \f
17441 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17442 ;;;;;; (19968 28627))
17443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17444
17445 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17446 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17447
17448 \(fn)" t nil)
17449
17450 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17451 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17452
17453 \(fn)" t nil)
17454
17455 ;;;***
17456 \f
17457 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17458 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17459 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17460 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17461
17462 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17463 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17464 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17465
17466 \(fn)" t nil)
17467
17468 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17469 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17470 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17471 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17472 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17473 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17474 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17475
17476 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17477
17478 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17479 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17480 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17481 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17482 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17483 means current).
17484 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17485 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17486
17487 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17488
17489 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17490 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17491 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17492 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17493 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17494 means current).
17495 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17496 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17497
17498 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17499
17500 ;;;***
17501 \f
17502 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17503 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17504 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19993 31832))
17505 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17506
17507 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17508 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17509 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17510
17511 \(fn)" t nil)
17512
17513 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17514 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17515 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17516
17517 \(fn)" t nil)
17518
17519 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17520 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17521
17522 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17523 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17524 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17525
17526 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17527 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17528
17529 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17530 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17531
17532 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17533
17534 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17535
17536 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17537 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17538 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17539 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17540 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17541 as `compose-mail'.
17542
17543 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17544 initial Subject field, respectively.
17545
17546 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17547 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17548 are strings.
17549
17550 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17551 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17552
17553 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17554
17555 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17556 Save draft and send message.
17557
17558 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17559 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17560 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17561 Mail Delivery*\".
17562
17563 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17564 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17565 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17566
17567 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17568 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17569 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17570 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17571 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17572 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17573
17574 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17575 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17576
17577 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17578 message and scan line.
17579
17580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17581
17582 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17583 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17584
17585 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17586 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17587 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17588 delete the draft message.
17589
17590 \(fn)" t nil)
17591
17592 ;;;***
17593 \f
17594 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20004 2139))
17595 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17596
17597 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17598
17599 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17600
17601 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17602
17603 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17604 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17605
17606 \(fn)" t nil)
17607
17608 ;;;***
17609 \f
17610 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17611 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20004 2139))
17612 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17613
17614 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17615 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17616 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17617
17618 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17619 the MH mail system.
17620
17621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17622
17623 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17624 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17625 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17626
17627 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17628 the MH mail system.
17629
17630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17631
17632 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17633 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17634
17635 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17636 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17637 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17638 separate command.
17639
17640 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17641 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17642 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17643 format.
17644
17645 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17646
17647 Ranges
17648 ======
17649 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17650 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17651 can be used in several ways.
17652
17653 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17654 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17655 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17656 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17657 page):
17658
17659 <num1>-<num2>
17660 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17661 The range must be nonempty.
17662
17663 <num>:N
17664 <num>:+N
17665 <num>:-N
17666 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17667 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17668 last.
17669
17670 first:N
17671 prev:N
17672 next:N
17673 last:N
17674 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17675
17676 all
17677 All of the messages.
17678
17679 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17680 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17681
17682 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17683 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17684 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17685
17686 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17687
17688 \(fn)" t nil)
17689
17690 ;;;***
17691 \f
17692 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17693 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19853 59245))
17694 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17695
17696 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17697 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17698 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17699 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17700 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17701 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17702 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17703 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17704 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17705 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17706 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17707
17708 \(fn)" t nil)
17709
17710 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17711 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17712 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17713 to its second argument TM.
17714
17715 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17716
17717 ;;;***
17718 \f
17719 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17720 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19845 45374))
17721 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17722
17723 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17724 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17725 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17726 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17727 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17728 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17729
17730 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17731
17732 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17733 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17734 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17735 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17736 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17737 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17738 default indication.
17739
17740 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17741 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17742
17743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17744
17745 ;;;***
17746 \f
17747 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
17748 ;;;;;; (19968 28627))
17749 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17750
17751 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17752 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17753 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17754 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17755 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17756 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17757 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17758 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17759 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17760
17761 \(fn)" t nil)
17762
17763 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
17764 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
17765 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
17766 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
17767 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
17768 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
17769 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
17770 The return value is always nil.
17771
17772 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
17773
17774 ;;;***
17775 \f
17776 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17777 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17778 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19886 45771))
17779 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17780 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17781
17782 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17783 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17784
17785 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17786 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17787 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17788 next occurrence.
17789
17790 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17791 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17792 end of the search space).
17793
17794 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17795 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17796 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17797 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17798 should return the previous buffer to search.
17799
17800 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17801 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17802 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17803
17804 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17805 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17806 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17807 Isearch starts.")
17808
17809 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17810 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17811 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17812
17813 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17814 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17815 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17816
17817 \(fn)" nil nil)
17818
17819 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17820 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17821 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17822 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17823 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17824 whose names match the specified regexp.
17825
17826 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17827
17828 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17829 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17830 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17831 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17832 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17833 whose names match the specified regexp.
17834
17835 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17836
17837 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17838 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17839 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17840 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17841 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17842 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17843 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17844
17845 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17846
17847 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17848 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17849 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17850 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17851 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17852 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17853 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17854
17855 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17856
17857 ;;;***
17858 \f
17859 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17860 ;;;;;; (19961 55377))
17861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17862
17863 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17864 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17865
17866 \(fn)" t nil)
17867
17868 ;;;***
17869 \f
17870 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17871 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19845 45374))
17872 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17873
17874 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17875 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17876
17877 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17878
17879 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17880 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17881 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17882 the entire message.
17883 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17884
17885 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17886
17887 ;;;***
17888 \f
17889 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17890 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17891 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17892
17893 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17894 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17895 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17896 the entire message.
17897 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17898
17899 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17900
17901 ;;;***
17902 \f
17903 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17904 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19877 30798))
17905 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17906
17907 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17908 Insert file contents of URL.
17909 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17910
17911 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17912
17913 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17914 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17915
17916 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17917
17918 ;;;***
17919 \f
17920 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17921 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19845 45374))
17922 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17923
17924 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17925 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17926 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17927 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17928 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17929
17930 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17931
17932 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17933 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17934 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17935
17936 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17937
17938 ;;;***
17939 \f
17940 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17941 ;;;;;; (19940 49234))
17942 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17943
17944 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17945
17946
17947 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17948
17949 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17950
17951
17952 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17953
17954 ;;;***
17955 \f
17956 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17957 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17958 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19981 40664))
17959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17960
17961 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17962
17963
17964 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17965
17966 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17967
17968
17969 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17970
17971 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17972
17973
17974 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17975
17976 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17977
17978
17979 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17980
17981 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17982
17983
17984 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17985
17986 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17987
17988
17989 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17990
17991 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17992
17993
17994 \(fn)" nil nil)
17995
17996 ;;;***
17997 \f
17998 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (19845
17999 ;;;;;; 45374))
18000 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18001
18002 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18003
18004 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18005 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18006 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18007 followed by the first character of the construct.
18008 \\<m2-mode-map>
18009 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18010 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18011 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18012 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18013 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18014 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18015 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18016 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18017 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18018 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18019 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18020 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18021 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18022 \\[m2-link] link
18023
18024 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18025 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18026 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18027
18028 \(fn)" t nil)
18029
18030 ;;;***
18031 \f
18032 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18033 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (19869 36706))
18034 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18035
18036 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18037 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18038
18039 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18040
18041 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18042 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18043
18044 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18045
18046 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18047 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18048
18049 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18050
18051 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18052 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18053
18054 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18055
18056 ;;;***
18057 \f
18058 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18059 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19890 42850))
18060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18061
18062 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18063 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18064
18065 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18066 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18067 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18068
18069 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18070 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18071 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18072
18073 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18074 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18075
18076 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18077 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18078 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18079 hemisphere you're in.)
18080
18081 To test this function, evaluate:
18082 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18083
18084 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18085
18086 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18087 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18088
18089 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18090 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18091
18092 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18093 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18094 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18095
18096 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18097 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18098
18099 To test this function, evaluate:
18100 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18101
18102 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18103
18104 ;;;***
18105 \f
18106 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19997
18107 ;;;;;; 28887))
18108 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18109
18110 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18111 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18112 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18113 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18114 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18115 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18116
18117 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18118
18119 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18120 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18121 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18122 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18123
18124 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in
18125 various ways:
18126
18127 - Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18128 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18129 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18130 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18131 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18132
18133 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18134 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18135 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18136 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18137 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18138
18139 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18140 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18141
18142 - mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection to the
18143 kill ring; mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18144
18145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18146
18147 ;;;***
18148 \f
18149 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19946 1612))
18150 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18151
18152 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18153 Main entry point for MPC.
18154
18155 \(fn)" t nil)
18156
18157 ;;;***
18158 \f
18159 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19890 42850))
18160 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18161
18162 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18163 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18164
18165 \(fn)" t nil)
18166
18167 ;;;***
18168 \f
18169 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19931 11784))
18170 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18171
18172 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18173 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18174 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18175 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18176 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18177 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18178
18179 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18180
18181 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18182 Toggle Msb mode.
18183 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18184 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18185 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18186
18187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18188
18189 ;;;***
18190 \f
18191 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18192 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18193 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18194 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18195 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18196 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18197 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18198
18199 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18200 Display a list of all character sets.
18201
18202 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18203 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18204 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18205 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18206 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18207
18208 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18209 but still shows the full information.
18210
18211 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18212
18213 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18214 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18215 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18216
18217 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18218 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18219 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18220 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18221 meanings of these arguments.
18222
18223 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18224
18225 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18226 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18227
18228 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18229
18230 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18231 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18232
18233 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18234
18235 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18236 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18237
18238 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18239
18240 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18241 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18242
18243 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18244 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18245 in place of `..':
18246 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18247 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18248 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18249 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18250 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18251 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18252 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18253 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18254 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18255 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18256 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18257 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18258 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18259 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18260 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18261 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18262
18263 \(fn)" t nil)
18264
18265 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18266 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18267
18268 \(fn)" t nil)
18269
18270 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18271 Display a list of all coding systems.
18272 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18273
18274 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18275 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18276
18277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18278
18279 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18280 Display a list of all coding categories.
18281
18282 \(fn)" nil nil)
18283
18284 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18285 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18286 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18287
18288 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18289
18290 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18291 Display information about FONTSET.
18292 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18293
18294 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18295
18296 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18297 Display a list of all fontsets.
18298 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18299 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18300 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18301
18302 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18303
18304 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18305 Display information about all input methods.
18306
18307 \(fn)" t nil)
18308
18309 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18310 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18311
18312 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18313 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18314 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18315 system which uses fontsets).
18316
18317 \(fn)" t nil)
18318
18319 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18320 Show log of font listing and opening.
18321 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18322 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18323
18324 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18325
18326 ;;;***
18327 \f
18328 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18329 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18330 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18331 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18332 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18333 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19845 45374))
18334 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18335
18336 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18337 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18338 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18339
18340 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18341
18342 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18343
18344 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18345 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18346
18347 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18348 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18349
18350 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18351 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18352
18353 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18354
18355 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18356 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18357 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18358 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18359 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18360 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18361 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18362
18363 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18364 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18365 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18366 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18367 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18368 middle of a character in STR.
18369
18370 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18371 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18372
18373 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18374 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18375 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18376 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18377 defaults to \"...\".
18378
18379 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18380
18381 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18382 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18383
18384 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18385 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18386 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18387
18388 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18389 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18390 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18391
18392 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18393 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18394 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18395 are considered.
18396 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18397 longer than KEYSEQ.
18398 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18399
18400 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18401
18402 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18403 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18404 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18405 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18406 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18407 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18408 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18409 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18410 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18411 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18412 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18413
18414 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18415
18416 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18417 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18418
18419 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18420
18421 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18422 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18423
18424 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18425
18426 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18427 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18428
18429 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18430
18431 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18432 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18433
18434 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18435
18436 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18437 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18438 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18439 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18440 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18441
18442 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18443 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18444
18445 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18446 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18447 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18448 coding systems ordered by priority.
18449
18450 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18451
18452 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18453 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18454 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18455 language environment LANG-ENV.
18456
18457 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18458
18459 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18460 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18461 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18462 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18463 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18464 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18465
18466 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18467
18468 ;;;***
18469 \f
18470 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18471 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18472 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18473 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19845
18474 ;;;;;; 45374))
18475 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18476
18477 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18478 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18479
18480 \(fn)" t nil)
18481
18482 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18483 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18484
18485 \(fn)" t nil)
18486
18487 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18488 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18489
18490 \(fn)" t nil)
18491
18492 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18493 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18494
18495 \(fn)" t nil)
18496
18497 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18498 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18499
18500 \(fn)" t nil)
18501
18502 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18503 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18504
18505 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18506
18507 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18508 Ping HOST.
18509 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18510 `ping-program-options'.
18511
18512 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18513
18514 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18515 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18516
18517 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18518
18519 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18520 Run nslookup program.
18521
18522 \(fn)" t nil)
18523
18524 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18525 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18526
18527 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18528
18529 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18530 Run dig program.
18531
18532 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18533
18534 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18535 Run ftp program.
18536
18537 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18538
18539 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18540 Finger USER on HOST.
18541
18542 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18543
18544 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18545 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18546 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18547 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18548
18549 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18550
18551 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18552
18553
18554 \(fn)" t nil)
18555
18556 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18557 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18558
18559 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18560
18561 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18562 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18563
18564 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18565
18566 ;;;***
18567 \f
18568 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (19845
18569 ;;;;;; 45374))
18570 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18571
18572 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18573 Return a user name/password pair.
18574 Port specifications will be prioritised in the order they are
18575 listed in the PORTS list.
18576
18577 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18578
18579 ;;;***
18580 \f
18581 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
18582 ;;;;;; (19990 55648))
18583 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18584
18585 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18586 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18587 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18588 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18589 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18590 closes it.
18591
18592 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18593 make it unique.
18594 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18595 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18596 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18597 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18598 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18599 a port number to connect to.
18600
18601 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18602 values:
18603
18604 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18605 nil or `network'
18606 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18607 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18608 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18609 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18610 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18611 an unencrypted connection.
18612 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18613 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18614 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18615 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18616 returned object is a killed process.
18617 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18618 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18619 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18620
18621 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18622 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18623 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18624 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18625 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18626 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18627 or nil if none could be found.
18628 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18629 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18630
18631 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18632
18633 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18634 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18635 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18636
18637 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18638 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18639 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18640
18641 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18642 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18643 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18644
18645 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18646 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18647 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18648 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18649
18650 :always-query-capabilies says whether to query the server for
18651 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18652
18653 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18654 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18655 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18656 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18657 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18658 or STARTTLS connections.
18659
18660 If :use-starttls-if-possible is non-nil, do opportunistic
18661 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS
18662 functionality.
18663
18664 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
18665 asynchronously, if possible.
18666
18667 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18668
18669 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18670
18671 ;;;***
18672 \f
18673 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18674 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18675 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18676 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18677 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18678 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19938 7518))
18679 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18680
18681 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18682
18683 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18684
18685 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18686
18687 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18688
18689 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18690 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18691 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18692 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18693 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18694 Major modes should set this variable.")
18695
18696 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18697 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18698 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18699 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18700 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18701 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18702
18703 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18704 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18705
18706 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18707 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18708 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18709
18710 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18711 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18712 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18713 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18714 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18715
18716 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18717 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything back to its body.")
18718 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18719
18720 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18721 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18722 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18723 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18724
18725 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18726 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18727 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18728 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18729 column indentation or nil.
18730 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18731
18732 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18733 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18734 The function has no args.
18735
18736 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18737 comments always start in column zero.")
18738
18739 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18740 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18741 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18742
18743 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18744
18745 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18746 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18747 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18748 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18749
18750 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18751 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18752
18753 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18754
18755 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18756 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18757 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18758 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18759 customize this variable.
18760
18761 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18762 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18763
18764 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18765
18766 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18767 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18768 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18769 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18770 the variables are properly set.
18771
18772 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18773
18774 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18775 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18776
18777 \(fn)" nil nil)
18778
18779 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18780 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18781 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18782
18783 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18784
18785 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18786 Set the comment column based on point.
18787 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18788 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18789 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18790 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18791
18792 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18793
18794 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18795 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18796 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18797
18798 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18799
18800 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18801 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18802 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18803 comment markers.
18804
18805 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18806
18807 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18808 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18809 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18810 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18811 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18812
18813 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18814 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18815 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18816
18817 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18818 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18819 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18820 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18821 changed with `comment-style'.
18822
18823 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18824
18825 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18826 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18827 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18828 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18829
18830 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18831
18832 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18833 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18834 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18835 is passed on to the respective function.
18836
18837 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18838
18839 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18840 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18841 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18842 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18843 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18844 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18845 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18846 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18847 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18848 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18849
18850 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18851
18852 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18853 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18854 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18855
18856 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18857
18858 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18859 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18860 This indents the body of the continued comment
18861 under the previous comment line.
18862
18863 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18864 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18865 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18866
18867 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18868 or comment indentation.
18869
18870 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18871 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18872
18873 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18874
18875 ;;;***
18876 \f
18877 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18878 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19918 22236))
18879 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18880
18881 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18882 Check whether newsticker is running.
18883 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18884 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18885
18886 \(fn)" nil nil)
18887
18888 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18889 Start the newsticker.
18890 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18891 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18892 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18893 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18894
18895 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18896
18897 ;;;***
18898 \f
18899 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18900 ;;;;;; (19918 22236))
18901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18902
18903 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18904 Start newsticker plainview.
18905
18906 \(fn)" t nil)
18907
18908 ;;;***
18909 \f
18910 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18911 ;;;;;; (19918 22236))
18912 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18913
18914 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18915 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18916
18917 \(fn)" t nil)
18918
18919 ;;;***
18920 \f
18921 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18922 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19845 45374))
18923 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18924
18925 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18926 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18927 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18928 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18929 empty.
18930
18931 \(fn)" nil nil)
18932
18933 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18934 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18935 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18936 running already.
18937
18938 \(fn)" t nil)
18939
18940 ;;;***
18941 \f
18942 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18943 ;;;;;; (19918 22236))
18944 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18945
18946 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18947 Start newsticker treeview.
18948
18949 \(fn)" t nil)
18950
18951 ;;;***
18952 \f
18953 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18954 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18955 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18956
18957 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18958 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18959
18960 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18961
18962 ;;;***
18963 \f
18964 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19845
18965 ;;;;;; 45374))
18966 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18967
18968 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18969 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18970 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18971 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18972 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18973 symbol in the alist.
18974
18975 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18976
18977 ;;;***
18978 \f
18979 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18980 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18981 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18982
18983 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18984 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18985 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18986
18987 \(fn)" t nil)
18988
18989 ;;;***
18990 \f
18991 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18992 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18994
18995 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18996 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18997
18998 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18999
19000 ;;;***
19001 \f
19002 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19003 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19845 45374))
19004 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19005
19006 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19007 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19008 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19009
19010 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19011
19012 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19013
19014
19015 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19016
19017 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19018 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19019 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19020 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19021 to future sessions.
19022
19023 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19024
19025 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19026 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19027 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19028 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19029 to future sessions.
19030
19031 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19032
19033 ;;;***
19034 \f
19035 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19036 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19037 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19038
19039 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19040 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19041 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19042 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19043 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19044 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19045
19046 \(fn)" t nil)
19047
19048 ;;;***
19049 \f
19050 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19051 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19052 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19053
19054 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19055 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19056 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19057 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19058
19059 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19060
19061 ;;;***
19062 \f
19063 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19927
19064 ;;;;;; 37225))
19065 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19066
19067 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19068 Major mode for editing XML.
19069
19070 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19071 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19072 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19073 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19074 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19075 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19076 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19077
19078 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19079
19080 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19081 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19082
19083 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19084 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19085 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19086 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19087 instead of C-c.
19088
19089 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19090 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19091 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19092 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19093 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19094 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19095
19096 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19097 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19098 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19099
19100 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19101 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19102 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19103
19104 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19105 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19106 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19107 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19108 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19109 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19110 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19111 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19112 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19113
19114 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19115
19116 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19117 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19118
19119 \(fn)" t nil)
19120
19121 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19122
19123 ;;;***
19124 \f
19125 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19126 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19845 45374))
19127 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19128
19129 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19130 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19131 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19132 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19133
19134 \(fn)" t nil)
19135
19136 ;;;***
19137 \f
19138 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
19139 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
19140 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
19141 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
19142 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks org-babel-map-src-blocks
19143 ;;;;;; org-babel-open-src-block-result org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code
19144 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session
19145 ;;;;;; org-babel-check-src-block org-babel-expand-src-block org-babel-execute-src-block
19146 ;;;;;; org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe org-babel-load-in-session-maybe
19147 ;;;;;; org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe org-babel-view-src-block-info
19148 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
19149 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (20021 11227))
19150 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
19151
19152 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
19153
19154
19155 \(fn)" nil nil)
19156
19157 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
19158
19159
19160 \(fn)" t nil)
19161
19162 (autoload 'org-babel-view-src-block-info "ob" "\
19163 Display information on the current source block.
19164 This includes header arguments, language and name, and is largely
19165 a window into the `org-babel-get-src-block-info' function.
19166
19167 \(fn)" t nil)
19168
19169 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
19170 Conditionally expand a source block.
19171 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19172 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
19173
19174 \(fn)" t nil)
19175
19176 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
19177 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
19178 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19179 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
19180
19181 \(fn)" t nil)
19182
19183 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
19184 Conditionally pop to a session.
19185 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19186 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
19187
19188 \(fn)" t nil)
19189
19190 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
19191 Execute the current source code block.
19192 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
19193 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
19194 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
19195
19196 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if a an
19197 existing result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been
19198 returned.
19199
19200 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
19201 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
19202
19203 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
19204 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
19205 block.
19206
19207 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19208
19209 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
19210 Expand the current source code block.
19211 Expand according to the source code block's header
19212 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
19213
19214 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19215
19216 (autoload 'org-babel-check-src-block "ob" "\
19217 Check for misspelled header arguments in the current code block.
19218
19219 \(fn)" t nil)
19220
19221 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
19222 Load the body of the current source-code block.
19223 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
19224 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
19225 session.
19226
19227 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19228
19229 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
19230 Initiate session for current code block.
19231 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
19232 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
19233 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
19234
19235 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19236
19237 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
19238 Switch to the session of the current code block.
19239 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
19240 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
19241 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
19242
19243 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19244
19245 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
19246 Switch to code buffer and display session.
19247
19248 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19249
19250 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19251 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19252 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19253 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19254 results already exist.
19255
19256 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19257
19258 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19259 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19260 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19261 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19262 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19263
19264 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19265 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19266 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19267 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19268 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19269 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19270 switches --------- string holding the switches
19271 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19272 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19273 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19274 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19275 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19276 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19277 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19278 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19279
19280 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19281
19282 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19283
19284 (autoload 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks "ob" "\
19285 Evaluate BODY forms on each inline source-block in FILE.
19286 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19287 buffer.
19288
19289 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19290
19291 (put 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19292
19293 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19294 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19295 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19296 the current buffer.
19297
19298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19299
19300 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19301 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19302 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19303 the current subtree.
19304
19305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19306
19307 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19308 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19309
19310 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19311
19312 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
19313 Toggle visibility of result at point.
19314
19315 \(fn)" t nil)
19316
19317 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19318 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19319
19320 \(fn)" t nil)
19321
19322 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19323 Go to a named source-code block.
19324
19325 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19326
19327 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19328 Go to a named result.
19329
19330 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19331
19332 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19333 Jump to the next source block.
19334 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19335
19336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19337
19338 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19339 Jump to the previous source block.
19340 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19341
19342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19343
19344 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19345 Mark current src block
19346
19347 \(fn)" t nil)
19348
19349 ;;;***
19350 \f
19351 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19352 ;;;;;; (20018 35031))
19353 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19354
19355 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19356 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19357
19358 \(fn)" t nil)
19359
19360 ;;;***
19361 \f
19362 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19363 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (20018 35031))
19364 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19365
19366 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19367 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19368 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19369
19370 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19371
19372 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19373 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19374 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19375 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19376
19377 \(fn)" t nil)
19378
19379 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19380 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19381
19382 \(fn)" nil nil)
19383
19384 ;;;***
19385 \f
19386 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19387 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19388 ;;;;;; (20018 35031))
19389 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19390
19391 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19392 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19393 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19394 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19395 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19396 then the name of the language is used.")
19397
19398 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19399
19400 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19401 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19402 This function exports the source code using
19403 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19404 `load-file'.
19405
19406 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
19407
19408 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19409 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19410 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19411 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19412 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19413 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19414
19415 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19416
19417 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19418 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19419 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19420 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19421 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19422 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19423 exported source code blocks by language.
19424
19425 \(fn &optional ONLY-THIS-BLOCK TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19426
19427 ;;;***
19428 \f
19429 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19430 ;;;;;; (19968 28627))
19431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19432
19433 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19434 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19435 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19436
19437 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19438
19439 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19440 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19441
19442 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19443 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19444 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19445
19446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19447
19448 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19449
19450 ;;;***
19451 \f
19452 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19453 ;;;;;; (19968 28627))
19454 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19455
19456 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19457 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19458
19459 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19460 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19461 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19462 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19463
19464 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19465 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19466 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19467 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19468 is why you need this mode!).
19469
19470 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19471 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19472 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19473
19474 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19475
19476 Keybindings
19477 ===========
19478
19479 \\{octave-mode-map}
19480
19481 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19482 ==============================================
19483
19484 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19485 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19486 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19487
19488 `octave-block-offset'
19489 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19490 Default is 2.
19491
19492 `octave-continuation-offset'
19493 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19494 Default is 4.
19495
19496 `octave-continuation-string'
19497 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19498 Default is a backslash.
19499
19500 `octave-send-echo-input'
19501 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19502 command to the inferior Octave process.
19503
19504 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19505 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19506 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19507
19508 `octave-send-echo-input'
19509 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19510
19511 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19512
19513 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19514 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19515
19516 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19517
19518 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19519 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19520
19521 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19522 (lambda ()
19523 (abbrev-mode 1)
19524 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19525
19526 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19527 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19528 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19529 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19530
19531 \(fn)" t nil)
19532
19533 ;;;***
19534 \f
19535 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19536 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19537 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19538 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19539 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19540 ;;;;;; org-mode org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19541 ;;;;;; (20018 35031))
19542 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19543
19544 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19545 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19546
19547 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19548
19549 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19550 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19551 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19552
19553 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19554 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19555 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19556 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19557 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19558 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19559 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19560 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19561 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19562 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19563
19564 The following commands are available:
19565
19566 \\{org-mode-map}
19567
19568 \(fn)" t nil)
19569
19570 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19571
19572 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19573 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19574 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19575 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19576
19577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19578
19579 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19580 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19581 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19582 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19583 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19584 defined by Org-mode).
19585
19586 M-up Move entry/item up
19587 M-down Move entry/item down
19588 M-left Promote
19589 M-right Demote
19590 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19591 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19592 M-S-left Promote subtree
19593 M-S-right Demote subtree
19594 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19595 C-c ^ Sort entries
19596 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19597 TAB Cycle item visibility
19598 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19599 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19600 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19601
19602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19603
19604 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19605 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19606
19607 \(fn)" nil nil)
19608
19609 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19610 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19611
19612 \(fn)" nil nil)
19613
19614 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19615 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19616 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19617 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19618 call CMD.
19619
19620 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19621
19622 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19623 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19624 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19625 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19626
19627 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19628 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19629 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19630
19631 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19632
19633 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19634 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19635 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19636
19637 \(fn)" t nil)
19638
19639 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19640 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19641 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19642 Org-mode syntax.
19643
19644 \(fn)" t nil)
19645
19646 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19647 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19648
19649 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19650
19651 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19652 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19653
19654 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19655 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19656 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19657 returned as a list.
19658
19659 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19660 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19661 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19662 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19663 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19664 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19665 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19666 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19667 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19668 position.
19669
19670 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19671 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19672 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19673 visited by the iteration.
19674
19675 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19676
19677 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19678 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19679 region The entries within the active region, if any
19680 file The current buffer, without restriction
19681 file-with-archives
19682 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19683 agenda All agenda files
19684 agenda-with-archives
19685 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19686 \(file1 file2 ...)
19687 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19688
19689 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19690 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19691
19692 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19693 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19694 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19695 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19696 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19697 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19698 function leaves it.
19699
19700 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19701 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19702 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19703 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19704 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19705 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19706 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19707 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19708
19709 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19710
19711 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19712 Switch between Org buffers.
19713 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19714 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19715
19716 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19717 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19718
19719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19720
19721 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19722
19723 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19724
19725 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19726 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19727 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19728 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19729
19730 \(fn)" t nil)
19731
19732 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19733 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19734
19735 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19736
19737 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19738 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19739 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19740
19741 \(fn)" t nil)
19742
19743 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19744
19745
19746 \(fn)" t nil)
19747
19748 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19749 Reload all org lisp files.
19750 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19751
19752 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19753
19754 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19755 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19756
19757 \(fn)" t nil)
19758
19759 ;;;***
19760 \f
19761 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19762 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19763 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19764 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19765 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20018 35031))
19766 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19767
19768 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19769 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19770 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19771 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19772
19773 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19774 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19775 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19776 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19777 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19778 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19779 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19780 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19781 e Export views to associated files.
19782 s Search entries for keywords.
19783 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19784 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19785 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19786 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19787 > Remove a previous restriction.
19788 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19789 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19790 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19791
19792 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19793 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19794 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19795
19796 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19797 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19798 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19799 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19800 \(if active).
19801
19802 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19803
19804 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19805 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19806 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19807 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19808 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19809 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19810 before running the agenda command.
19811
19812 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19813
19814 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19815 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19816 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19817 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19818 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19819 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19820 before running the agenda command.
19821
19822 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19823 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19824
19825 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19826
19827 category The category of the item
19828 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19829 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19830 todo selected in TODO match
19831 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19832 diary imported from diary
19833 deadline a deadline on given date
19834 scheduled scheduled on given date
19835 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19836 closed entry was closed on given date
19837 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19838 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19839 block entry has date block including g. date
19840 todo The todo keyword, if any
19841 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19842 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19843 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19844 extra Sting with extra planning info
19845 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19846 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19847 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19848
19849 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19850
19851 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19852
19853
19854 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19855
19856 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19857 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19858
19859 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19860
19861 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19862 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19863 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19864 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19865
19866 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19867 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19868 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19869
19870 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19871 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19872
19873 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19874
19875 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19876 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19877
19878 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19879 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19880 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19881 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19882 EDIT-AT.
19883
19884 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19885 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19886 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19887 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19888 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19889 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19890
19891 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19892 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19893 including newlines.
19894
19895 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19896 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19897 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19898 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19899 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19900 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19901 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19902
19903 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19904 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19905 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19906 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19907
19908 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19909 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19910 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19911 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19912 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19913 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19914 Boolean search must match as full words.
19915
19916 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19917 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19918
19919 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19920
19921 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19922 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19923 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19924 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19925 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19926 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19927
19928 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19929
19930 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19931 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19932 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19933
19934 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19935
19936 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19937 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19938 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19939 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19940 `org-stuck-projects'.
19941
19942 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19943
19944 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19945 Return diary information from org-files.
19946 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19947 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19948 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19949 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19950 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19951
19952 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19953
19954 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19955
19956 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19957 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19958
19959 &%%(org-diary)
19960
19961 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19962 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19963 So the example above may also be written as
19964
19965 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19966
19967 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19968 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19969 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19970
19971 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19972
19973 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19974 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19975
19976 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19977
19978 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19979 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19980 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19981
19982 \(fn)" t nil)
19983
19984 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19985 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19986 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19987 appointments.
19988
19989 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19990 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19991
19992 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19993 for filtering entries out.
19994
19995 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19996 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19997
19998 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19999 (category \"Work\"))
20000
20001 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20002 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20003
20004 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
20005
20006 ;;;***
20007 \f
20008 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
20009 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
20010 ;;;;;; (20018 35031))
20011 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
20012
20013 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
20014 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20015 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20016
20017 \(fn)" t nil)
20018
20019 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
20020 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20021 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20022
20023 \(fn)" t nil)
20024
20025 ;;;***
20026 \f
20027 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
20028 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
20029 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
20030 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (20018
20031 ;;;;;; 35031))
20032 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
20033
20034 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
20035 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
20036
20037 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20038
20039 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20040 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
20041
20042 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20043
20044 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
20045 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use encoding for special symbols.
20046
20047 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20048
20049 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20050 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
20051
20052 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20053
20054 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20055 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
20056 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
20057
20058 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20059
20060 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20061 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
20062 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20063 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
20064 command to convert it.
20065
20066 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20067
20068 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20069 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
20070 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20071 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20072 cut-and-paste operations.
20073 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20074 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20075 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20076 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20077
20078 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
20079
20080 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20081 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20082
20083 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20084
20085 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20086 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20087 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20088 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20089 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20090 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
20091 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20092 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20093 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20094 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20095 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20096 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20097 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20098 publishing directory.
20099
20100 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20101
20102 ;;;***
20103 \f
20104 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (20018
20105 ;;;;;; 35031))
20106 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20107
20108 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20109 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20110 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20111
20112 \(fn)" t nil)
20113
20114 ;;;***
20115 \f
20116 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20117 ;;;;;; (20018 35031))
20118 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20119
20120 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20121 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20122
20123 \(fn)" nil nil)
20124
20125 ;;;***
20126 \f
20127 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
20128 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20018 35031))
20129 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20130
20131 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20132 Capture something.
20133 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20134 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20135 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20136 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20137 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20138 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20139
20140 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20141 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20142 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20143 stored.
20144
20145 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20146
20147 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
20148 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
20149 bypassed.
20150
20151 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20152
20153 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
20154
20155
20156 \(fn)" nil nil)
20157
20158 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20159 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20160
20161 \(fn)" t nil)
20162
20163 ;;;***
20164 \f
20165 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20166 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (20018 35031))
20167 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20168
20169 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20170 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20171 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20172 fontified, and then returned.
20173
20174 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20175
20176 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20177 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
20178
20179 \(fn)" nil nil)
20180
20181 ;;;***
20182 \f
20183 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
20184 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (20018 35031))
20185 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
20186
20187 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
20188 Find or create an entry for DATE.
20189 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
20190 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
20191 tree can be found.
20192
20193 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
20194
20195 ;;;***
20196 \f
20197 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
20198 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
20199 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
20200 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (20018 35031))
20201 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
20202
20203 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
20204 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
20205 This function can be used in batch processing.
20206
20207 For example:
20208
20209 $ emacs --batch
20210 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20211 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
20212
20213 \(fn)" nil nil)
20214
20215 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
20216 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
20217 No file is created.
20218
20219 \(fn)" t nil)
20220
20221 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20222 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
20223 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20224 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20225 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
20226 then use this command to convert it.
20227
20228 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20229
20230 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20231 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
20232 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
20233 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20234 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
20235 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
20236 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
20237 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
20238 could call this function in the following way:
20239
20240 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
20241
20242 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20243 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20244
20245 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20246
20247 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
20248 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
20249
20250 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20251
20252 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
20253 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20254
20255 \(fn)" t nil)
20256
20257 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20258 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20259 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20260 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20261 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20262 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20263 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20264 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20265 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20266 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20267 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20268 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20269 publishing directory.
20270
20271 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20272
20273 ;;;***
20274 \f
20275 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20276 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20277 ;;;;;; (20018 35031))
20278 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20279
20280 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20281 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20282 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20283 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20284 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20285
20286 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20287 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20288 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20289
20290 If `org-export-initial-scope' is set to 'subtree, try to export
20291 the current subtree, otherwise try to export the whole buffer.
20292 Pressing `1' will switch between these two options.
20293
20294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20295
20296 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20297 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20298 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20299 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20300 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20301 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20302 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20303 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20304 command.
20305
20306 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20307
20308 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20309 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20310 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20311 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20312 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20313
20314 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20315 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20316 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20317 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20318
20319 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20320 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20321 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20322
20323 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20324 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20325 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20326 directory.
20327
20328 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20329
20330 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20331 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20332
20333 \(fn)" t nil)
20334
20335 ;;;***
20336 \f
20337 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20338 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (20018
20339 ;;;;;; 35031))
20340 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20341
20342 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20343 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20344
20345 \(fn)" t nil)
20346
20347 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20348 Get inbox items from FEED.
20349 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20350 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20351
20352 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20353
20354 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20355 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20356
20357 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20358
20359 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20360 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20361
20362 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20363
20364 ;;;***
20365 \f
20366 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20367 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (20018 35031))
20368 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20369
20370 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20371 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20372
20373 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition.
20374
20375 When at a definition, jump to the references if they exist, offer
20376 to create them otherwise.
20377
20378 When neither at definition or reference, create a new footnote,
20379 interactively.
20380
20381 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20382
20383 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20384
20385 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20386 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20387
20388 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20389 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20390 Org-mode exporters.
20391
20392 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20393 referenced sequence.
20394
20395 If Org is amidst an export process, EXPORT-PROPS will hold the
20396 export properties of the buffer.
20397
20398 When EXPORT-PROPS is non-nil, the default action is to insert
20399 normalized footnotes towards the end of the pre-processing buffer.
20400 Some exporters like docbook, odt, etc. expect that footnote
20401 definitions be available before any references to them. Such
20402 exporters can let bind `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor' to
20403 symbol 'point-min to achieve the desired behaviour.
20404
20405 Additional note on `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor':
20406 1. This variable has not effect when FOR-PREPROCESSOR is nil.
20407 2. This variable (potentially) obviates the need for extra scan
20408 of pre-processor buffer as witnessed in
20409 `org-export-docbook-get-footnotes'.
20410
20411 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY EXPORT-PROPS)" nil nil)
20412
20413 ;;;***
20414 \f
20415 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20416 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20417 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20418 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (20018 35031))
20419 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20420
20421 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20422 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20423 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20424 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20425 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20426 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20427 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20428 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20429 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20430 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20431 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20432 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20433 directory.
20434
20435 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20436
20437 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20438
20439 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20440 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20441
20442 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20443
20444 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20445 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20446 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20447
20448 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20449
20450 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20451 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20452 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20453 have them in `org-mode'.
20454
20455 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20456 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20457 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20458 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20459 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20460 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20461
20462 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20463
20464 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20465 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20466
20467 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20468
20469 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20470 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20471
20472 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20473
20474 ;;;***
20475 \f
20476 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20477 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20478 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20479 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (20018 35031))
20480 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20481
20482 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20483
20484 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20485
20486 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20487
20488 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20489 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20490 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20491 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20492 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20493
20494 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20495
20496 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20497 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20498 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20499 emacs --batch
20500 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20501 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20502 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20503
20504 \(fn)" nil nil)
20505
20506 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20507 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20508 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20509
20510 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20511
20512 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20513 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20514 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20515 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20516 command to convert it.
20517
20518 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20519
20520 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20521 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20522 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20523 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20524 cut-and-paste operations.
20525 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20526 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20527 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20528 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20529
20530 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20531
20532 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20533 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20534
20535 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20536
20537 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20538 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20539 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20540 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20541 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20542 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20543 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20544 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20545 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20546 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20547 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20548 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20549 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20550 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20551 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20552
20553 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20554
20555 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20556 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20557 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20558 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20559 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20560 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20561 need into your CSS file.
20562
20563 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20564 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20565 that uses these same face definitions.
20566
20567 \(fn)" t nil)
20568
20569 ;;;***
20570 \f
20571 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20572 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20573 ;;;;;; (20018 35031))
20574 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20575
20576 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20577 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20578 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20579 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20580
20581 \(fn)" t nil)
20582
20583 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20584 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20585 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20586 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20587
20588 \(fn)" t nil)
20589
20590 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20591 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20592 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20593
20594 \(fn)" t nil)
20595
20596 ;;;***
20597 \f
20598 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20599 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
20600 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
20601 ;;;;;; (20018 35031))
20602 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20603
20604 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20605 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20606 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20607 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20608
20609 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20610
20611 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20612 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20613 Create an ID if necessary.
20614
20615 \(fn)" t nil)
20616
20617 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20618 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20619 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20620 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20621 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20622 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20623 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20624
20625 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20626
20627 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20628 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20629 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20630 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20631 eligible.
20632 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20633
20634 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20635
20636 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20637 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20638 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20639 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20640
20641 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20642
20643 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20644 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20645 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20646
20647 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20648
20649 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20650 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20651 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20652 if there is no entry with that ID.
20653 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20654
20655 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20656
20657 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20658 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20659
20660 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
20661
20662 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
20663 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
20664
20665 \(fn)" t nil)
20666
20667 ;;;***
20668 \f
20669 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
20670 ;;;;;; (20018 35031))
20671 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
20672
20673 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
20674 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
20675
20676 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
20677 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
20678 FIXME: How to update when broken?
20679
20680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20681
20682 ;;;***
20683 \f
20684 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20685 ;;;;;; (20018 35031))
20686 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20687
20688 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20689 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20690
20691 \(fn)" nil nil)
20692
20693 ;;;***
20694 \f
20695 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20696 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20697 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
20698 ;;;;;; (20018 35031))
20699 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
20700
20701 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
20702 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20703 For example:
20704
20705 emacs --batch
20706 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20707 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20708 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20709
20710 \(fn)" nil nil)
20711
20712 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
20713 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20714 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20715
20716 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20717
20718 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
20719 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20720 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20721 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20722 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20723 then use this command to convert it.
20724
20725 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20726
20727 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20728 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20729 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20730 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20731 cut-and-paste operations.
20732 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20733 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20734 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
20735 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20736
20737 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20738
20739 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20740 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20741
20742 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20743
20744 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20745 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20746 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20747 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20748 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20749 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20750 convert them as description lists.
20751 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20752 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20753 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20754 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20755 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20756 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20757 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20758 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20759 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
20760 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
20761 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20762
20763 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20764
20765 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
20766 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20767
20768 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20769
20770 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
20771 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20772
20773 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20774
20775 ;;;***
20776 \f
20777 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
20778 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (20018
20779 ;;;;;; 35031))
20780 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
20781
20782 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
20783 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
20784 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
20785 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
20786
20787 \(fn)" t nil)
20788
20789 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
20790 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
20791 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
20792 agenda view showing the flagged items.
20793
20794 \(fn)" t nil)
20795
20796 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
20797 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
20798
20799 \(fn)" t nil)
20800
20801 ;;;***
20802 \f
20803 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20804 ;;;;;; (20018 35031))
20805 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20806
20807 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20808 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20809 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20810 line directly before or after the table.
20811
20812 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20813
20814 ;;;***
20815 \f
20816 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20817 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20818 ;;;;;; (20018 35031))
20819 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20820
20821 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20822
20823 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20824 Publish PROJECT.
20825
20826 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20827
20828 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20829 Publish all projects.
20830 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
20831 directory and force publishing all files.
20832
20833 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20834
20835 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20836 Publish the current file.
20837 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20838
20839 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20840
20841 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20842 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20843 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20844 the project.
20845
20846 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20847
20848 ;;;***
20849 \f
20850 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20851 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20852 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (20018 35031))
20853 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20854
20855 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20856 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20857
20858 \(fn)" nil nil)
20859
20860 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20861 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20862 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20863 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20864 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20865
20866 \(fn)" nil nil)
20867
20868 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20869 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20870 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20871 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20872
20873 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20874
20875 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20876 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20877 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20878 of the remember buffer.
20879
20880 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20881 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20882 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
20883 note stored by remember.
20884
20885 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20886 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20887
20888 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20889
20890 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20891 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20892 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20893 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20894 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20895 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
20896 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20897 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
20898 process is used to select the target location.
20899
20900 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20901 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20902
20903 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20904 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20905 currently running.
20906
20907 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
20908 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
20909 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
20910 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20911
20912 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20913 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20914 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20915 some additional data.
20916
20917 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20918 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20919 \(i.e. after the stars).
20920
20921 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20922
20923 \(fn)" nil nil)
20924
20925 ;;;***
20926 \f
20927 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20928 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (20018 35031))
20929 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20930
20931 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20932 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20933
20934 \(fn)" nil nil)
20935
20936 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20937 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20938
20939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20940
20941 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20942 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20943 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20944 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20945 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
20946
20947 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
20948
20949 ;;;***
20950 \f
20951 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
20952 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (20018 35031))
20953 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
20954
20955 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
20956 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
20957 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
20958 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
20959 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
20960 the project properties such as project name and project period.
20961 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
20962 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
20963 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
20964 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
20965 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
20966 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
20967
20968 \(fn)" t nil)
20969
20970 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
20971 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
20972 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
20973
20974 \(fn)" t nil)
20975
20976 ;;;***
20977 \f
20978 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
20979 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
20980 ;;;;;; (20018 35031))
20981 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
20982
20983 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
20984 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
20985 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
20986 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
20987 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
20988 without user interaction.
20989 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20990 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20991 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20992 the region 0:00:00.
20993
20994 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20995
20996 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20997 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20998 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20999 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
21000 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
21001 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
21002 that was not started at the correct moment.
21003
21004 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
21005 it in the buffer.
21006
21007 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
21008
21009 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
21010 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
21011
21012 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
21013
21014 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
21015 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
21016
21017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21018
21019 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
21020 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
21021
21022 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
21023 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
21024 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
21025
21026 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
21027 the duration of the timer.
21028
21029 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21030 without prompting the user for a duration.
21031
21032 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21033 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
21034 replace any running timer.
21035
21036 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
21037
21038 ;;;***
21039 \f
21040 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
21041 ;;;;;; (20018 35031))
21042 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
21043
21044 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
21045 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
21046 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
21047
21048 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21049
21050 ;;;***
21051 \f
21052 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
21053 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
21054 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
21055 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21056 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21057
21058 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
21059 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
21060 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
21061 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
21062
21063 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
21064 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
21065 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
21066 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
21067
21068 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
21069 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
21070 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
21071 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
21072 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
21073 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
21074
21075 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
21076 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
21077 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
21078
21079 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
21080 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
21081 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
21082 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
21083 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
21084 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
21085 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
21086 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
21087 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
21088 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
21089 The subheadings remain visible.
21090 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
21091
21092 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
21093 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
21094 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
21095
21096 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
21097 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
21098
21099 \(fn)" t nil)
21100
21101 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
21102 Toggle Outline minor mode.
21103 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
21104 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
21105
21106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21107 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
21108
21109 ;;;***
21110 \f
21111 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
21112 ;;;;;; package-install-file package-install-from-buffer package-install
21113 ;;;;;; package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
21114 ;;;;;; (19893 19022))
21115 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
21116
21117 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
21118 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
21119 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
21120 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
21121 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
21122
21123 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
21124 activate the package system at any time.")
21125
21126 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
21127
21128 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
21129 Install the package named NAME.
21130 Interactively, prompt for the package name.
21131 The package is found on one of the archives in `package-archives'.
21132
21133 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
21134
21135 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
21136 Install a package from the current buffer.
21137 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
21138 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
21139 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
21140
21141 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
21142 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
21143 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
21144
21145 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
21146
21147 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
21148 Install a package from a file.
21149 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
21150
21151 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
21152
21153 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
21154 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
21155 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
21156 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
21157
21158 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
21159
21160 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
21161 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
21162
21163 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
21164
21165 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
21166 Display a list of packages.
21167 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
21168 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
21169 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
21170
21171 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
21172
21173 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
21174
21175 ;;;***
21176 \f
21177 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19845 45374))
21178 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
21179
21180 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
21181 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
21182 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21183 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21184 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21185 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
21186
21187 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
21188
21189 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
21190 Toggle Show Paren mode.
21191 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
21192 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
21193
21194 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
21195 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
21196
21197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21198
21199 ;;;***
21200 \f
21201 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
21202 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21203 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
21204 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
21205
21206 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
21207 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
21208 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
21209 unknown are returned as nil.
21210
21211 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21212
21213 ;;;***
21214 \f
21215 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19968
21216 ;;;;;; 28627))
21217 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
21218
21219 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
21220 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
21221 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21222
21223 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
21224 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
21225
21226 Other useful functions are:
21227
21228 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
21229 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
21230 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
21231 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
21232 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
21233 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
21234 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
21235 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
21236 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
21237
21238 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
21239
21240 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
21241 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
21242 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
21243 Indentation for case statements.
21244 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
21245 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
21246 mark after an end.
21247 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
21248 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
21249 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
21250 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
21251 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21252 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
21253 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
21254 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
21255 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
21256 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
21257
21258 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
21259 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
21260
21261 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
21262 no args, if that value is non-nil.
21263
21264 \(fn)" t nil)
21265
21266 ;;;***
21267 \f
21268 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
21269 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (19845 45374))
21270 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
21271
21272 (defvar password-cache t "\
21273 Whether to cache passwords.")
21274
21275 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
21276
21277 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
21278 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
21279 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
21280
21281 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21282
21283 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21284 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21285
21286 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21287
21288 ;;;***
21289 \f
21290 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21291 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
21292 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21293
21294 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21295 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21296 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21297
21298 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21299 _ matches anything.
21300 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21301 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21302 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21303 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21304 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21305 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21306 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21307 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21308 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21309
21310 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21311 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21312 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21313 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21314 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21315 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21316
21317 PRED can take the form
21318 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21319 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
21320 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21321 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21322 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21323 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21324 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21325
21326 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
21327
21328 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21329
21330 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21331 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21332 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21333 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21334
21335 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21336
21337 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21338
21339 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21340 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21341 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21342 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21343
21344 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21345
21346 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21347
21348 ;;;***
21349 \f
21350 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19845
21351 ;;;;;; 45374))
21352 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21353
21354 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21355 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21356
21357 \(fn)" nil nil)
21358
21359 ;;;***
21360 \f
21361 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21362 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19845 45374))
21363 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21364
21365 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21366 Completion for `gzip'.
21367
21368 \(fn)" nil nil)
21369
21370 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21371 Completion for `bzip2'.
21372
21373 \(fn)" nil nil)
21374
21375 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21376 Completion for GNU `make'.
21377
21378 \(fn)" nil nil)
21379
21380 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21381 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21382
21383 \(fn)" nil nil)
21384
21385 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21386
21387 ;;;***
21388 \f
21389 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21390 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19986 58615))
21391 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21392
21393 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21394 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21395
21396 \(fn)" nil nil)
21397
21398 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21399 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21400
21401 \(fn)" nil nil)
21402
21403 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21404 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21405
21406 \(fn)" nil nil)
21407
21408 ;;;***
21409 \f
21410 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19961
21411 ;;;;;; 55377))
21412 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21413
21414 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21415 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21416
21417 \(fn)" nil nil)
21418
21419 ;;;***
21420 \f
21421 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21422 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21423 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19845 45374))
21424 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21425
21426 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21427 Completion for `cd'.
21428
21429 \(fn)" nil nil)
21430
21431 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21432
21433 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21434 Completion for `rmdir'.
21435
21436 \(fn)" nil nil)
21437
21438 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21439 Completion for `rm'.
21440
21441 \(fn)" nil nil)
21442
21443 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21444 Completion for `xargs'.
21445
21446 \(fn)" nil nil)
21447
21448 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21449
21450 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21451 Completion for `which'.
21452
21453 \(fn)" nil nil)
21454
21455 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21456 Completion for the `chown' command.
21457
21458 \(fn)" nil nil)
21459
21460 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21461 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21462
21463 \(fn)" nil nil)
21464
21465 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21466 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21467
21468 \(fn)" nil nil)
21469
21470 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21471 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21472 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21473
21474 \(fn)" nil nil)
21475
21476 ;;;***
21477 \f
21478 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21479 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21480 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19964
21481 ;;;;;; 31562))
21482 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21483
21484 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21485 Support extensible programmable completion.
21486 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21487 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21488
21489 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21490
21491 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21492 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21493
21494 \(fn)" t nil)
21495
21496 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21497 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21498 This will modify the current buffer.
21499
21500 \(fn)" t nil)
21501
21502 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21503 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21504
21505 \(fn)" t nil)
21506
21507 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21508 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21509 This will modify the current buffer.
21510
21511 \(fn)" t nil)
21512
21513 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21514 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21515
21516 \(fn)" t nil)
21517
21518 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21519 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21520
21521 \(fn)" t nil)
21522
21523 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21524 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21525 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21526 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21527 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21528
21529 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21530
21531 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21532 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21533
21534 \(fn)" nil nil)
21535
21536 ;;;***
21537 \f
21538 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21539 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21540 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (19845 45374))
21541 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21542
21543 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21544 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21545 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21546 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21547
21548 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21549
21550 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21551
21552 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21553 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21554 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21555 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21556 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21557 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21558 FLAGS is ignored.
21559
21560 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21561
21562 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21563 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21564 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21565 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21566 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21567 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21568 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21569 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21570
21571 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21572
21573 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21574 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21575 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21576 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21577 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21578 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21579 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21580 passed to cvs.
21581
21582 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21583
21584 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21585 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21586 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21587 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21588 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21589 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21590 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21591
21592 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21593
21594 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21595 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21596 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21597
21598 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21599
21600 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21601 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21602 A value of nil means never do it.
21603 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21604 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21605 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21606
21607 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21608
21609 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21610 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21611 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21612
21613 ;;;***
21614 \f
21615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (19845 45374))
21616 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21617
21618 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21619
21620 ;;;***
21621 \f
21622 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21623 ;;;;;; (19911 48973))
21624 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21625 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21626 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21627 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21628 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21629 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21630 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21631
21632 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21633 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21634 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21635 Tab indents for Perl code.
21636 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21637 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21638 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21639 \\{perl-mode-map}
21640 Variables controlling indentation style:
21641 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21642 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21643 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21644 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21645 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21646 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21647 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21648 `perl-nochange'
21649 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21650 `perl-indent-level'
21651 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21652 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21653 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21654 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21655 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21656 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21657 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21658 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21659 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21660 `perl-brace-offset'
21661 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21662 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21663 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21664 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21665 `perl-label-offset'
21666 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21667 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21668 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21669
21670 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21671 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21672 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21673 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21674 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21675 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21676 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21677
21678 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21679
21680 \(fn)" t nil)
21681
21682 ;;;***
21683 \f
21684 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21685 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21686 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21687
21688 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21689 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21690 \\<picture-mode-map>
21691 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21692 afterwards settable by these commands:
21693
21694 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21695 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21696 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21697 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21698
21699 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21700 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21701 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21702 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21703
21704 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21705 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21706 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21707 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21708
21709 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21710 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21711 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21712 with these commands:
21713
21714 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21715 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21716 Move to column following last
21717 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21718 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21719 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21720 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21721 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21722 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21723
21724 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21725
21726 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21727 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21728 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21729 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21730 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21731 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21732
21733 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21734 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21735 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21736 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21737 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21738 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21739 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21740
21741 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21742 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21743 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21744 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21745 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21746 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21747 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21748 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21749
21750 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21751 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21752 by supplying an argument.
21753
21754 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21755
21756 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21757 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21758
21759 \(fn)" t nil)
21760
21761 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21762
21763 ;;;***
21764 \f
21765 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (19990
21766 ;;;;;; 55648))
21767 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21768
21769 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21770 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21771
21772 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21773
21774 ;;;***
21775 \f
21776 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21777 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21778 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21779
21780 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21781 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21782 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21783
21784 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21785
21786 ;;;***
21787 \f
21788 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19845 45374))
21789 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21790
21791 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21792 Play pong and waste time.
21793 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21794 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21795
21796 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21797
21798 \\{pong-mode-map}
21799
21800 \(fn)" t nil)
21801
21802 ;;;***
21803 \f
21804 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (19988 13913))
21805 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21806
21807 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21808 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21809 Use streaming commands.
21810
21811 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21812
21813 ;;;***
21814 \f
21815 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21816 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21817 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21819
21820 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21821 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21822 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21823 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21824
21825 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21826
21827 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21828 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21829
21830 \(fn)" nil nil)
21831
21832 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21833 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21834 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21835 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21836 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21837
21838 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21839
21840 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21841 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21842 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21843
21844 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21845
21846 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21847 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21848
21849 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21850
21851 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21852 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21853 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21854 Ignores leading comment characters.
21855
21856 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21857
21858 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21859 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21860 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21861 Ignores leading comment characters.
21862
21863 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21864
21865 ;;;***
21866 \f
21867 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21868 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21869 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21870 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21871 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21872 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21873 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21874 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21875 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21876 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21877 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21878 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21879 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21880 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21881 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21882 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21883 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21884 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21885 ;;;;;; (19999 41597))
21886 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21887
21888 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21889 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21890
21891 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21892
21893 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21894
21895 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21896
21897 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21898 Preview directory using ghostview.
21899
21900 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21901 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21902 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21903 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21904
21905 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21906 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21907 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21908 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21909 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21910 file name.
21911
21912 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21913
21914 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21915
21916 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21917 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21918
21919 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21920 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21921 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21922 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21923
21924 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21925 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21926 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21927 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21928 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21929 file name.
21930
21931 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21932
21933 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21934
21935 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21936 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21937
21938 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21939 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21940 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21941 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21942
21943 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21944 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21945 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21946 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21947 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21948 file name.
21949
21950 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21951
21952 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21953
21954 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21955 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21956
21957 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21958
21959 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21960 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21961 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21962 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21963
21964 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21965 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21966 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21967 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21968 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21969 file name.
21970
21971 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21972
21973 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21974
21975 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21976 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21977
21978 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21979 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21980 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21981
21982 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21983 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21984 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21985 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21986
21987 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21988
21989 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21990 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21991
21992 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21993 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21994 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21995
21996 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21997 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21998 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21999 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22000
22001 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22002
22003 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
22004 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
22005
22006 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22007 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22008 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22009
22010 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22011 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22012 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22013 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22014
22015 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22016
22017 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
22018 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22019
22020 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22021
22022 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22023 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22024 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22025
22026 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22027 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22028 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22029 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22030
22031 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22032
22033 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
22034 Preview region using ghostview.
22035
22036 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22037
22038 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22039
22040 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22041 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
22042
22043 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22044
22045 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22046
22047 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
22048 Print region using PostScript printer.
22049
22050 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22051
22052 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22053
22054 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
22055 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22056
22057 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22058
22059 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22060
22061 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
22062 Preview major mode using ghostview.
22063
22064 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22065
22066 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22067
22068 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22069 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
22070
22071 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22072
22073 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22074
22075 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
22076 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
22077
22078 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22079
22080 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22081
22082 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
22083 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
22084
22085 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22086
22087 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22088
22089 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
22090 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
22091 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22092 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22093
22094 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22095 matching.
22096
22097 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22098 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22099
22100 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22101
22102 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22103
22104 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
22105 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
22106 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22107 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22108
22109 \(fn)" t nil)
22110
22111 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
22112 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
22113 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22114 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22115
22116 \(fn)" t nil)
22117
22118 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
22119 Print directory using text printer.
22120
22121 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22122 matching.
22123
22124 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22125 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22126
22127 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22128
22129 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22130
22131 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
22132 Print buffer using text printer.
22133
22134 \(fn)" t nil)
22135
22136 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
22137 Print region using text printer.
22138
22139 \(fn)" t nil)
22140
22141 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
22142 Print major mode using text printer.
22143
22144 \(fn)" t nil)
22145
22146 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
22147 Preview spooled PostScript.
22148
22149 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22150 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22151 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22152
22153 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22154 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22155 PostScript image in a file with that name.
22156
22157 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22158
22159 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22160 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
22161
22162 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22163 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22164 instead of sending it to the printer.
22165
22166 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22167 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22168 image in a file with that name.
22169
22170 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22171
22172 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
22173 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22174
22175 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22176 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22177 instead of sending it to the printer.
22178
22179 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22180 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22181 image in a file with that name.
22182
22183 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22184
22185 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
22186 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22187
22188 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22189 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22190 instead of sending it to the printer.
22191
22192 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22193 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22194 image in a file with that name.
22195
22196 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22197
22198 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
22199 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22200
22201 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22202
22203 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
22204 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22205
22206 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22207
22208 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22209 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
22210
22211 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22212
22213 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
22214 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
22215
22216 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22217
22218 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
22219 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22220
22221 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22222
22223 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
22224 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
22225
22226 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
22227 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22228 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
22229 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22230
22231 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22232 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
22233 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
22234 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
22235 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
22236 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
22237 file name.
22238
22239 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22240
22241 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
22242 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22243
22244 \(fn)" t nil)
22245
22246 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22247 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22248
22249 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22250 right.
22251 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22252 bottom.
22253
22254 \(fn)" t nil)
22255
22256 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22257 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22258
22259 \(fn)" t nil)
22260
22261 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22262 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22263
22264 \(fn)" t nil)
22265
22266 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22267 Toggle printing with faces.
22268
22269 \(fn)" t nil)
22270
22271 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22272 Toggle spooling.
22273
22274 \(fn)" t nil)
22275
22276 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22277 Toggle duplex.
22278
22279 \(fn)" t nil)
22280
22281 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22282 Toggle tumble.
22283
22284 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22285 right.
22286 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22287 bottom.
22288
22289 \(fn)" t nil)
22290
22291 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22292 Toggle landscape.
22293
22294 \(fn)" t nil)
22295
22296 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22297 Toggle upside-down.
22298
22299 \(fn)" t nil)
22300
22301 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22302 Toggle line number.
22303
22304 \(fn)" t nil)
22305
22306 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22307 Toggle zebra stripes.
22308
22309 \(fn)" t nil)
22310
22311 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22312 Toggle printing header.
22313
22314 \(fn)" t nil)
22315
22316 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22317 Toggle printing header frame.
22318
22319 \(fn)" t nil)
22320
22321 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22322 Toggle menu lock.
22323
22324 \(fn)" t nil)
22325
22326 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22327 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
22328
22329 \(fn)" t nil)
22330
22331 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22332 Toggle auto mode.
22333
22334 \(fn)" t nil)
22335
22336 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22337 Customization of the `printing' group.
22338
22339 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22340
22341 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22342 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22343
22344 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22345
22346 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22347 Help for the printing package.
22348
22349 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22350
22351 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22352 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22353
22354 \(fn)" t nil)
22355
22356 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22357 Interactively select a text printer.
22358
22359 \(fn)" t nil)
22360
22361 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22362 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22363
22364 \(fn)" t nil)
22365
22366 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22367 Show current ps-print settings.
22368
22369 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22370
22371 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22372 Show current printing settings.
22373
22374 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22375
22376 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22377 Show current lpr settings.
22378
22379 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22380
22381 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22382 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22383
22384 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22385 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22386 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22387 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22388
22389
22390 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22391
22392 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22393 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22394 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
22395
22396 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22397 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22398 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22399 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
22400 current active printer.
22401
22402 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22403 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22404 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22405 printer.
22406
22407 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22408 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22409 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22410 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22411 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22412
22413
22414 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22415 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22416
22417 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22418
22419 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22420 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22421 be done using the new current active printer.
22422
22423 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22424 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22425 printer.
22426
22427 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22428 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22429 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22430 instead of sending it to the printer.
22431
22432 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22433 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22434 printer.
22435
22436 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22437
22438
22439 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22440 are both set to t.
22441
22442 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22443
22444 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22445 Fast fire function for text printing.
22446
22447 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22448 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22449 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22450 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22451
22452 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22453 user for a new active text printer.
22454
22455 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22456
22457 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22458
22459 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22460 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22461 printer.
22462
22463 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22464
22465 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22466 are both set to t.
22467
22468 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22469
22470 ;;;***
22471 \f
22472 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20006 43871))
22473 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22474
22475 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22476 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22477 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22478 information will be displayed but not selected.
22479 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22480
22481 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22482
22483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22484
22485 ;;;***
22486 \f
22487 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
22488 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (19890 42850))
22489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22490
22491 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22492 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22493
22494 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22495 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22496
22497 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22498
22499 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22500 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22501
22502 Commands:
22503 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22504 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22505 if that value is non-nil.
22506
22507 \(fn)" t nil)
22508
22509 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22510 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22511 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22512
22513 \(fn)" t nil)
22514
22515 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22516 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22517 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22518
22519 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22520
22521 ;;;***
22522 \f
22523 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19845
22524 ;;;;;; 45374))
22525 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22526
22527 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22528 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22529 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22530
22531 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22532
22533 ;;;***
22534 \f
22535 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19961
22536 ;;;;;; 55377))
22537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22538
22539 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22540 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22541
22542 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22543
22544 The following variables hold user options, and can
22545 be set through the `customize' command:
22546
22547 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22548 `ps-mode-tab'
22549 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22550 `ps-mode-print-function'
22551 `ps-run-prompt'
22552 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22553 `ps-run-x'
22554 `ps-run-dumb'
22555 `ps-run-init'
22556 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22557 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22558
22559 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22560
22561
22562 \\{ps-mode-map}
22563
22564
22565 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22566 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22567 The keymap for this second window is:
22568
22569 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22570
22571
22572 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22573 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22574 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22575 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22576 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22577
22578 \(fn)" t nil)
22579
22580 ;;;***
22581 \f
22582 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22583 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22584 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22585 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22586 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22587 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19931
22588 ;;;;;; 11784))
22589 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22590
22591 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22592 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22593 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22594
22595 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22596
22597 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22598 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22599 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22600 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22601
22602 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22603
22604 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22605 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22606
22607 Valid values are:
22608
22609 nil Do not print colors.
22610
22611 t Print colors.
22612
22613 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22614 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22615
22616 Any other value is treated as t.")
22617
22618 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22619
22620 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22621 Customization of ps-print group.
22622
22623 \(fn)" t nil)
22624
22625 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22626 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22627
22628 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22629 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22630 sending it to the printer.
22631
22632 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22633 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22634 image in a file with that name.
22635
22636 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22637
22638 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22639 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22640 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22641 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22642 so it has a way to determine color values.
22643
22644 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22645
22646 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22647 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22648 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22649
22650 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22651
22652 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22653 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22654 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22655 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22656 so it has a way to determine color values.
22657
22658 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22659
22660 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22661 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22662 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22663 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22664
22665 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22666
22667 \(fn)" t nil)
22668
22669 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22670 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22671 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22672 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22673 so it has a way to determine color values.
22674
22675 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22676
22677 \(fn)" t nil)
22678
22679 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22680 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22681 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22682
22683 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22684
22685 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22686
22687 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22688 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22689 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22690 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22691 so it has a way to determine color values.
22692
22693 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22694
22695 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22696
22697 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22698 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22699
22700 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22701 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22702 instead of sending it to the printer.
22703
22704 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22705 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22706 image in a file with that name.
22707
22708 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22709
22710 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22711 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22712 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22713 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22714 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22715
22716 \(fn)" t nil)
22717
22718 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22719 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22720 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22721
22722 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22723
22724 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22725 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22726 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22727
22728 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22729
22730 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22731 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22732
22733 \(fn)" nil nil)
22734
22735 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22736 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22737
22738 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22739 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22740
22741 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22742 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22743
22744 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22745
22746 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22747
22748 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22749
22750 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22751 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22752
22753 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22754 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22755
22756 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22757 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22758
22759 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22760
22761 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22762
22763 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22764
22765 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22766 foreground and background colors respectively.
22767
22768 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22769 bold - use bold font.
22770 italic - use italic font.
22771 underline - put a line under text.
22772 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22773 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22774 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22775 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22776 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22777
22778 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22779
22780 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22781
22782 ;;;***
22783 \f
22784 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode python-after-info-look
22785 ;;;;;; run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19975 1875))
22786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22787
22788 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
22789
22790 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
22791
22792 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22793
22794 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22795 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22796 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
22797 show the buffer automatically.
22798
22799 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
22800 Python command line (default is `python-command').
22801
22802 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
22803 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
22804 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
22805 switch to that buffer.
22806
22807 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22808 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22809 process buffer for a list of commands.
22810
22811 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
22812 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
22813 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
22814
22815 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22816
22817 (autoload 'python-after-info-look "python" "\
22818 Set up info-look for Python.
22819 Used with `eval-after-load'.
22820
22821 \(fn)" nil nil)
22822
22823 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22824 Major mode for editing Python files.
22825 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22826 for correct parsing of the source.
22827 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22828 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22829 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22830
22831 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22832 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22833 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22834 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22835 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22836 \\<python-mode-map>
22837 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22838 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22839 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22840 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22841 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22842 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22843
22844 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22845 effect outside them.
22846
22847 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22848 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22849 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22850 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22851 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22852 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22853 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22854 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22855 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22856
22857 \\{python-mode-map}
22858
22859 \(fn)" t nil)
22860
22861 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22862 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22863 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22864 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22865
22866 \(fn)" t nil)
22867
22868 ;;;***
22869 \f
22870 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22871 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
22872 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22873
22874 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22875 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22876 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22877 coding-system.
22878
22879 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22880 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22881
22882 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22883 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22884 them into characters should be done separately.
22885
22886 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22887
22888 ;;;***
22889 \f
22890 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22891 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22892 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22893 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22894 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19943 25429))
22895 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22896
22897 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22898 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22899
22900 \(fn)" nil nil)
22901
22902 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22903 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22904 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22905
22906 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22907 `quail-activate', which see.
22908
22909 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22910
22911 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22912 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22913 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22914 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22915 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22916 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22917 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22918
22919 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22920 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22921 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22922 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22923 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22924 shown.
22925 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22926
22927 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22928 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22929 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22930 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22931 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22932 list of candidates.
22933
22934 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22935 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22936 command to be called.
22937
22938 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22939 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22940 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22941 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22942
22943 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22944 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22945 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22946 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22947 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22948 to t.
22949
22950 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22951 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22952 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22953 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22954
22955 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22956 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22957 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22958 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22959
22960 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22961 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22962 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22963 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22964 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22965 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22966
22967 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22968 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22969 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22970 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22971 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22972 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22973
22974 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22975 covers Quail translation region.
22976
22977 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22978 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22979 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22980 for it) is inserted.
22981
22982 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22983 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22984 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22985
22986 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22987 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22988 non-Quail commands.
22989
22990 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22991
22992 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22993 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22994
22995 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22996 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22997 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22998 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22999 you type is correctly handled.
23000
23001 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
23002
23003 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23004 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
23005
23006 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
23007 keyboard type.
23008
23009 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
23010
23011 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
23012 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
23013 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
23014 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23015 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
23016 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23017 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23018 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23019 for the translation.
23020 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23021
23022 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23023 it is used to handle KEY.
23024
23025 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
23026 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
23027 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
23028 the following annotation types are supported.
23029
23030 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
23031 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
23032
23033 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
23034 candidate list.
23035
23036 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
23037 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
23038 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
23039 inserted.
23040
23041 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
23042 generated for the following translations.
23043
23044 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23045
23046 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
23047 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
23048
23049 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23050 which to install MAP.
23051
23052 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
23053
23054 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23055
23056 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
23057 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
23058
23059 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23060 which to install MAP.
23061
23062 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
23063
23064 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23065
23066 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
23067 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
23068 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23069 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
23070 a function, or a cons.
23071 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23072 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23073 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23074 for the translation.
23075 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
23076 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
23077 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
23078 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
23079 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23080
23081 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23082 it is used to handle KEY.
23083
23084 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
23085 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
23086 current Quail package.
23087
23088 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
23089 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23090
23091 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
23092
23093 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
23094 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
23095
23096 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
23097 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23098
23099 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
23100
23101 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
23102 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
23103
23104 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
23105
23106 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
23107 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
23108 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
23109 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
23110 of the Emacs source tree.
23111
23112 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
23113 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
23114
23115 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
23116 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
23117 of each directory.
23118
23119 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
23120
23121 ;;;***
23122 \f
23123 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
23124 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
23125 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19845
23126 ;;;;;; 45374))
23127 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
23128
23129 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
23130 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
23131 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
23132 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
23133
23134 To make use of this do something like:
23135
23136 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
23137
23138 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
23139
23140 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
23141 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
23142
23143 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
23144 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
23145 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23146
23147 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23148
23149 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
23150 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
23151
23152 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23153
23154 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
23155 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
23156
23157 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
23158 is decided.
23159
23160 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
23161
23162 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
23163 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
23164
23165 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
23166 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
23167 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23168
23169 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23170
23171 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
23172 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
23173
23174 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23175
23176 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
23177 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
23178
23179 \(fn)" t nil)
23180
23181 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
23182 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
23183
23184 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
23185
23186 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
23187
23188 \(fn)" t nil)
23189
23190 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
23191 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
23192
23193 \(fn)" t nil)
23194
23195 ;;;***
23196 \f
23197 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
23198 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20015 58840))
23199 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
23200
23201 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
23202 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
23203
23204 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
23205
23206 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
23207
23208 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23209
23210 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
23211
23212 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
23213
23214
23215 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
23216
23217 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
23218 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
23219 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23220 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23221 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23222 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
23223
23224 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
23225
23226 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
23227 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
23228
23229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23230
23231 ;;;***
23232 \f
23233 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19845
23234 ;;;;;; 45374))
23235 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
23236
23237 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
23238 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
23239 See \\[compile].
23240
23241 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
23242
23243 ;;;***
23244 \f
23245 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
23246 ;;;;;; (19975 1875))
23247 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
23248
23249 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23250
23251 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23252 Construct a regexp interactively.
23253 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
23254 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
23255 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
23256
23257 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
23258 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
23259
23260 \(fn)" t nil)
23261
23262 ;;;***
23263 \f
23264 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19886 45771))
23265 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23266
23267 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23268 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23269 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23270 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23271 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23272 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23273
23274 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23275
23276 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23277 Toggle recentf mode.
23278 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
23279 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
23280
23281 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
23282 that were operated on recently.
23283
23284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23285
23286 ;;;***
23287 \f
23288 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23289 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23290 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle
23291 ;;;;;; delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "rect.el"
23292 ;;;;;; (19999 41597))
23293 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23294 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
23295 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
23296 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
23297 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
23298 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
23299 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23300 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "N" 'rectangle-number-lines)
23301
23302 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23303 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23304 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23305 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23306 ends.
23307
23308 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23309 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23310 to be deleted.
23311
23312 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23313
23314 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23315 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23316 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23317
23318 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23319 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23320 deleted.
23321
23322 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23323
23324 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23325 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23326 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23327
23328 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23329
23330 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23331 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23332
23333 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23334 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23335
23336 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23337 deleted.
23338
23339 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23340 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23341 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23342 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23343 even beep.)
23344
23345 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23346
23347 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23348 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23349
23350 \(fn)" t nil)
23351
23352 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23353 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23354 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23355 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23356 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23357 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23358 and point is at the lower right corner.
23359
23360 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23361
23362 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23363 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23364
23365 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23366 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23367
23368 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23369 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23370 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23371
23372 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23373
23374 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23375
23376 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23377 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23378 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23379 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23380 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23381
23382 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23383 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23384
23385 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23386
23387 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23388 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23389 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23390
23391 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23392
23393 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23394
23395 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23396
23397 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23398 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23399
23400 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23401 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23402 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23403
23404 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23405
23406 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23407 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23408 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23409
23410 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23411 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23412 rectangle which were empty.
23413
23414 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23415
23416 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23417 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23418
23419 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23420 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23421 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23422 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23423
23424 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23425
23426 ;;;***
23427 \f
23428 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19845
23429 ;;;;;; 45374))
23430 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23431
23432 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23433 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23434 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23435
23436 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23437 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23438 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23439
23440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23441
23442 ;;;***
23443 \f
23444 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23445 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19845 45374))
23446 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23447
23448 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23449 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23450
23451 \(fn)" nil nil)
23452
23453 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23454 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23455
23456 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23457 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23458
23459 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23460 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23461 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23462 \\ref macro.
23463
23464 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23465 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23466 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23467
23468 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23469 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23470 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23471
23472 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23473 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23474
23475 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23476 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23477
23478 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23479 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23480 on the menu bar.
23481
23482 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23483
23484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23485
23486 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23487 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23488 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23489
23490 \(fn)" nil nil)
23491
23492 ;;;***
23493 \f
23494 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23495 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23496 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23497
23498 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23499 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23500 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23501 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23502 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23503 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23504
23505 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23506
23507 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23508
23509 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23510 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23511 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23512 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23513 `reftex-cite-format'.
23514
23515 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23516 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23517 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23518 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23519
23520 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23521
23522 ;;;***
23523 \f
23524 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23525 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23526 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23527
23528 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23529 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23530 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23531 the current TeX document.
23532
23533 With no argument, this command toggles
23534 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23535 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23536
23537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23538
23539 ;;;***
23540 \f
23541 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23542 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23543 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23544
23545 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23546 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23547 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23548
23549 To insert new phrases, use
23550 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23551 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23552
23553 To index phrases use one of:
23554
23555 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23556 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23557 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23558 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23559 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23560
23561 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23562 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23563
23564 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23565
23566 Here are all local bindings.
23567
23568 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
23569
23570 \(fn)" t nil)
23571
23572 ;;;***
23573 \f
23574 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23575 ;;;;;; (19980 19797))
23576 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23577
23578 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23579 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23580 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23581 of master file.
23582
23583 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23584
23585 ;;;***
23586 \f
23587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19845
23588 ;;;;;; 45374))
23589 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23590 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23591 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23592 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23593 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23594
23595 ;;;***
23596 \f
23597 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23598 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23599 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23600
23601 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23602 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23603 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23604 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23605 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23606 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23607
23608 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23609 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23610
23611 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23612 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23613 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23614 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23615
23616 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23617
23618 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23619 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23620 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23621 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23622
23623 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23624
23625 ;;;***
23626 \f
23627 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23628 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23629 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23630 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23631
23632 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23633 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23634 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23635 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23636
23637 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23638
23639 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23640
23641 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23642 Call `remember' in another frame.
23643
23644 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23645
23646 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23647 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23648 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23649 application.
23650
23651 \(fn)" t nil)
23652
23653 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23654 Extract diary entries from the region.
23655
23656 \(fn)" nil nil)
23657
23658 ;;;***
23659 \f
23660 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19951 19539))
23661 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23662
23663 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23664 Repeat most recently executed command.
23665 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23666 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23667 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23668
23669 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23670 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23671 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23672 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23673
23674 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23675 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23676 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23677
23678 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23679
23680 ;;;***
23681 \f
23682 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23683 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23684 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23685
23686 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23687 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23688
23689 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23690 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23691 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23692 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23693 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23694 and point is left after the salutation.
23695
23696 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23697 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23698 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23699 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23700 left after that text.
23701
23702 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23703 is non-nil.
23704
23705 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23706 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23707 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23708 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23709
23710 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23711
23712 ;;;***
23713 \f
23714 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23715 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23716 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23717
23718 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23719 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23720 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23721 visibility of comments that precede it.
23722 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23723 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23724 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23725 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23726 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23727 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23728 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23729 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23730 the comment lines.
23731 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23732 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23733 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23734 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23735 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23736
23737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23738
23739 ;;;***
23740 \f
23741 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23742 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
23743 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23744
23745 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23746 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23747 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23748
23749 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23750 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23751 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23752
23753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23754
23755 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23756 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23757 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23758 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23759 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23760 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23761
23762 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23763
23764 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23765 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23766 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23767
23768 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23769 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23770 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23771
23772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23773
23774 ;;;***
23775 \f
23776 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23777 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23778 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23779
23780 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23781 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23782
23783 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23784
23785 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23786 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23787
23788 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23789
23790 ;;;***
23791 \f
23792 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19870 57559))
23793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23794 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
23795
23796 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23797 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23798 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23799 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23800
23801 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23802
23803 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23804 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23805 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23806 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23807
23808 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23809 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23810
23811 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23812 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23813
23814 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23815 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23816 INPUT-ARGS.
23817
23818 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23819 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23820 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23821 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23822 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23823
23824 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23825 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23826 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23827 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23828
23829 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23830 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23831 variable.
23832
23833 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23834
23835 ;;;***
23836 \f
23837 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23838 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23839 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23840 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23841 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p)
23842 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19990 55648))
23843 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23844
23845 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23846 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23847 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23848
23849 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23850
23851 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23852 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23853 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23854 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23855 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23856 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23857 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23858
23859 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23860 sent by you under different user names.
23861 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23862
23863 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23864
23865 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23866
23867 (defvaralias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names)
23868
23869 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23870 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23871 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23872 explicitly.")
23873
23874 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23875
23876 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23877 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23878 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23879 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23880 which normally happens once for each message,
23881 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23882 To make a change in this variable take effect
23883 for a message that you have already viewed,
23884 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23885
23886 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23887
23888 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23889 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23890 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23891 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23892
23893 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23894
23895 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23896 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23897
23898 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23899
23900 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23901 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23902 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23903
23904 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23905
23906 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23907 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23908 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23909 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23910 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23911 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23912
23913 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23914
23915 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23916 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23917
23918 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23919
23920 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23921 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23922
23923 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23924
23925 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23926 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23927
23928 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23929 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23930
23931 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23932
23933 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23934 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23935
23936 This is set to nil by default.")
23937
23938 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23939 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23940 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23941 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23942 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23943 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23944 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23945
23946 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23947 Read and edit incoming mail.
23948 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23949 file in RMAIL Mode.
23950 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23951
23952 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23953 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23954 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23955 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23956
23957 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23958
23959 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23960
23961 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23962 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23963 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23964 Instead, these commands are available:
23965
23966 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23967 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23968 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23969 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23970 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23971 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23972 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23973 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23974 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23975 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23976 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23977 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23978 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23979 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23980 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23981 till a deleted message is found.
23982 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23983 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23984 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23985 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23986 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23987 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23988 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23989 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23990 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23991 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23992 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23993 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23994 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23995 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23996 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23997 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23998 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23999 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
24000 (label defaults to last one specified).
24001 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
24002 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
24003 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
24004 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
24005 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
24006 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
24007 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
24008 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
24009 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
24010
24011 \(fn)" t nil)
24012
24013 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
24014 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
24015
24016 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
24017
24018 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
24019 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
24020
24021 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
24022
24023 ;;;***
24024 \f
24025 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
24026 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19845 45374))
24027 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
24028 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
24029
24030 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
24031 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
24032 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
24033 case it writes Babyl.
24034
24035 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
24036 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
24037 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24038 `rmail-default-file'.
24039
24040 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
24041 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
24042 buffer, updates it accordingly.
24043
24044 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
24045 the header display is currently pruned.
24046
24047 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
24048 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
24049 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
24050 messages after output.
24051
24052 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
24053 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
24054 message (if writing a file directly).
24055
24056 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
24057 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
24058
24059 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24060
24061 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
24062 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
24063 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
24064 i) the header is output as currently seen
24065 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
24066 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
24067
24068 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
24069 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
24070 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
24071
24072 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24073
24074 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
24075 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
24076 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
24077 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
24078 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
24079 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24080 `rmail-default-body-file'.
24081
24082 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
24083 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
24084 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
24085
24086 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24087
24088 ;;;***
24089 \f
24090 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24091 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24092 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24093
24094 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24095 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24096 Return a pattern.
24097
24098 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24099
24100 ;;;***
24101 \f
24102 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24103 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24104 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24105
24106 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24107 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24108 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24109 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24110
24111 \(fn)" t nil)
24112
24113 ;;;***
24114 \f
24115 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24116 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24117 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24118
24119 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24120 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24121
24122 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24123 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24124 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24125 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24126 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24127 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24128 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24129 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24130 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24131 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24132
24133 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24134 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
24135 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24136 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24137 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24138 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24139 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24140 to use for finding the schema.
24141
24142 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24143
24144 ;;;***
24145 \f
24146 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19930
24147 ;;;;;; 13389))
24148 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24149
24150 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24151
24152 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24153 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24154 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24155 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24156 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24157 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24158 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24159 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24160 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24161 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24162 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24163 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24164 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24165 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24166 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24167 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24168 must be equal.
24169
24170 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24171
24172 ;;;***
24173 \f
24174 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24175 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19845 45374))
24176 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24177
24178 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24179 Define a robin package.
24180
24181 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24182 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24183 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24184 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24185
24186 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24187 one replaces the old one.
24188
24189 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24190
24191 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24192 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24193
24194 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24195 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24196 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24197
24198 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24199
24200 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24201 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24202
24203 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24204
24205 ;;;***
24206 \f
24207 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24208 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19845 45374))
24209 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24210
24211 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24212 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24213
24214 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24215
24216 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24217 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24218
24219 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24220
24221 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24222 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24223
24224 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24225
24226 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24227 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24228 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24229
24230 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24231 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24232 in ROT13.
24233
24234 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24235
24236 \(fn)" t nil)
24237
24238 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24239 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24240
24241 \(fn)" t nil)
24242
24243 ;;;***
24244 \f
24245 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24246 ;;;;;; (19986 58615))
24247 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24248 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
24249
24250 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24251 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24252 \\<rst-mode-map>
24253 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24254 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24255 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24256 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24257 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24258
24259 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24260 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24261 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24262 font-locking of blocks.
24263
24264 \\{rst-mode-map}
24265
24266 \(fn)" t nil)
24267
24268 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24269 ReST Minor Mode.
24270 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24271 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
24272 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
24273 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
24274
24275 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24276 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24277 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24278
24279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24280
24281 ;;;***
24282 \f
24283 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24284 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24285 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24286
24287 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24288 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24289 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24290 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24291 nesting into account.
24292
24293 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24294
24295 \\{ruby-mode-map}
24296
24297 \(fn)" t nil)
24298
24299 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24300
24301 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24302
24303 ;;;***
24304 \f
24305 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19845
24306 ;;;;;; 45374))
24307 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24308
24309 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24310 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24311 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24312
24313 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24314 Toggle Ruler mode.
24315 In Ruler mode, Emacs displays a ruler in the header line.
24316
24317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24318
24319 ;;;***
24320 \f
24321 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19965
24322 ;;;;;; 52428))
24323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24324
24325 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24326 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24327 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24328 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24329
24330 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24331
24332 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24333 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24334 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24335
24336 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24337 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24338 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24339
24340 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24341 notation.
24342
24343 STRING
24344 matches string STRING literally.
24345
24346 CHAR
24347 matches character CHAR literally.
24348
24349 `not-newline', `nonl'
24350 matches any character except a newline.
24351
24352 `anything'
24353 matches any character
24354
24355 `(any SET ...)'
24356 `(in SET ...)'
24357 `(char SET ...)'
24358 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24359 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24360 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24361
24362 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24363 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24364 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24365 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24366
24367 `(not (any SET ...))'
24368 matches any character not in SET ...
24369
24370 `line-start', `bol'
24371 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24372 in the text being matched
24373
24374 `line-end', `eol'
24375 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24376
24377 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24378 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24379 string being matched against.
24380
24381 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24382 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24383 string being matched against.
24384
24385 `buffer-start'
24386 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24387 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24388
24389 `buffer-end'
24390 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24391 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24392
24393 `point'
24394 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24395
24396 `word-start', `bow'
24397 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24398
24399 `word-end', `eow'
24400 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24401
24402 `word-boundary'
24403 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24404 word.
24405
24406 `(not word-boundary)'
24407 `not-word-boundary'
24408 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24409 word.
24410
24411 `symbol-start'
24412 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24413
24414 `symbol-end'
24415 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24416
24417 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24418 matches 0 through 9.
24419
24420 `control', `cntrl'
24421 matches ASCII control characters.
24422
24423 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24424 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24425
24426 `blank'
24427 matches space and tab only.
24428
24429 `graphic', `graph'
24430 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24431 space, and DEL.
24432
24433 `printing', `print'
24434 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24435 and DEL.
24436
24437 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24438 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24439 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24440
24441 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24442 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24443 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24444
24445 `ascii'
24446 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24447
24448 `nonascii'
24449 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24450
24451 `lower', `lower-case'
24452 matches anything lower-case.
24453
24454 `upper', `upper-case'
24455 matches anything upper-case.
24456
24457 `punctuation', `punct'
24458 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24459 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24460
24461 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24462 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24463
24464 `word', `wordchar'
24465 matches anything that has word syntax.
24466
24467 `not-wordchar'
24468 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24469
24470 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24471 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24472 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24473 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24474
24475 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24476 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24477 `word' (\\sw)
24478 `symbol' (\\s_)
24479 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24480 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24481 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24482 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24483 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24484 `escape' (\\s\\)
24485 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24486 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24487 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24488 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24489 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24490
24491 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24492 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24493
24494 `(category CATEGORY)'
24495 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24496 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24497
24498 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24499 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24500 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24501 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24502 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24503 `symbol' (\\c5)
24504 `digit' (\\c6)
24505 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24506 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24507 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24508 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24509 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24510 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24511 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24512 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24513 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24514 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24515 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24516 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24517 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24518 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24519 `ascii' (\\ca)
24520 `arabic' (\\cb)
24521 `chinese' (\\cc)
24522 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24523 `greek' (\\cg)
24524 `korean' (\\ch)
24525 `indian' (\\ci)
24526 `japanese' (\\cj)
24527 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24528 `latin' (\\cl)
24529 `lao' (\\co)
24530 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24531 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24532 `thai' (\\ct)
24533 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24534 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24535 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24536 `can-break' (\\c|)
24537
24538 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24539 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24540
24541 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24542 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24543 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24544 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24545 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24546
24547 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24548 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24549 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24550 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24551
24552 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24553 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24554 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24555 group number N.
24556
24557 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24558 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24559 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24560 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24561 regular expression.
24562
24563 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24564 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24565 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24566 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24567 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24568
24569 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24570 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24571
24572 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24573 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24574
24575 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24576 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24577 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24578
24579 `(* SEXP ...)'
24580 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24581 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24582
24583 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24584 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24585 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24586
24587 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24588 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24589 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24590
24591 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24592 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24593
24594 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24595 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24596
24597 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24598 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24599 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24600 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24601
24602 `(? SEXP ...)'
24603 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24604
24605 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24606 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24607
24608 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24609 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24610 matches N occurrences.
24611
24612 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24613 matches N or more occurrences.
24614
24615 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24616 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24617 matches N to M occurrences.
24618
24619 `(backref N)'
24620 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24621
24622 `(eval FORM)'
24623 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24624 `regexp-quote' it.
24625
24626 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24627 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24628
24629 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24630
24631 ;;;***
24632 \f
24633 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (19886
24634 ;;;;;; 45771))
24635 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24636
24637 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24638 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24639 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24640 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24641 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24642 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24643
24644 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24645
24646 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24647 Toggle savehist-mode.
24648 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24649 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24650 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24651 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24652
24653 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24654 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24655 which is probably undesirable.
24656
24657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24658
24659 ;;;***
24660 \f
24661 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24662 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24663 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24664
24665 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24666 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24667 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24668
24669 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24670 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24671 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24672 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24673 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24674 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24675 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24676 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24677
24678 Commands:
24679 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24680 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24681 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24682 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24683 if that value is non-nil.
24684
24685 \(fn)" t nil)
24686
24687 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24688 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24689 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24690
24691 Commands:
24692 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24693 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24694 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24695 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24696 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24697 that variable's value is a string.
24698
24699 \(fn)" t nil)
24700
24701 ;;;***
24702 \f
24703 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24704 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24705 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24706
24707 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24708 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24709 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24710
24711 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24712
24713 \(fn)" t nil)
24714
24715 ;;;***
24716 \f
24717 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24718 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24719 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24720
24721 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24722 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24723 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24724 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24725 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24726 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24727
24728 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24729
24730 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24731 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24732 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24733 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24734 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24735
24736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24737
24738 ;;;***
24739 \f
24740 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24741 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24742 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24743
24744 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24745 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24746 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24747 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24748 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24749 during scrolling.
24750
24751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24752
24753 ;;;***
24754 \f
24755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (19845 45374))
24756 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24757 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24758 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24759
24760 ;;;***
24761 \f
24762 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
24763 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19981 40664))
24764 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24765
24766 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24767 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24768 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24769
24770 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24771 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24772 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24773 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24774 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24775 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24776 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24777 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24778 keybinding for tag names.")
24779
24780 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24781
24782 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24783 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24784 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24785 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24786 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24787 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24788
24789 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24790
24791 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24792 Toggle Semantic mode.
24793 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24794
24795 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24796 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24797 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24798 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24799 Semantic mode.
24800
24801 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24802
24803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24804
24805 ;;;***
24806 \f
24807 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24808 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose mail-default-headers
24809 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24810 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24811 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24812 ;;;;;; mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator
24813 ;;;;;; sendmail-query-once send-mail-function mail-interactive mail-self-blind
24814 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
24815 ;;;;;; (19996 8027))
24816 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24817
24818 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24819 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24820
24821 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24822 king@grassland.com
24823 If `parens', they look like:
24824 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24825 If `angles', they look like:
24826 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24827
24828 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24829 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24830
24831 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24832
24833 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24834 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24835 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24836 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24837
24838 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24839 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24840 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24841 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24842
24843 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24844
24845 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24846 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24847 This is done when the message is initialized,
24848 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24849
24850 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24851
24852 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24853 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24854 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24855
24856 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24857
24858 (defvar send-mail-function 'sendmail-query-once "\
24859 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24860 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24861 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24862 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24863 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24864 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24865
24866 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24867
24868 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24869 Send an email via `sendmail-query-once-function'.
24870 If `sendmail-query-once-function' is `query', ask the user what
24871 function to use, and then save that choice.
24872
24873 \(fn)" nil nil)
24874
24875 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24876 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24877
24878 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24879
24880 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24881 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24882 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24883 be a Babyl file.")
24884
24885 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24886
24887 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24888 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24889 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24890 when you first send mail.")
24891
24892 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24893
24894 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24895 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24896 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24897 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24898 This file need not actually exist.")
24899
24900 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24901
24902 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24903 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24904
24905 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24906
24907 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24908 Alist of mail address aliases,
24909 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24910 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24911 can specify a different file name.)
24912 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24913 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24914
24915 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24916 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24917 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24918
24919 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24920
24921 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24922 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24923 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24924
24925 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24926
24927 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24928 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24929 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24930 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24931 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24932 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24933 in the cited portion of the message.
24934
24935 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24936 instead of no action.")
24937
24938 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24939
24940 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24941 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24942 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24943 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24944 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24945
24946 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24947
24948 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24949 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24950 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24951 If a string, that string is inserted.
24952 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24953 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24954 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24955 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24956
24957 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24958
24959 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24960 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24961
24962 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24963
24964 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24965 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24966 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24967
24968 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24969 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24970
24971 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24972
24973 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24974 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24975 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24976 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24977
24978 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24979
24980 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24981
24982 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24983
24984
24985 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24986
24987 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24988 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24989 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24990
24991 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24992 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24993
24994 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24995 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24996 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24997 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24998 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24999 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
25000 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
25001 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
25002 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
25003 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
25004 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
25005 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
25006
25007 \(fn)" t nil)
25008
25009 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
25010 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
25011 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
25012 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
25013
25014 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
25015
25016 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
25017 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25018 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
25019 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
25020 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25021 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25022
25023 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
25024 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25025 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
25026
25027 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
25028 User should not set this variable manually,
25029 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
25030 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25031 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25032 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
25033 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*unsent mail*"))
25034
25035 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
25036 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
25037 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
25038 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
25039
25040 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
25041 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
25042
25043 \\<mail-mode-map>
25044 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
25045
25046 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
25047 to move to message header fields:
25048 \\{mail-mode-map}
25049
25050 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
25051 when the message is initialized.
25052
25053 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
25054 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
25055
25056 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
25057 is inserted.
25058
25059 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
25060 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
25061
25062 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
25063 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
25064 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
25065 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
25066 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
25067 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
25068 buffer without erasing the contents.
25069
25070 The second through fifth arguments,
25071 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
25072 the initial contents of those header fields.
25073 These arguments should not have final newlines.
25074 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
25075 original message being replied to, or else an action
25076 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
25077 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
25078 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
25079 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
25080 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
25081 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
25082
25083 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
25084
25085 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
25086 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
25087
25088 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25089
25090 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
25091 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
25092
25093 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25094
25095 ;;;***
25096 \f
25097 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
25098 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19986
25099 ;;;;;; 58615))
25100 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
25101
25102 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
25103
25104 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
25105
25106 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
25107
25108 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
25109 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
25110 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
25111 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
25112 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
25113 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25114
25115 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25116 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25117
25118 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
25119 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
25120 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
25121
25122 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
25123 \\[server-start].
25124
25125 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
25126
25127 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
25128 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
25129 If server is running, it is first stopped.
25130 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
25131
25132 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25133
25134 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25135 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25136 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25137 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25138 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25139 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25140
25141 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25142
25143 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25144 Toggle Server mode.
25145 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
25146 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25147 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
25148
25149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25150
25151 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25152 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
25153 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25154
25155 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25156 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25157
25158 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
25159
25160 ;;;***
25161 \f
25162 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19980 19797))
25163 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25164
25165 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25166 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25167 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25168
25169 Key definitions:
25170 \\{ses-mode-map}
25171 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25172 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25173 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25174 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25175
25176 \(fn)" t nil)
25177
25178 ;;;***
25179 \f
25180 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25181 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25182 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25183
25184 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25185 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25186 Makes > match <.
25187 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25188 `sgml-quick-keys'.
25189
25190 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25191 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25192 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25193
25194 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25195 in your `.emacs' file.
25196
25197 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25198
25199 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25200 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25201 \\{sgml-mode-map}
25202
25203 \(fn)" t nil)
25204
25205 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25206 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25207 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25208 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25209 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25210 which this is based.
25211
25212 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25213
25214 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25215 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25216 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25217 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25218
25219 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25220 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25221 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25222
25223 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25224 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25225 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25226 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25227
25228 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25229 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25230 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25231 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25232
25233 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25234
25235 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25236 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25237 To work around that, do:
25238 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25239
25240 \\{html-mode-map}
25241
25242 \(fn)" t nil)
25243
25244 ;;;***
25245 \f
25246 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25247 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
25248 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25249 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25250
25251 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25252 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25253 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25254 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25255 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25256 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25257
25258 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25259 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25260 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25261 shell-specific features.
25262
25263 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25264 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25265 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25266 \\<sh-mode-map>
25267 \\[sh-case] case statement
25268 \\[sh-for] for loop
25269 \\[sh-function] function definition
25270 \\[sh-if] if statement
25271 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25272 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25273 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25274 \\[sh-select] select loop
25275 \\[sh-until] until loop
25276 \\[sh-while] while loop
25277
25278 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25279 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25280 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25281 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25282 would indent to the way it currently is.
25283 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25284 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25285
25286
25287 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25288 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25289 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25290 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25291 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25292 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25293
25294 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25295 {, (, [, ', \", `
25296 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25297
25298 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25299 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25300 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25301
25302 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25303 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25304
25305 \(fn)" t nil)
25306
25307 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25308
25309 ;;;***
25310 \f
25311 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25312 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25313 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25314
25315 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25316 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25317
25318 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25319 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25320 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25321
25322 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25323 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25324 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25325 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25326 the earlier.
25327
25328 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25329
25330 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25331
25332 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25333 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25334 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25335
25336 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25337 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25338
25339 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25340 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25341 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25342 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25343 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25344 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25345 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25346 Emacs version).
25347
25348 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25349 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25350 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25351 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25352 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25353
25354 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25355 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25356
25357 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25358
25359 ;;;***
25360 \f
25361 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25362 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19886
25363 ;;;;;; 45771))
25364 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25365
25366 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25367 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25368 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25369 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25370 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25371 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25372 sites in the cluster.
25373
25374 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25375
25376 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25377 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25378 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25379 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25380 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25381
25382 \(fn)" t nil)
25383
25384 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25385 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25386 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25387 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25388 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25389 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25390 `shadow-define-cluster').
25391
25392 \(fn)" t nil)
25393
25394 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25395 Set up file shadowing.
25396
25397 \(fn)" t nil)
25398
25399 ;;;***
25400 \f
25401 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25402 ;;;;;; (19964 31562))
25403 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25404
25405 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25406 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25407 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25408 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25409 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25410 arguments.")
25411
25412 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25413
25414 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25415 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25416 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25417 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25418 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25419
25420 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25421 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25422 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25423 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25424 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25425 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25426 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25427 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25428 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25429 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25430 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25431
25432 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25433 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25434 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25435 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25436 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25437 `default-process-coding-system'.
25438
25439 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25440 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25441 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25442 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25443
25444 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25445
25446 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25447 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
25448
25449 ;;;***
25450 \f
25451 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20007
25452 ;;;;;; 64734))
25453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25454
25455 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25456
25457
25458 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25459
25460 ;;;***
25461 \f
25462 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25463 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19845 45374))
25464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25465
25466 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25467
25468
25469 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25470
25471 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25472
25473
25474 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25475
25476 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25477
25478
25479 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25480
25481 ;;;***
25482 \f
25483 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25484 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25486
25487 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25488 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25489 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25490 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25491 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25492
25493 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25494
25495 \(fn)" t nil)
25496
25497 ;;;***
25498 \f
25499 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19890
25500 ;;;;;; 42850))
25501 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25502
25503 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25504 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25505 \\{simula-mode-map}
25506 Variables controlling indentation style:
25507 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25508 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25509 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25510 `simula-indent-level'
25511 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25512 `simula-substatement-offset'
25513 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25514 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25515 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25516 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25517 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25518 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25519 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25520 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25521 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25522 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25523 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25524 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25525 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25526 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25527 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25528 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25529 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25530 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25531 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25532 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25533 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25534 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25535 or nil if they should not be changed.
25536 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25537 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25538 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25539 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25540
25541 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25542 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25543
25544 \(fn)" t nil)
25545
25546 ;;;***
25547 \f
25548 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25549 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19845 45374))
25550 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25551
25552 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25553 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25554
25555 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25556 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25557 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25558 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25559
25560 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25561
25562 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25563 Insert SKELETON.
25564 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25565 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25566 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25567 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25568 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25569
25570 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25571 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25572
25573 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25574
25575 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25576 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25577
25578 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25579 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25580 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25581 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25582
25583 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25584 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25585 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25586 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25587
25588 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25589 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25590 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25591
25592 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25593 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25594
25595 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25596 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25597
25598 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25599 _ interesting point, interregion here
25600 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25601 interesting point set by _
25602 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25603 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25604 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25605 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25606 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25607 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25608 nil skipped
25609
25610 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25611 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25612
25613 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25614 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25615 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25616 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25617 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25618 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25619 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25620 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25621
25622 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25623 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25624 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25625 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25626 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25627 available:
25628
25629 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25630 then: insert previously read string once more
25631 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25632 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25633 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25634
25635 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25636 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25637
25638 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25639
25640 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25641 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25642
25643 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25644 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25645 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25646 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25647 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25648 such as backslash.
25649
25650 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25651 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25652 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25653
25654 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25655
25656 ;;;***
25657 \f
25658 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25659 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (19946 1612))
25660 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25661
25662 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25663 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25664 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25665 buffer names.
25666
25667 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25668
25669 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25670 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25671 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25672
25673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25674
25675 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25676 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25677 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25678
25679 \(fn)" t nil)
25680
25681 ;;;***
25682 \f
25683 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25684 ;;;;;; (19939 28373))
25685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25686
25687 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25688 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25689 A list of images is returned.
25690
25691 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25692
25693 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25694 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25695 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25696
25697 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25698
25699 ;;;***
25700 \f
25701 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25702 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20002 46800))
25703 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25704
25705 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25706
25707
25708 \(fn)" nil nil)
25709
25710 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25711 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25712
25713 \(fn)" t nil)
25714
25715 ;;;***
25716 \f
25717 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19845 45374))
25718 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25719
25720 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25721 Play the Snake game.
25722 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25723
25724 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25725
25726 Snake mode keybindings:
25727 \\<snake-mode-map>
25728 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25729 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25730 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25731 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25732 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25733 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25734 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25735
25736 \(fn)" t nil)
25737
25738 ;;;***
25739 \f
25740 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25741 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25742 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25743
25744 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25745 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25746 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25747 Tab indents for C code.
25748 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25749 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25750 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25751 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25752 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25753
25754 \(fn)" t nil)
25755
25756 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25757 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25758 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25759 Tab indents for C code.
25760 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25761 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25762 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25763 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25764 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25765
25766 \(fn)" t nil)
25767
25768 ;;;***
25769 \f
25770 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19886
25771 ;;;;;; 45771))
25772 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25773
25774 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25775 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25776 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25777 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25778 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25779
25780 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25781
25782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25783
25784 ;;;***
25785 \f
25786 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19889
25787 ;;;;;; 21967))
25788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25789
25790 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25791 Play Solitaire.
25792
25793 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25794 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25795 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25796 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25797 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25798 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25799 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25800 check after each move or undo.)
25801
25802 What is Solitaire?
25803
25804 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25805 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25806 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25807
25808 Le Solitaire
25809 ============
25810
25811 o o o
25812
25813 o o o
25814
25815 o o o o o o o
25816
25817 o o o . o o o
25818
25819 o o o o o o o
25820
25821 o o o
25822
25823 o o o
25824
25825 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25826 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25827 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25828 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25829
25830 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25831 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25832 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25833 this: o o .
25834
25835 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25836 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25837
25838 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25839
25840 o o o
25841
25842 . o o
25843
25844 o o . o o o o
25845
25846 o . o o o o o
25847
25848 o o o o o o o
25849
25850 o o o
25851
25852 o o o
25853
25854 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25855
25856 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25857
25858 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25859
25860 ;;;***
25861 \f
25862 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25863 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25864 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19845 45374))
25865 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25866 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25867
25868 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25869 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25870
25871 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25872 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25873 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25874 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25875 contiguous.
25876
25877 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25878 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25879 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25880 the sort order.
25881
25882 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25883 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25884
25885 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25886 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25887 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25888 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25889 is called.
25890
25891 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25892 It should move point to the end of the record.
25893
25894 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25895 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25896 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25897 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25898 starts at the beginning of the record.
25899
25900 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25901 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25902 same as ENDRECFUN.
25903
25904 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25905 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25906
25907 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25908
25909 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25910 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25911 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25912 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25913 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25914 the sort order.
25915
25916 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25917
25918 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25919 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25920 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25921 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25922 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25923 the sort order.
25924
25925 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25926
25927 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25928 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25929 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25930 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25931 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25932 the sort order.
25933
25934 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25935 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25936
25937 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25938 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25939 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25940 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25941 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25942 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25943 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25944 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25945 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25946
25947 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25948
25949 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25950 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25951 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25952 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25953 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25954 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25955 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25956 the sort order.
25957
25958 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25959
25960 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25961 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25962 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25963 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25964 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25965 is to be used for sorting.
25966 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25967 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25968 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25969 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25970 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25971
25972 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25973
25974 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25975 the sort order.
25976
25977 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25978 starting with the letter \"f\",
25979 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25980
25981 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25982
25983 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25984 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25985 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25986 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25987 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25988 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25989 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25990 the sort order.
25991
25992 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25993 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25994 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25995 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25996 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25997
25998 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25999
26000 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
26001 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
26002 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
26003
26004 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26005
26006 ;;;***
26007 \f
26008 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20022
26009 ;;;;;; 32083))
26010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
26011
26012 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
26013 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
26014 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
26015 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
26016 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
26017 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
26018
26019 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
26020
26021 ;;;***
26022 \f
26023 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
26024 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
26025 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19845 45374))
26026 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
26027
26028 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
26029 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
26030
26031 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
26032 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
26033 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
26034
26035 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
26036
26037 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
26038 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
26039 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
26040 server.
26041
26042 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26043
26044 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
26045 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
26046 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
26047
26048 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26049
26050 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
26051 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
26052 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
26053 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
26054 Agent is plugged.
26055
26056 \(fn)" t nil)
26057
26058 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
26059 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
26060 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
26061 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
26062
26063 \(fn)" t nil)
26064
26065 ;;;***
26066 \f
26067 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
26068 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19886 45771))
26069 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
26070
26071 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
26072
26073 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
26074 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
26075 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
26076 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
26077 supported at a time.
26078 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
26079 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
26080
26081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26082
26083 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
26084 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
26085 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
26086 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
26087
26088 \(fn)" t nil)
26089
26090 ;;;***
26091 \f
26092 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19845
26093 ;;;;;; 45374))
26094 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26095
26096 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26097 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26098
26099 \(fn)" t nil)
26100
26101 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26102 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26103
26104 \(fn)" nil nil)
26105
26106 ;;;***
26107 \f
26108 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26109 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26110 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
26111 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
26112 ;;;;;; (19988 13913))
26113 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26114
26115 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26116 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26117
26118 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
26119 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26120 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26121 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26122 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26123 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26124 of the current highlighting list.
26125
26126 For example:
26127
26128 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26129 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26130
26131 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26132 `_t' as data types.
26133
26134 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26135
26136 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26137 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26138
26139 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26140 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26141
26142 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26143
26144 \\\\FREE
26145
26146 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26147
26148 \\\\NONFREE
26149
26150 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26151
26152 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
26153 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
26154
26155 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26156 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26157 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26158 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26159
26160 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26161 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26162 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26163 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26164
26165 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26166 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26167 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26168
26169 \(fn)" t nil)
26170
26171 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26172 Major mode to edit SQL.
26173
26174 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26175 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26176 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26177
26178 \\{sql-mode-map}
26179 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26180
26181 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26182 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26183 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26184 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26185 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26186 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26187
26188 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26189 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26190
26191 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26192 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26193 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26194
26195 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26196 (lambda ()
26197 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26198
26199 \(fn)" t nil)
26200
26201 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
26202 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
26203
26204 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
26205 their settings.
26206
26207 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
26208 is specified in the connection settings.
26209
26210 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26211
26212 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26213 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
26214
26215 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26216 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
26217
26218 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
26219 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
26220 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
26221 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
26222
26223 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26224
26225 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26226
26227 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26228 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26229
26230 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26231 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26232 `*SQL*'.
26233
26234 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26235 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26236 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26237 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26238
26239 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26240 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26241
26242 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26243 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
26244 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26245 buffer.
26246
26247 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26248 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26249 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26250 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26251 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26252 `default-process-coding-system'.
26253
26254 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26255
26256 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26257
26258 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26259 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26260
26261 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26262 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26263 `*SQL*'.
26264
26265 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26266 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26267 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26268 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26269
26270 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26271 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26272
26273 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26274 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
26275 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26276 buffer.
26277
26278 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26279 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26280 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26281 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26282 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26283 `default-process-coding-system'.
26284
26285 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26286
26287 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26288
26289 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26290 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26291
26292 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26293 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26294 `*SQL*'.
26295
26296 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26297 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26298
26299 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26300 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26301
26302 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26303 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26304 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26305 buffer.
26306
26307 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26308 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26309 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26310 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26311 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26312 `default-process-coding-system'.
26313
26314 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26315
26316 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26317
26318 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26319 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26320
26321 SQLite is free software.
26322
26323 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26324 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26325 `*SQL*'.
26326
26327 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26328 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26329 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26330 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26331
26332 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26333 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26334
26335 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26336 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26337 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26338 buffer.
26339
26340 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26341 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26342 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26343 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26344 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26345 `default-process-coding-system'.
26346
26347 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26348
26349 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26350
26351 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26352 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26353
26354 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26355
26356 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26357 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26358 `*SQL*'.
26359
26360 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26361 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26362 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26363 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26364
26365 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26366 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26367
26368 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26369 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26370 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26371 buffer.
26372
26373 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26374 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26375 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26376 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26377 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26378 `default-process-coding-system'.
26379
26380 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26381
26382 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26383
26384 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26385 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26386
26387 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26388 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26389 `*SQL*'.
26390
26391 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26392 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26393 defaults, if set.
26394
26395 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26396 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26397
26398 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26399 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26400 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26401 buffer.
26402
26403 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26404 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26405 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26406 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26407 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26408 `default-process-coding-system'.
26409
26410 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26411
26412 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26413
26414 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26415 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26416
26417 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26418 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26419 `*SQL*'.
26420
26421 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26422 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26423
26424 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26425 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26426
26427 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26428 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26429 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26430 buffer.
26431
26432 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26433 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26434 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26435 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26436 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26437 `default-process-coding-system'.
26438
26439 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26440
26441 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26442
26443 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26444 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26445
26446 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26447 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26448 `*SQL*'.
26449
26450 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26451 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26452 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26453 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26454
26455 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26456 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26457
26458 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26459 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26460 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26461 buffer.
26462
26463 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26464 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26465 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26466 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26467 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26468 `default-process-coding-system'.
26469
26470 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26471
26472 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26473
26474 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26475 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26476
26477 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26478 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26479 `*SQL*'.
26480
26481 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26482 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26483 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26484 `sql-postgres-options'.
26485
26486 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26487 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26488
26489 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26490 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26491 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26492 buffer.
26493
26494 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26495 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26496 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26497 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26498 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26499 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26500 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26501 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26502
26503 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26504 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26505
26506 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26507
26508 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26509
26510 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26511 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26512
26513 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26514 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26515 `*SQL*'.
26516
26517 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26518 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26519 defaults, if set.
26520
26521 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26522 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26523
26524 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26525 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26526 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26527 buffer.
26528
26529 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26530 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26531 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26532 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26533 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26534 `default-process-coding-system'.
26535
26536 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26537
26538 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26539
26540 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26541 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26542
26543 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26544 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26545 `*SQL*'.
26546
26547 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26548 automatic login.
26549
26550 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26551 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26552
26553 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26554 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26555 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26556 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26557
26558 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26559 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26560 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26561 buffer.
26562
26563 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26564 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26565 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26566 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26567 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26568 `default-process-coding-system'.
26569
26570 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26571
26572 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26573
26574 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26575 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26576
26577 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26578 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26579 `*SQL*'.
26580
26581 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26582 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26583 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26584 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26585 parameters.
26586
26587 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26588 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26589 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26590 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26591 an empty password.
26592
26593 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26594 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26595
26596 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26597 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26598 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26599 buffer.
26600
26601 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26602
26603 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26604
26605 ;;;***
26606 \f
26607 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26608 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26609 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26610
26611 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26612 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26613
26614 \(fn)" t nil)
26615
26616 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26617
26618 ;;;***
26619 \f
26620 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
26621 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26622 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26623
26624 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26625 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26626 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26627 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26628 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26629 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26630 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26631 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26632 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26633 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26634 with any buffer
26635 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26636 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26637 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26638 GNUTLS requires a port number.
26639
26640 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26641
26642 ;;;***
26643 \f
26644 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26645 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26646 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26647 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26648 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19886
26649 ;;;;;; 45771))
26650 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26651
26652 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26653 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26654 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26655 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26656 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26657 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26658
26659 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26660
26661 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26662
26663 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26664 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26665 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26666 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26667 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26668 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26669 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26670
26671 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26672
26673 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26674 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26675 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26676 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26677 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26678 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26679 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26680
26681 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26682
26683 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26684 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26685 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26686
26687 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26688
26689 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26690 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26691 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26692
26693 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26694
26695 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26696 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26697
26698 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26699
26700 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26701 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26702
26703 \(fn)" t nil)
26704
26705 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26706 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26707
26708 \(fn)" t nil)
26709
26710 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26711 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26712 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26713 chronologically by command name.
26714 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26715
26716 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26717
26718 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26719 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26720 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26722 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26723 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26724
26725 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26726
26727 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26728 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26729 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26730 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26731 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26732 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26733 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26734
26735 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26736 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26737 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26738 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26739
26740 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26741
26742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26743
26744 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26745 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26746 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26747 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26748
26749 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26750
26751 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26752 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26753
26754 \(fn)" t nil)
26755
26756 ;;;***
26757 \f
26758 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26759 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19845 45374))
26760 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26761
26762 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26763 Studlify-case the region.
26764
26765 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26766
26767 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26768 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26769
26770 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26771
26772 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26773 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26774
26775 \(fn)" t nil)
26776
26777 ;;;***
26778 \f
26779 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
26780 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
26781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26782
26783 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26784 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
26785 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
26786 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
26787 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
26788 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
26789 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
26790 Here are some examples:
26791
26792 Nomenclature Subwords
26793 ===========================================================
26794 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26795 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26796 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26797
26798 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26799 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26800 as words.
26801
26802 \\{subword-mode-map}
26803
26804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26805
26806 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26807 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26808 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26810 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26811 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26812
26813 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26814
26815 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26816 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
26817 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
26818 ARG is positive.
26819 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26820 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26821 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26822
26823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26824
26825 ;;;***
26826 \f
26827 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26828 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
26829 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26830
26831 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26832 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26833 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26834 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26835 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26836 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26837 original message but it does require a few things:
26838
26839 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26840
26841 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26842 reply buffer.
26843
26844 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26845 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26846 original message.
26847
26848 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26849
26850 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26851
26852 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26853 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26854 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26855
26856 \(fn)" nil nil)
26857
26858 ;;;***
26859 \f
26860 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19845
26861 ;;;;;; 45374))
26862 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26863
26864 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26865
26866 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26867 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26868 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26869 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26870 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26871 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26872
26873 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26874
26875 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26876 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26877 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26878 otherwise turn it off.
26879
26880 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26881 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26882 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26883
26884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26885
26886 ;;;***
26887 \f
26888 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19998 49767))
26889 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26890
26891 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26892 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26893 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26894 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26895 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26896
26897 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26898
26899 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26900 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26901 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26902 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26903 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26904 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26905 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26906
26907 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26908
26909 ;;;***
26910 \f
26911 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26912 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26913 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26914 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26915 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26916 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26917 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26918 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26919 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26920 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26921 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26922 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26923 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19845 45374))
26924 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26925
26926 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26927 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26928 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26929
26930 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26931
26932 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26933 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26934
26935 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26936
26937 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26938 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26939
26940 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26941
26942 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26943 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26944
26945 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26946
26947 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26948 Insert an editable text table.
26949 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26950 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26951 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26952 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26953 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26954 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26955 delimiting them.
26956
26957 Examples:
26958
26959 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26960
26961 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26962 location of point.
26963
26964 -!-
26965
26966 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26967 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26968 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26969 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26970 first cell.
26971
26972 +-----+-----+-----+
26973 |-!- | | |
26974 +-----+-----+-----+
26975
26976 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26977
26978 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26979 width, which results as
26980
26981 +--------------+-----+-----+
26982 |-!- | | |
26983 +--------------+-----+-----+
26984
26985 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26986 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26987
26988 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26989 | | |-!- |
26990 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26991
26992 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26993 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26994 width information to `table-insert'.
26995
26996 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26997
26998 instead of
26999
27000 Cell width(s): 5
27001
27002 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
27003 work all together.
27004
27005 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
27006 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
27007
27008 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27009 |-!- | | |
27010 | | | |
27011 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27012
27013 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
27014
27015 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27016 |-!- | | |
27017 | | | |
27018 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27019 | | | |
27020 | | | |
27021 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27022
27023 Move the point under the table as shown below.
27024
27025 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27026 | | | |
27027 | | | |
27028 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27029 | | | |
27030 | | | |
27031 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27032 -!-
27033
27034 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
27035 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
27036 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
27037
27038 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27039 | | | |
27040 | | | |
27041 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27042 | | | |
27043 | | | |
27044 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27045 |-!- | | |
27046 | | | |
27047 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27048
27049 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
27050 results.
27051
27052 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27053 | | | |
27054 | | | |
27055 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27056 | | |Text editing inside the table |
27057 | | |cell produces reasonably |
27058 | | |expected results.-!- |
27059 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27060 | | | |
27061 | | | |
27062 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27063
27064 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
27065
27066 \\{table-cell-map}
27067
27068 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
27069
27070 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
27071 Insert N table row(s).
27072 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
27073 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
27074 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
27075 are appended at the bottom of the table.
27076
27077 \(fn N)" t nil)
27078
27079 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
27080 Insert N table column(s).
27081 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
27082 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
27083 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
27084 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
27085
27086 \(fn N)" t nil)
27087
27088 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
27089 Insert row(s) or column(s).
27090 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
27091
27092 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
27093
27094 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
27095 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
27096 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
27097 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
27098 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
27099 all the table specific features.
27100
27101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27102
27103 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
27104
27105
27106 \(fn)" t nil)
27107
27108 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
27109 Recognize all tables within region.
27110 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
27111 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
27112 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
27113 specific features.
27114
27115 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
27116
27117 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
27118
27119
27120 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27121
27122 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
27123 Recognize a table at point.
27124 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
27125 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
27126 the table specific features.
27127
27128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27129
27130 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
27131
27132
27133 \(fn)" t nil)
27134
27135 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
27136 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
27137 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
27138 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
27139 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
27140 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
27141 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
27142
27143 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
27144
27145 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
27146
27147
27148 \(fn)" t nil)
27149
27150 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
27151 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
27152 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
27153 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
27154 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
27155 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
27156 specified.
27157
27158 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27159
27160 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
27161 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
27162 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
27163 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
27164 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
27165 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
27166 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
27167 table structure.
27168
27169 \(fn N)" t nil)
27170
27171 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
27172 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
27173 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
27174 table's rectangle structure.
27175
27176 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27177
27178 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
27179 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
27180 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
27181 table's rectangle structure.
27182
27183 \(fn N)" t nil)
27184
27185 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27186 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27187 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27188 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27189 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27190
27191 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27192
27193 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27194 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27195 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27196
27197 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27198 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27199 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27200 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27201 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27202 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27203 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27204
27205 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27206 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27207 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27208 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27209 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27210 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27211 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27212
27213 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27214 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27215 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27216 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27217 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27218 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27219 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27220 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27221
27222 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27223
27224 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27225 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27226 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27227 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27228
27229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27230
27231 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27232 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27233 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27234
27235 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27236
27237 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27238 Split current cell vertically.
27239 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27240
27241 \(fn)" t nil)
27242
27243 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27244 Split current cell horizontally.
27245 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27246
27247 \(fn)" t nil)
27248
27249 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27250 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27251 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27252
27253 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27254
27255 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27256 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27257 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27258 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27259
27260 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27261
27262 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27263 Justify cell contents.
27264 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27265 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27266 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27267 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27268
27269 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27270
27271 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27272 Justify cells of a row.
27273 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27274 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27275
27276 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27277
27278 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27279 Justify cells of a column.
27280 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27281 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27282
27283 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27284
27285 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27286 Toggle fixing width mode.
27287 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27288 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27289 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27290
27291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27292
27293 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27294 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27295 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27296 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27297 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27298 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27299 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27300 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27301 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27302 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27303 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27304
27305 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27306
27307 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27308 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27309 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27310 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27311 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27312 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27313 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27314 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27315 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27316 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27317 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27318 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27319 untouched.
27320
27321 References used for this implementation:
27322
27323 HTML:
27324 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27325
27326 LaTeX:
27327 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27328
27329 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27330 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27331 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27332
27333 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27334
27335 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27336 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27337 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27338 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27339 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27340 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27341 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27342 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27343 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27344 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27345 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27346 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27347 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27348 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27349 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27350 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27351 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27352
27353 Example:
27354
27355 (progn
27356 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27357 (table-forward-cell 15)
27358 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27359 (table-forward-cell 16)
27360 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27361 (table-forward-cell 1)
27362 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27363
27364 (progn
27365 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27366 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27367 (table-forward-cell 1)
27368 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27369
27370 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27371
27372 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27373 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27374 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27375 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27376 consists from cells of same height.
27377
27378 \(fn N)" t nil)
27379
27380 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27381 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27382 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27383 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27384 column must consists from cells of same width.
27385
27386 \(fn N)" t nil)
27387
27388 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27389 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27390 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27391 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27392 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27393 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27394 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27395 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27396 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27397 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27398 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27399 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27400 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27401 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27402 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27403
27404
27405 Example 1:
27406
27407 1, 2, 3, 4
27408 5, 6, 7, 8
27409 , 9, 10
27410
27411 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27412 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27413 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27414 specified as 5.
27415
27416 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27417 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27418 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27419 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27420 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27421 | | 9 | 10 | |
27422 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27423
27424 Note:
27425
27426 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27427 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27428 of each row is optional.
27429
27430
27431 Example 2:
27432
27433 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27434 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27435 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27436 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27437 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27438
27439 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27440 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27441
27442 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27443 expression and raw delimiter regular
27444 expression, it parses the specified text
27445 area and extracts cell items from
27446 non-table text and then forms a table out
27447 of them.
27448
27449 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27450 creates a single cell table. The text in
27451 the specified region is placed in that
27452 cell.-*-
27453
27454 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27455 like this.
27456
27457 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27458 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27459 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27460 | |
27461 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27462 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27463 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27464 | area and extracts cell items from |
27465 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27466 | of them. |
27467 | |
27468 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27469 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27470 | the specified region is placed in that |
27471 | cell. |
27472 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27473
27474 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27475 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27476 independently.
27477
27478 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27479 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27480 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27481 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27482 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27483 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27484 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27485 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27486 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27487 | |of them. |
27488 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27489 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27490 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27491 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27492 | |cell. |
27493 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27494
27495 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27496 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27497 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27498
27499 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27500
27501 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27502 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27503 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27504 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27505 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27506
27507 \(fn)" t nil)
27508
27509 ;;;***
27510 \f
27511 ;;;### (autoloads (tabulated-list-mode) "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
27512 ;;;;;; (19885 24894))
27513 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
27514
27515 (autoload 'tabulated-list-mode "tabulated-list" "\
27516 Generic major mode for browsing a list of items.
27517 This mode is usually not used directly; instead, other major
27518 modes are derived from it, using `define-derived-mode'.
27519
27520 In this major mode, the buffer is divided into multiple columns,
27521 which are labelled using the header line. Each non-empty line
27522 belongs to one \"entry\", and the entries can be sorted according
27523 to their column values.
27524
27525 An inheriting mode should usually do the following in their body:
27526
27527 - Set `tabulated-list-format', specifying the column format.
27528 - Set `tabulated-list-revert-hook', if the buffer contents need
27529 to be specially recomputed prior to `revert-buffer'.
27530 - Maybe set a `tabulated-list-entries' function (see below).
27531 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-printer' (see below).
27532 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-padding'.
27533 - Call `tabulated-list-init-header' to initialize `header-line-format'
27534 according to `tabulated-list-format'.
27535
27536 An inheriting mode is usually accompanied by a \"list-FOO\"
27537 command (e.g. `list-packages', `list-processes'). This command
27538 creates or switches to a buffer and enables the major mode in
27539 that buffer. If `tabulated-list-entries' is not a function, the
27540 command should initialize it to a list of entries for displaying.
27541 Finally, it should call `tabulated-list-print'.
27542
27543 `tabulated-list-print' calls the printer function specified by
27544 `tabulated-list-printer', once for each entry. The default
27545 printer is `tabulated-list-print-entry', but a mode that keeps
27546 data in an ewoc may instead specify a printer function (e.g., one
27547 that calls `ewoc-enter-last'), with `tabulated-list-print-entry'
27548 as the ewoc pretty-printer.
27549
27550 \(fn)" t nil)
27551
27552 ;;;***
27553 \f
27554 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19886 45771))
27555 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27556
27557 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27558 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27559
27560 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27561
27562 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27563 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27564
27565 \(fn)" t nil)
27566
27567 ;;;***
27568 \f
27569 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19977 43600))
27570 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27571
27572 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27573 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27574 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27575 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27576 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27577 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27578 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27579
27580 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27581 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27582 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27583 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27584
27585 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27586 \\{tar-mode-map}
27587
27588 \(fn)" t nil)
27589
27590 ;;;***
27591 \f
27592 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27593 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19890 42850))
27594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27595
27596 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27597 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27598 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27599 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27600 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27601 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27602
27603 Variables controlling indentation style:
27604 `tcl-indent-level'
27605 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27606 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27607 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27608
27609 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27610 documentation for details):
27611 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27612 Controls action of TAB key.
27613 `tcl-auto-newline'
27614 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27615 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27616 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27617 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27618 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27619
27620 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27621 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27622 already exist.
27623
27624 \(fn)" t nil)
27625
27626 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27627 Run inferior Tcl process.
27628 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27629 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27630
27631 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27632
27633 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27634 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27635 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27636
27637 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27638
27639 ;;;***
27640 \f
27641 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19845 45374))
27642 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27643 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
27644
27645 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27646 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27647 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27648 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27649
27650 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27651 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27652 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27653 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27654 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27655
27656 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27657 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
27658
27659 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27660 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27661 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27662 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27663
27664 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27665
27666 ;;;***
27667 \f
27668 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27669 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
27670 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27671
27672 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27673 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27674 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27675 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27676 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27677 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27678
27679 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27680
27681 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27682 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27683 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27684 commands to use in that buffer.
27685
27686 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27687
27688 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27689
27690 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27691 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27692
27693 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27694
27695 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27696 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27697 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27698 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27699 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27700 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27701 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27702 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27703 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27704 use in that buffer.
27705 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27706
27707 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27708
27709 ;;;***
27710 \f
27711 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19931
27712 ;;;;;; 11784))
27713 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27714
27715 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27716 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27717 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27718 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27719 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27720 program as keyboard input.
27721
27722 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27723 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27724 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27725 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27726
27727 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27728 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27729 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27730 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27731 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27732
27733 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27734
27735 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27736 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27737 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27738 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27739
27740 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27741 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27742 subprocess started.
27743
27744 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27745
27746 ;;;***
27747 \f
27748 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27749 ;;;;;; (19998 49767))
27750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27751
27752 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27753 Start coverage on function under point.
27754
27755 \(fn)" t nil)
27756
27757 ;;;***
27758 \f
27759 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19889 21967))
27760 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27761
27762 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27763 Play the Tetris game.
27764 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27765 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27766 as to form complete rows.
27767
27768 tetris-mode keybindings:
27769 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27770 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27771 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27772 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27773 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27774 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27775 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27776 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27777 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27778
27779 \(fn)" t nil)
27780
27781 ;;;***
27782 \f
27783 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27784 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27785 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27786 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27787 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27788 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27789 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27790 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
27791 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27792
27793 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27794 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27795
27796 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27797
27798 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27799 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27800 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27801 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27802 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27803
27804 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27805
27806 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27807 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27808 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27809 if it matches the first line of the file,
27810 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27811
27812 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27813
27814 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27815 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27816 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27817 if the variable is non-nil.")
27818
27819 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27820
27821 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27822 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27823
27824 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27825
27826 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27827 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27828 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27829 See the documentation of that variable.")
27830
27831 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27832
27833 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27834 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27835 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27836 See the documentation of that variable.")
27837
27838 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27839
27840 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27841 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27842 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27843 See the documentation of that variable.")
27844
27845 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27846
27847 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27848 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27849 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27850 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27851 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27852
27853 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27854
27855 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27856 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27857 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27858 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27859
27860 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27861
27862 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27863 User defined LaTeX block names.
27864 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27865
27866 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27867
27868 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27869 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27870 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27871 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27872
27873 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27874
27875 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27876 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27877 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27878 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27879
27880 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27881
27882 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27883 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27884 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27885 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27886
27887 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27888 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27889 for example,
27890
27891 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27892 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27893
27894 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27895 use.")
27896
27897 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27898
27899 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27900 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27901 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27902 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27903 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27904
27905 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27906
27907 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27908
27909 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27910 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27911 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27912
27913 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27914
27915 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27916 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27917 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27918 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27919 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27920
27921 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27922
27923 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27924 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27925
27926 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27927
27928 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27929 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27930
27931 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27932
27933 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27934 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27935 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27936 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27937 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27938 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27939 says which mode to use.
27940
27941 \(fn)" t nil)
27942
27943 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27944
27945 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27946
27947 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27948
27949 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27950 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27951 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27952 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27953 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27954
27955 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27956 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27957 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27958 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27959 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27960 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27961 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27962
27963 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27964 mismatched $'s or braces.
27965
27966 Special commands:
27967 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27968
27969 Mode variables:
27970 tex-run-command
27971 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27972 tex-directory
27973 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27974 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27975 tex-dvi-print-command
27976 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27977 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27978 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27979 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27980 tex-dvi-view-command
27981 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27982 tex-show-queue-command
27983 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27984 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27985
27986 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27987 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27988 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27989
27990 \(fn)" t nil)
27991
27992 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27993 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27994 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27995 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27996 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27997
27998 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27999 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28000 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28001 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28002 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28003 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28004 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28005
28006 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28007 mismatched $'s or braces.
28008
28009 Special commands:
28010 \\{latex-mode-map}
28011
28012 Mode variables:
28013 latex-run-command
28014 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28015 tex-directory
28016 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
28017 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28018 tex-dvi-print-command
28019 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28020 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28021 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28022 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28023 tex-dvi-view-command
28024 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28025 tex-show-queue-command
28026 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28027 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28028
28029 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
28030 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
28031 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28032
28033 \(fn)" t nil)
28034
28035 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28036 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
28037 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28038 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28039 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28040
28041 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28042 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28043 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28044 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28045 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28046 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28047 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28048
28049 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28050 mismatched $'s or braces.
28051
28052 Special commands:
28053 \\{slitex-mode-map}
28054
28055 Mode variables:
28056 slitex-run-command
28057 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28058 tex-directory
28059 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
28060 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28061 tex-dvi-print-command
28062 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28063 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28064 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28065 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28066 tex-dvi-view-command
28067 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28068 tex-show-queue-command
28069 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28070 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28071
28072 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28073 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
28074 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
28075 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28076
28077 \(fn)" t nil)
28078
28079 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
28080
28081
28082 \(fn)" nil nil)
28083
28084 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28085 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
28086
28087 \(fn)" t nil)
28088
28089 ;;;***
28090 \f
28091 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28092 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19845 45374))
28093 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
28094
28095 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
28096 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
28097 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28098 name specified in the @setfilename command.
28099
28100 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
28101 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
28102 `Info-split' to do these manually.
28103
28104 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28105
28106 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
28107 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
28108 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
28109 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
28110 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
28111
28112 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
28113
28114 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
28115 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
28116 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28117 names specified in the @setfilename command.
28118
28119 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
28120 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
28121 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
28122 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
28123
28124 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
28125 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
28126
28127 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28128
28129 ;;;***
28130 \f
28131 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
28132 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19845 45374))
28133 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
28134
28135 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28136 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28137
28138 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
28139
28140 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28141 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28142
28143 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
28144
28145 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
28146 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
28147
28148 It has these extra commands:
28149 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
28150
28151 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
28152 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
28153 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
28154 modified version of TeX input format.
28155
28156 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
28157 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
28158 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
28159 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
28160
28161 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
28162 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
28163 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
28164 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
28165 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
28166 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
28167 in the Texinfo file.
28168
28169 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
28170 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
28171 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
28172 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
28173 move forward past the closing brace.
28174
28175 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
28176 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
28177
28178 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
28179 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
28180 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
28181
28182 Here are the functions:
28183
28184 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
28185 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
28186 texinfo-sequential-node-update
28187
28188 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
28189 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
28190 texinfo-master-menu
28191
28192 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
28193
28194 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
28195 which menu descriptions are indented.
28196
28197 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
28198 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
28199 in the region.
28200
28201 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
28202 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
28203 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
28204 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
28205
28206 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
28207 be the first node in the file.
28208
28209 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
28210 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
28211
28212 \(fn)" t nil)
28213
28214 ;;;***
28215 \f
28216 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
28217 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
28218 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28219 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
28220
28221 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
28222 Compose Thai characters in the region.
28223 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28224 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28225
28226 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28227
28228 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28229 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28230
28231 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28232
28233 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28234 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28235
28236 \(fn)" t nil)
28237
28238 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28239
28240
28241 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28242
28243 ;;;***
28244 \f
28245 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28246 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28247 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19990 55648))
28248 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28249
28250 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28251 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28252 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28253 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28254 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28255 `line', and `page'.
28256
28257 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28258
28259 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28260 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28261 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28262 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28263 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28264 `line', and `page'.
28265
28266 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
28267 valid THING.
28268
28269 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
28270 positions of the thing found.
28271
28272 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28273
28274 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28275 Return the THING at point.
28276 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28277 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28278 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28279 `line', and `page'.
28280
28281 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28282 a symbol as a valid THING.
28283
28284 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28285
28286 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28287 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28288
28289 \(fn)" nil nil)
28290
28291 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28292 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28293
28294 \(fn)" nil nil)
28295
28296 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28297 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28298
28299 \(fn)" nil nil)
28300
28301 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28302 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28303
28304 \(fn)" nil nil)
28305
28306 ;;;***
28307 \f
28308 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28309 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28310 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
28311 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28312
28313 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28314 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28315
28316 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
28317
28318 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28319 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28320 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28321 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28322
28323 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28324
28325 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28326 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28327
28328 \(fn)" t nil)
28329
28330 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28331 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28332
28333 \(fn)" t nil)
28334
28335 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28336
28337 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28338 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28339
28340 \(fn)" t nil)
28341
28342 ;;;***
28343 \f
28344 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28345 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28346 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28347 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28348 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19845
28349 ;;;;;; 45374))
28350 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28351
28352 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28353 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28354 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28355
28356 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28357
28358 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28359 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28360
28361 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28362
28363 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28364 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28365 The returned string has no composition information.
28366
28367 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28368
28369 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28370 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28371
28372 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28373
28374 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28375 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28376
28377 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28378
28379 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28380 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28381 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28382 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28383
28384 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28385
28386 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28387 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28388 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28389 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28390
28391 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28392
28393 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28394 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28395 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28396
28397 \(fn)" t nil)
28398
28399 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28400 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28401 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28402
28403 \(fn)" t nil)
28404
28405 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28406
28407
28408 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28409
28410 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28411
28412
28413 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28414
28415 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28416
28417
28418 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28419
28420 ;;;***
28421 \f
28422 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28423 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28424 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28425
28426 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28427 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28428 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28429 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28430 parameters.
28431 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28432
28433 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28434
28435 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28436 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28437 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28438 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28439 parameters.
28440 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28441
28442 \(fn)" t nil)
28443
28444 ;;;***
28445 \f
28446 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28447 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28448 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19999 41597))
28449 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28450
28451 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28452 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28453
28454 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28455 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28456
28457 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28458 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28459 This display updates automatically every minute.
28460 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28461 are displayed as well.
28462 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28463
28464 \(fn)" t nil)
28465
28466 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28467 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28468 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28469 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28470 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28471 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28472
28473 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28474
28475 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28476 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28477 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28478
28479 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute
28480 \(you can control the number of seconds between updates by
28481 customizing `display-time-interval').
28482 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28483 are displayed as well.
28484 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28485
28486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28487
28488 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28489 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28490 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28491 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28492
28493 \(fn)" t nil)
28494
28495 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28496 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28497 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28498 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28499
28500 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28501
28502 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28503 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28504
28505 \(fn)" t nil)
28506
28507 ;;;***
28508 \f
28509 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28510 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28511 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28512 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
28513 ;;;;;; (19885 24894))
28514 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28515
28516 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28517 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28518 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28519
28520 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28521 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28522 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28523 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28524 (progn
28525 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28526 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
28527 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28528
28529 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28530 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28531
28532 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28533
28534 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28535 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
28536
28537 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28538
28539 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28540 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28541
28542 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28543
28544 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28545 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28546 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28547
28548 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28549
28550 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28551
28552 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28553 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28554 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28555
28556 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28557
28558 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28559 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28560
28561 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28562
28563 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28564 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28565 DATE should be a date-time string.
28566
28567 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28568
28569 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28570 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28571 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28572
28573 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28574
28575 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28576 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28577
28578 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28579
28580 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28581 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28582
28583 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28584
28585 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28586 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28587 TIME should be a time value.
28588 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28589
28590 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28591
28592 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28593 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28594 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28595
28596 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28597
28598 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28599 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28600 The valid format specifiers are:
28601 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28602 %d is the number of days.
28603 %h is the number of hours.
28604 %m is the number of minutes.
28605 %s is the number of seconds.
28606 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28607 %% is a literal \"%\".
28608
28609 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28610 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28611
28612 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28613 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28614 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28615
28616 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28617 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28618 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28619
28620 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28621
28622 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28623
28624 ;;;***
28625 \f
28626 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28627 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19886 45771))
28628 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28629 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28630 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28631 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28632 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28633 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28634 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28635 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28636 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28637
28638 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28639 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28640 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28641 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28642 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28643 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28644 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28645 look like one of the following:
28646 Time-stamp: <>
28647 Time-stamp: \" \"
28648 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28649 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28650 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28651 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28652 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28653 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28654 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28655 the template.
28656
28657 \(fn)" t nil)
28658
28659 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28660 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28661 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28662
28663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28664
28665 ;;;***
28666 \f
28667 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28668 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28669 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28670 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28671 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
28672 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28673
28674 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28675 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28676 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28677 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28678 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28679 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28680 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28681 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28682 display (non-nil means on).
28683
28684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28685
28686 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28687 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28688 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28689 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28690 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28691 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28692 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28693 this function is called within a day.
28694
28695 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28696 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28697 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28698 discover the name of the project.
28699
28700 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28701
28702 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28703 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28704 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28705 begun during the last time segment.
28706
28707 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28708 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28709 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28710 discover the reason.
28711
28712 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28713
28714 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28715 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28716 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28717 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28718 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28719
28720 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28721
28722 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28723 Change to working on a different project.
28724 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28725 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28726 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28727 working on.
28728
28729 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28730
28731 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28732 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28733 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28734
28735 \(fn)" nil nil)
28736
28737 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28738 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28739 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28740
28741 \(fn)" t nil)
28742
28743 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28744 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28745 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28746 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28747 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28748 \"relative to today\".
28749
28750 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28751
28752 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28753 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28754 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28755 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28756
28757 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28758
28759 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28760 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28761 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28762 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28763 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28764 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28765
28766 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28767
28768 ;;;***
28769 \f
28770 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28771 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19845 45374))
28772 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28773
28774 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28775 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28776 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28777 the generated Quail package is saved.
28778
28779 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28780
28781 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28782 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28783 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28784 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28785 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28786 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28787 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28788
28789 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28790
28791 ;;;***
28792 \f
28793 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28794 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19845 45374))
28795 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28796 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28797 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28798
28799 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28800 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28801 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28802 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28803 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28804
28805 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28806
28807 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28808 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28809 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28810 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28811 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28812
28813 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28814
28815 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28816 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28817 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28818 in the menu in two ways:
28819 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28820 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28821 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28822
28823 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28824 keymap or an alist of alists.
28825 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28826 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28827
28828 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28829
28830 ;;;***
28831 \f
28832 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28833 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28834 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19845 45374))
28835 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28836
28837 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28838 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28839
28840 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28841
28842 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28843 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28844
28845 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28846
28847 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28848 Insert new TODO list entry.
28849 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28850 category.
28851
28852 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28853
28854 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28855 List top priorities for each category.
28856
28857 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28858 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28859
28860 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28861 between each category.
28862 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28863
28864 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28865
28866 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28867 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28868 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28869 between each category.
28870
28871 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28872
28873 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28874
28875 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28876 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28877
28878 \(fn)" t nil)
28879
28880 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28881 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28882
28883 \(fn)" nil nil)
28884
28885 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28886 Show TODO list.
28887
28888 \(fn)" t nil)
28889
28890 ;;;***
28891 \f
28892 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28893 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28894 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19994 52720))
28895 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28896
28897 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28898 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28899 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28900
28901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28902
28903 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28904 Add an item to the tool bar.
28905 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28906 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28907 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28908 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28909
28910 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28911 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28912 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28913 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28914
28915 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28916 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28917
28918 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28919
28920 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28921 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28922 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28923 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28924 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28925 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28926
28927 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28928 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28929 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28930 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28931
28932 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28933
28934 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28935 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28936 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28937 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28938 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28939 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28940 properties to add to the binding.
28941
28942 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28943
28944 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28945 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28946
28947 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28948
28949 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28950 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28951 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28952 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28953 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28954 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28955 properties to add to the binding.
28956
28957 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28958 holds a keymap.
28959
28960 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28961
28962 ;;;***
28963 \f
28964 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28965 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
28966 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28967
28968 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28969 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28970 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28971 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28972 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28973 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28974
28975 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28976
28977 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28978 TPU/edt emulation.
28979
28980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28981
28982 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28983
28984 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28985 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28986
28987 \(fn)" t nil)
28988
28989 ;;;***
28990 \f
28991 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28992 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28993 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28994
28995 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28996 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28997
28998 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28999 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
29000 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
29001 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
29002 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
29003
29004 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
29005 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
29006 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
29007 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
29008 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
29009
29010 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
29011 (tpu-edt)
29012
29013 Known Problems:
29014
29015 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
29016 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
29017 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
29018 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
29019 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
29020 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
29021
29022 \(fn)" t nil)
29023
29024 ;;;***
29025 \f
29026 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19845 45374))
29027 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
29028
29029 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
29030 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
29031 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
29032 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
29033 to a tcp server on another machine.
29034
29035 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
29036
29037 ;;;***
29038 \f
29039 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
29040 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19845 45374))
29041 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
29042
29043 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
29044 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
29045
29046 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
29047
29048 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
29049 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
29050 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
29051 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
29052 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
29053 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
29054 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
29055 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
29056
29057 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29058
29059 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
29060 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
29061 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
29062 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
29063 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
29064 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
29065 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
29066 the window or buffer configuration.
29067
29068 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
29069
29070 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29071
29072 ;;;***
29073 \f
29074 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
29075 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
29076 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
29077 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20010 40918))
29078 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
29079
29080 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
29081 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
29082 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
29083
29084 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
29085
29086 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
29087 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
29088
29089 It can have the following values:
29090
29091 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
29092 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
29093 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
29094
29095 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
29096
29097 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
29098 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29099 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
29100 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29101
29102 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29103
29104 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
29105 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29106 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29107 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29108
29109 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
29110 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29111 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29112
29113 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29114 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
29115 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
29116 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
29117 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
29118 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
29119 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
29120 files which are not really Tramp files.
29121
29122 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29123 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29124 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29125 updated after changing this variable.
29126
29127 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29128
29129 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
29130 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
29131 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
29132 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
29133
29134 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'") (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'")) "\
29135 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29136 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
29137 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29138
29139 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29140
29141 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
29142 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29143 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29144 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29145
29146 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
29147 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29148 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29149
29150 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29151 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
29152 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
29153
29154 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29155 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29156 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29157 updated after changing this variable.
29158
29159 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29160
29161 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
29162 Alist of completion handler functions.
29163 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
29164 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
29165 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
29166
29167 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29168 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
29169 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29170 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29171
29172 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29173 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29174 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29175 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29176
29177 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29178 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29179 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29180
29181 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29182
29183 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29184 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29185 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29186
29187 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
29188 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
29189
29190 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
29191
29192 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29193
29194
29195 \(fn)" nil nil)
29196
29197 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29198 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29199
29200 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29201
29202 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29203 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29204
29205 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29206
29207 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29208 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29209
29210 \(fn)" t nil)
29211
29212 ;;;***
29213 \f
29214 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29215 ;;;;;; (19946 29209))
29216 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29217
29218 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29219
29220
29221 \(fn)" nil nil)
29222
29223 ;;;***
29224 \f
29225 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19845
29226 ;;;;;; 45374))
29227 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29228
29229 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29230 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29231 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29232 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29233 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29234 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29235 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29236 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29237
29238 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29239 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29240 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29241
29242 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29243 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29244 resumed later.
29245
29246 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29247
29248 ;;;***
29249 \f
29250 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29251 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29252 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29253
29254 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29255
29256
29257 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29258
29259 ;;;***
29260 \f
29261 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29262 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19845 45374))
29263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29264 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29265 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29266 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29267
29268 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29269 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29270 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29271 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29272 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29273 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29274 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29275
29276 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29277
29278 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29279 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29280 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29281 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29282
29283 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29284
29285 \(fn)" t nil)
29286
29287 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29288 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29289 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29290 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29291 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29292 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29293 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29294
29295 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29296 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29297
29298 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29299 \\___/\\
29300 / \\
29301 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29302
29303 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29304
29305 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29306
29307 ;;;***
29308 \f
29309 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29310 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29311 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29312 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29313 ;;;;;; (19985 37722))
29314 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29315
29316 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29317 Toggle typing break mode.
29318 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29319 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29320 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29321
29322 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29323
29324 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29325 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29326
29327 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29328
29329 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29330 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29331
29332 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29333 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29334 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29335
29336 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29337 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29338
29339 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29340
29341 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29342 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29343
29344 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29345 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29346 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29347 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29348
29349 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29350
29351 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29352 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29353 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29354
29355 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29356 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29357 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29358 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29359 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29360 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29361
29362 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29363 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29364 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29365 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29366
29367 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29368 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29369
29370 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29371 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29372
29373 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29374
29375 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29376 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29377 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29378
29379 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29380 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29381 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29382 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29383 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29384 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29385 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29386
29387 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29388 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29389
29390 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29391 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29392 reset the keystroke counter.
29393
29394 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29395 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29396 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29397 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29398
29399 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29400 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29401 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29402 `type-break-schedule' command.
29403
29404 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29405 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29406 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29407 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29408 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29409 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29410 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29411 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29412 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29413
29414 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29415 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29416 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29417 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29418 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29419
29420 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29421 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29422 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29423 approximate good values for this.
29424
29425 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29426 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29427
29428 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29429 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29430 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29431 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29432 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29433 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29434
29435 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29436 a typing break occur. They include:
29437
29438 `type-break-query-mode'
29439 `type-break-query-function'
29440 `type-break-query-interval'
29441
29442 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29443
29444 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29445 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29446 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29447 problems.
29448
29449 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29450
29451 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29452 Take a typing break.
29453
29454 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29455 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29456
29457 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29458 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29459
29460 \(fn)" t nil)
29461
29462 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29463 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29464 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29465 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29466
29467 \(fn)" t nil)
29468
29469 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29470 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29471
29472 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29473 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29474 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29475 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29476 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29477 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29478 average typing speed.)
29479
29480 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29481 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29482 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29483 the computed maximum threshold.
29484
29485 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29486 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29487 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29488 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29489 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29490
29491 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29492
29493 ;;;***
29494 \f
29495 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19845 45374))
29496 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29497
29498 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29499 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29500 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29501 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29502 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29503
29504 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29505
29506 ;;;***
29507 \f
29508 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
29509 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
29510 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
29511 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
29512 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
29513 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19845 45374))
29514 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29515
29516 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29517 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29518
29519 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29520
29521 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29522 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29523
29524 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29525
29526 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29527 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29528
29529 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29530
29531 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29532 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29533
29534 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29535
29536 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29537 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29538
29539 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29540
29541 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29542 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29543
29544 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29545
29546 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29547 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29548
29549 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29550
29551 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29552 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29553
29554 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29555
29556 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29557 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29558
29559 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29560
29561 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29562 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29563
29564 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29565
29566 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29567 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29568
29569 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29570
29571 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29572 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29573
29574 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29575
29576 ;;;***
29577 \f
29578 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29579 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19845 45374))
29580 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29581
29582 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29583 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29584 Works by overstriking underscores.
29585 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29586 which specify the range to operate on.
29587
29588 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29589
29590 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29591 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29592 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29593 which specify the range to operate on.
29594
29595 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29596
29597 ;;;***
29598 \f
29599 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29600 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29601 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29602
29603 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29604 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29605 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29606 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29607 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29608 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29609
29610 \(fn)" nil nil)
29611
29612 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29613 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29614
29615 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29616
29617 ;;;***
29618 \f
29619 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19845
29620 ;;;;;; 45374))
29621 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29622
29623 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29624 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29625 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29626 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29627
29628 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29629
29630 ;;;***
29631 \f
29632 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29633 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19845 45374))
29634 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29635
29636 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29637 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29638 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29639
29640 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29641 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29642 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29643 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29644 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29645 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29646
29647 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29648 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29649 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29650
29651 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29652 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29653 the callback is not called).
29654
29655 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29656 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29657 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29658 take effect.
29659
29660 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29661
29662 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
29663
29664 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29665 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29666 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29667 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29668 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29669
29670 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29671
29672 ;;;***
29673 \f
29674 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29675 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19845 45374))
29676 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29677
29678 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29679 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29680 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29681
29682 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29683 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29684 `url-generic-parse-url'
29685 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29686 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29687 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29688 realm
29689 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29690 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29691 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29692 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29693 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29694 what type of auth to use
29695 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29696 if one cannot be found in the cache
29697
29698 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29699
29700 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29701 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29702
29703 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29704 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29705 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29706 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29707 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29708 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29709 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29710 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29711
29712 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29713
29714 ;;;***
29715 \f
29716 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
29717 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19988 13913))
29718 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29719
29720 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29721 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29722
29723 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29724
29725 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29726 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29727 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29728
29729 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29730
29731 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29732 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29733
29734 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29735
29736 ;;;***
29737 \f
29738 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19845 45374))
29739 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29740
29741 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29742
29743
29744 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29745
29746 ;;;***
29747 \f
29748 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29749 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19845 45374))
29750 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29751
29752 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29753
29754
29755 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29756
29757 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29758
29759
29760 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29761
29762 ;;;***
29763 \f
29764 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19845
29765 ;;;;;; 45374))
29766 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29767
29768 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29769 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29770
29771 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29772
29773 ;;;***
29774 \f
29775 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29776 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19864 29553))
29777 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29778
29779 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29780 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29781
29782 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29783
29784 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29785 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29786 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29787 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29788 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29789
29790 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29791
29792 ;;;***
29793 \f
29794 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29795 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29796 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29797 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29798
29799 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29800 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29801 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29803 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29804 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29805
29806 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29807
29808 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29809 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29810
29811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29812
29813 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29814 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29815 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29816 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29817
29818 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29819
29820 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29821 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29822 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29823 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29824 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29825 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29826 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29827 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29828 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29829 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29830
29831 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29832
29833 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29834 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29835 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29836 accessible.
29837
29838 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29839
29840 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29841
29842
29843 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29844
29845 ;;;***
29846 \f
29847 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29848 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19997 54906))
29849 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29850
29851 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29852 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29853 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29854 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29855 CBARGS as the arguments.
29856
29857 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29858
29859 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29860
29861
29862 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29863
29864 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29865
29866 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29867
29868
29869 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29870
29871 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29872 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29873 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29874
29875 Property list members:
29876
29877 methods
29878 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29879 supports.
29880
29881 dav
29882 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29883 supported.
29884
29885 dasl
29886 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29887
29888 ranges
29889 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29890
29891 p3p
29892 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29893 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29894 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29895 Emacs/W3.
29896
29897 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29898
29899 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29900 Default HTTPS port.")
29901
29902 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29903 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29904 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29905
29906 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29907 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29908 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29909 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29910 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29911
29912 ;;;***
29913 \f
29914 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19845 45374))
29915 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29916
29917 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29918
29919
29920 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29921
29922 ;;;***
29923 \f
29924 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19845
29925 ;;;;;; 45374))
29926 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29927
29928 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29929 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29930 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29931 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29932 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29933
29934 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29935
29936 ;;;***
29937 \f
29938 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29939 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29940 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29941
29942 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29943
29944
29945 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29946
29947 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29948 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29949
29950 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29951
29952 ;;;***
29953 \f
29954 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29955 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19845 45374))
29956 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29957
29958 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29959 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29960
29961 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29962
29963 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29964 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29965
29966 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29967
29968 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29969
29970
29971 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29972
29973 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29974
29975 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29976
29977 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29978
29979 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29980 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29981
29982 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29983
29984 ;;;***
29985 \f
29986 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29987 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29988 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29989
29990 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29991
29992
29993 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29994
29995 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29996
29997
29998 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29999
30000 ;;;***
30001 \f
30002 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
30003 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
30004 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30005 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
30006
30007 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
30008
30009
30010 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30011
30012 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
30013
30014
30015 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
30016
30017 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
30018
30019
30020 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30021
30022 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
30023
30024
30025 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30026
30027 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
30028
30029
30030 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
30031
30032 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
30033
30034
30035 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
30036
30037 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
30038
30039
30040 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
30041
30042 ;;;***
30043 \f
30044 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
30045 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19845 45374))
30046 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
30047
30048 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
30049 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
30050
30051 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
30052
30053 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
30054 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
30055 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
30056 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
30057
30058 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30059
30060 ;;;***
30061 \f
30062 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
30063 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30064 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
30065
30066 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
30067 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
30068
30069 \(fn)" t nil)
30070
30071 ;;;***
30072 \f
30073 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
30074 ;;;;;; (19943 25429))
30075 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
30076
30077 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
30078 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30079 Like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments), but
30080 controls the level of parallelism via the
30081 `url-queue-parallel-processes' variable.
30082
30083 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
30084
30085 ;;;***
30086 \f
30087 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
30088 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
30089 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
30090 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
30091 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
30092 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
30093 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19867 59212))
30094 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
30095
30096 (defvar url-debug nil "\
30097 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
30098 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
30099
30100 If t, all messages will be logged.
30101 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
30102 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
30103
30104 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
30105
30106 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
30107
30108
30109 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30110
30111 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
30112
30113
30114 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
30115
30116 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
30117 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
30118 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
30119 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
30120 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
30121 & ==> &amp;
30122 < ==> &lt;
30123 > ==> &gt;
30124 \" ==> &quot;
30125
30126 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30127
30128 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
30129 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
30130 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
30131
30132 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30133
30134 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
30135 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
30136 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
30137
30138 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30139
30140 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
30141 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
30142
30143 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
30144
30145 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
30146 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
30147
30148 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30149
30150 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
30151 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
30152
30153 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30154
30155 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
30156
30157
30158 \(fn N)" nil nil)
30159
30160 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
30161
30162
30163 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30164
30165 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
30166
30167
30168 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
30169
30170 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
30171
30172 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
30173 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
30174
30175 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30176
30177 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
30178 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
30179
30180 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30181
30182 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
30183
30184
30185 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30186
30187 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
30188 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
30189 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
30190 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
30191 forbidden in URL encoding.
30192
30193 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30194
30195 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
30196 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
30197 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
30198 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
30199 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
30200 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
30201
30202 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30203
30204 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
30205 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
30206 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
30207 of the file with the extension stripped off.
30208
30209 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
30210
30211 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
30212 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
30213 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
30214
30215 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
30216
30217 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
30218 View the current document's URL.
30219 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
30220 the minibuffer.
30221
30222 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
30223
30224 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
30225
30226 ;;;***
30227 \f
30228 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
30229 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19845 45374))
30230 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
30231
30232 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
30233 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
30234 This function has a choice of three things to do:
30235 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
30236 to refrain from editing the file
30237 return t (grab the lock on the file)
30238 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
30239 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
30240 in any way you like.
30241
30242 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
30243
30244 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
30245 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
30246 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
30247 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30248 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30249
30250 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30251 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30252
30253 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
30254
30255 ;;;***
30256 \f
30257 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30258 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30259 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19845 45374))
30260 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30261
30262 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30263
30264
30265 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30266
30267 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30268
30269
30270 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30271
30272 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30273
30274
30275 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30276
30277 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30278
30279
30280 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30281
30282 ;;;***
30283 \f
30284 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (19845 45374))
30285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
30286
30287 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
30288 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
30289
30290 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
30291
30292 ;;;***
30293 \f
30294 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30295 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30296 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30297 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30298
30299 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30300 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30301 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30302 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30303
30304 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30305
30306 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30307 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30308 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30309
30310 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30311
30312 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30313 Uudecode region between START and END.
30314 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30315
30316 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30317
30318 ;;;***
30319 \f
30320 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
30321 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
30322 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
30323 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
30324 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
30325 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30326 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (19997
30327 ;;;;;; 28887))
30328 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
30329
30330 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30331 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30332 See `run-hooks'.")
30333
30334 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30335
30336 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30337 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30338 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30339
30340 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30341
30342 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30343 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30344 See `run-hooks'.")
30345
30346 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30347
30348 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30349 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30350 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
30351
30352 For locking systems:
30353 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
30354 control.
30355 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
30356 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
30357 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
30358 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
30359 it performs a revert on that file.
30360 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
30361 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
30362 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
30363 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
30364 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
30365 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
30366 given the option to steal the lock(s).
30367
30368 For merging systems:
30369 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
30370 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
30371 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
30372 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
30373 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
30374 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
30375 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
30376 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
30377 merge in the changes into your working copy.
30378
30379 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30380
30381 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30382 Register into a version control system.
30383 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30384 Otherwise register the current file.
30385 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30386 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30387
30388 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30389 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30390 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30391 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30392 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30393 first backend that could register the file is used.
30394
30395 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30396
30397 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30398 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30399
30400 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30401
30402 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30403 Display diffs between file revisions.
30404 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30405 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30406 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30407
30408 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30409 saving the buffer.
30410
30411 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30412
30413 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30414 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30415 repository history using ediff.
30416
30417 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30418
30419 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30420 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30421 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30422 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30423 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30424
30425 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30426 saving the buffer.
30427
30428 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30429
30430 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30431 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30432 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30433 fileset with the working revision.
30434 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30435 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30436
30437 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30438 saving the buffer.
30439
30440 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30441
30442 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30443 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30444 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30445 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30446
30447 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30448
30449 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30450 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30451 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30452 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30453
30454 \(fn)" t nil)
30455
30456 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30457 Perform a version control merge operation.
30458 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30459 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30460 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30461
30462 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30463 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30464 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30465 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30466 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30467 changes from the current branch.
30468
30469 \(fn)" t nil)
30470
30471 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30472
30473 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30474 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30475 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30476 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30477 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30478 checked out in that new branch.
30479
30480 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30481
30482 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30483 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30484 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30485 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30486 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30487 allowed and simply skipped).
30488
30489 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30490
30491 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30492 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30493 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30494 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30495 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30496
30497 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30498 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30499
30500 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30501
30502 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30503 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30504 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30505 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30506 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30507
30508 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30509
30510 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30511 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30512 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
30513
30514 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30515
30516 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30517 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30518 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30519
30520 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30521
30522 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30523 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30524 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30525 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30526
30527 \(fn)" t nil)
30528
30529 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30530 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30531 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30532 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30533
30534 \(fn)" t nil)
30535
30536 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30537
30538 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30539 Update the current fileset or branch.
30540 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30541 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30542 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
30543
30544 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30545 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30546 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30547 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30548 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30549
30550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30551
30552 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30553
30554 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30555 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30556 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30557 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30558 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30559 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30560 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30561
30562 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30563
30564 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30565 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30566 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30567 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30568 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30569 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30570 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30571 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30572 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30573
30574 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30575
30576 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30577 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30578
30579 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30580
30581 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30582 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30583
30584 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30585
30586 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30587 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30588 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30589 directory.
30590
30591 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30592
30593 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30594 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30595 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30596
30597 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30598 log entries should be gathered.
30599
30600 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30601
30602 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30603 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30604
30605 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30606
30607 ;;;***
30608 \f
30609 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
30610 ;;;;;; (19920 63959))
30611 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30612
30613 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30614 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30615
30616 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30617 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30618 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30619 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30620 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30621 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30622
30623 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30624 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30625 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30626 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30627 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30628 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30629 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30630 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30631
30632 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30633
30634 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30635
30636 Customization variables:
30637
30638 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30639 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30640 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30641 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30642
30643 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30644
30645 ;;;***
30646 \f
30647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (19984 16846))
30648 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
30649 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30650 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30651 (progn
30652 (load "vc-arch")
30653 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30654
30655 ;;;***
30656 \f
30657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (19991 42275))
30658 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30659
30660 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30661 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30662
30663 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30664 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30665 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30666 (progn
30667 (load "vc-bzr")
30668 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30669
30670 ;;;***
30671 \f
30672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (19845 45374))
30673 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30674 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30675 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30676 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30677 (load "vc-cvs")
30678 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30679
30680 ;;;***
30681 \f
30682 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (19930 13389))
30683 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30684
30685 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30686 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30687 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30688 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30689 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30690
30691 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30692 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30693 The file lines appear later.
30694
30695 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30696 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30697
30698 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30699
30700 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30701
30702 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30703
30704 ;;;***
30705 \f
30706 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
30707 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30708 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30709
30710 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30711 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30712 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30713 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30714 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30715 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30716 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30717 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30718 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30719 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30720 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30721 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30722 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30723 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30724 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30725
30726 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30727
30728 ;;;***
30729 \f
30730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (19845 45374))
30731 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30732 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30733 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30734 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30735 (progn
30736 (load "vc-git")
30737 (vc-git-registered file))))
30738
30739 ;;;***
30740 \f
30741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (19845 45374))
30742 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30743 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30744 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30745 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30746 (progn
30747 (load "vc-hg")
30748 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30749
30750 ;;;***
30751 \f
30752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (19845 45374))
30753 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30754
30755 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30756
30757 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30758 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30759 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30760 (progn
30761 (load "vc-mtn")
30762 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30763
30764 ;;;***
30765 \f
30766 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
30767 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30768 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30769
30770 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30771 Where to look for RCS master files.
30772 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30773
30774 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30775
30776 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30777
30778 ;;;***
30779 \f
30780 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
30781 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30782 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30783
30784 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30785 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30786 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30787
30788 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30789 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30790
30791 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30792 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30793 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30794 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30795
30796 ;;;***
30797 \f
30798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (19845 45374))
30799 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30800 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30801 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30802 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30803 "_svn")
30804 (t ".svn"))))
30805 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30806 (load "vc-svn")
30807 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30808
30809 ;;;***
30810 \f
30811 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30812 ;;;;;; (19890 42850))
30813 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30814 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30815
30816 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30817 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30818
30819 Usage:
30820 ------
30821
30822 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30823 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30824 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30825 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30826
30827 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30828 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30829 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30830 completions.
30831
30832 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30833 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30834
30835 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30836 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30837
30838 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30839 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30840 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30841
30842 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30843
30844
30845 Maintenance:
30846 ------------
30847
30848 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30849 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30850
30851 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30852
30853 Official distribution is at
30854 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30855
30856
30857 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30858 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30859
30860 Key bindings:
30861 -------------
30862
30863 \\{vera-mode-map}
30864
30865 \(fn)" t nil)
30866
30867 ;;;***
30868 \f
30869 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30870 ;;;;;; (19973 46551))
30871 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30872
30873 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30874 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30875 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30876 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30877 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30878
30879 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30880
30881 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30882 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30883
30884 Supports highlighting.
30885
30886 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30887 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30888
30889 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30890
30891 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30892 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30893 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30894 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30895 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30896 on the left side of your screen.
30897 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30898 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30899 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30900 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30901 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30902 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30903 function keyword.
30904 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30905 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30906 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30907 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30908 if (a)
30909 begin
30910 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30911 Indentation for case statements.
30912 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30913 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30914 mark after an end.
30915 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30916 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30917 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30918 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30919 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30920 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30921 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30922 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30923 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30924 if (a)
30925 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30926 otherwise you get:
30927 if (a)
30928 begin
30929 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30930 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30931 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30932 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30933 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30934 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30935 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30936 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30937 comments in tight quarters.
30938 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30939 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30940
30941 Variables controlling other actions:
30942
30943 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30944 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30945 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30946
30947 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30948
30949 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30950
30951 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30952 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30953 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30954
30955 Some other functions are:
30956
30957 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30958 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30959 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30960 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30961 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30962
30963 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30964 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30965 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30966 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30967
30968 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30969 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30970 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30971 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30972 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30973 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30974 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30975 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30976 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30977 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30978 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30979 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30980 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30981 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30982 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30983 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30984 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30985 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30986 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30987 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30988 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30989 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30990 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30991 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30992 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30993 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30994 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30995 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30996
30997 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30998 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30999
31000 \\{verilog-mode-map}
31001
31002 \(fn)" t nil)
31003
31004 ;;;***
31005 \f
31006 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
31007 ;;;;;; (19914 25180))
31008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
31009
31010 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
31011 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
31012
31013 Usage:
31014 ------
31015
31016 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
31017 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
31018 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
31019 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
31020 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
31021 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
31022 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
31023 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
31024 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
31025
31026 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
31027 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
31028 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
31029 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
31030
31031 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
31032 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
31033 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
31034 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
31035 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
31036
31037 Template styles can be customized in customization group
31038 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
31039
31040
31041 HEADER INSERTION:
31042 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
31043 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
31044 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
31045
31046
31047 STUTTERING:
31048 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
31049 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
31050 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
31051 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
31052
31053 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
31054 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
31055 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
31056 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
31057 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
31058
31059
31060 WORD COMPLETION:
31061 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
31062 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
31063 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
31064 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
31065
31066 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
31067 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
31068 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
31069 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
31070 beginning with \"std\").
31071
31072 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
31073 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
31074 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
31075 stop.
31076
31077
31078 COMMENTS:
31079 `--' puts a single comment.
31080 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
31081 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
31082 with a comment in between.
31083 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
31084 out following lines.
31085 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
31086 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31087
31088 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
31089 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
31090 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
31091 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
31092 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
31093 non-nil.
31094
31095 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
31096 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
31097 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
31098 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
31099 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
31100 multi-line comments.
31101
31102
31103 INDENTATION:
31104 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
31105 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
31106 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
31107 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
31108
31109 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
31110 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
31111 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
31112 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
31113
31114 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
31115 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
31116 and vice versa.
31117
31118 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
31119 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
31120
31121
31122 ALIGNMENT:
31123 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
31124 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
31125 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
31126 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
31127 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
31128 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
31129 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
31130 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
31131
31132 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
31133 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
31134 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
31135 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
31136 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
31137 is non-nil.
31138
31139 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
31140 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
31141 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
31142
31143 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
31144 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
31145
31146
31147 CODE FILLING:
31148 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
31149 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
31150 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
31151 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
31152 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
31153 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
31154
31155
31156 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
31157 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
31158 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
31159 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
31160 command:
31161
31162 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
31163
31164
31165 PORT TRANSLATION:
31166 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
31167 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
31168 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
31169 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
31170 internal signal initializations (menu).
31171
31172 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
31173 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
31174 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
31175
31176 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
31177 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
31178 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
31179 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
31180 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
31181 in subsequent paste operations.)
31182
31183 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
31184 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
31185 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
31186
31187
31188 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
31189 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
31190 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
31191 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
31192 association list with formals).
31193
31194
31195 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
31196 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
31197 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
31198 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
31199 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
31200 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
31201 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
31202 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
31203 `vhdl-testbench'.
31204
31205
31206 KEY BINDINGS:
31207 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
31208
31209
31210 VHDL MENU:
31211 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
31212
31213
31214 FILE BROWSER:
31215 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
31216 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
31217 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
31218
31219 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
31220 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
31221
31222
31223 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
31224 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
31225 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
31226 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
31227
31228 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
31229 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
31230 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
31231
31232 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
31233 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
31234 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
31235 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
31236
31237 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
31238 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
31239 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
31240 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
31241 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
31242
31243 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
31244 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
31245 required by secondary units.
31246
31247
31248 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
31249 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
31250 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
31251 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
31252 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
31253 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
31254 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
31255 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
31256 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
31257 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
31258 inputs to this component -> input port created
31259 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
31260 outputs from this component -> output port created
31261 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
31262 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
31263
31264 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
31265 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31266 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31267 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31268 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31269
31270 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31271 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31272
31273 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31274 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31275 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
31276 component instantiation is also supported (option
31277 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31278
31279 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31280 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31281 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31282 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31283 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31284 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31285 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31286 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31287 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31288 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31289 | generating the configuration.
31290 |
31291 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31292 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31293 | configurations in speedbar.
31294
31295 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31296
31297
31298 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31299 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31300 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
31301 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
31302 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31303 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31304 information. New compilers can be added.
31305
31306 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31307 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31308
31309
31310 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31311 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31312 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31313 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31314 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31315
31316 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31317 command:
31318
31319 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31320 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31321 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31322
31323 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31324 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31325 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
31326 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
31327 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
31328 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
31329 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31330
31331 Limitations:
31332 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31333 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31334 not (yet) supported.
31335 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31336 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31337 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31338
31339
31340 PROJECTS:
31341 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31342 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31343 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31344 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31345 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31346 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31347 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31348 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31349
31350 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31351 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31352 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31353 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31354 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31355 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31356 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31357 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31358 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31359 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31360 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31361
31362
31363 SPECIAL MENUES:
31364 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31365 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31366 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31367 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31368 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31369 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31370 current directory for VHDL source files.
31371
31372
31373 VHDL STANDARDS:
31374 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31375 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31376
31377
31378 KEYWORD CASE:
31379 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31380 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31381 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31382 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31383 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31384 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31385 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31386 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31387
31388
31389 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31390 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31391 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31392 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31393 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31394 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31395 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31396
31397 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31398 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31399 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31400 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31401 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31402 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31403
31404 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31405 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31406 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31407 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31408 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31409 visually.
31410
31411 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31412 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31413 highlighted if written in lower case.
31414
31415 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31416 highlighted using a different background color if option
31417 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31418
31419 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31420 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31421 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31422 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31423 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31424
31425
31426 USER MODELS:
31427 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31428 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31429 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31430
31431
31432 HIDE/SHOW:
31433 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31434 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31435 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31436 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31437 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31438
31439
31440 CODE UPDATING:
31441 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31442 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31443 Limitations:
31444 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31445 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31446 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31447 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31448 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31449 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31450 (used to obtain the port names).
31451
31452
31453 CODE FIXING:
31454 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31455 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31456
31457
31458 PRINTING:
31459 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31460 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31461 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31462 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31463 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31464 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31465 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31466 printers.
31467
31468
31469 OPTIONS:
31470 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31471 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31472 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31473 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31474 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31475
31476 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31477 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31478 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31479 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31480 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31481 INSTALL file).
31482
31483 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31484 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31485
31486
31487 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31488 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31489 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31490 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31491
31492 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31493
31494
31495 HINTS:
31496 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31497 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31498
31499 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31500
31501 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31502
31503 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31504
31505
31506 RELEASE NOTES:
31507 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31508
31509
31510 Maintenance:
31511 ------------
31512
31513 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31514 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31515
31516 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31517
31518 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31519 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31520 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31521 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31522
31523 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31524 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
31525 where the latest version can be found.
31526
31527
31528 Known problems:
31529 ---------------
31530
31531 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31532 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31533 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31534
31535
31536 The VHDL Mode Authors
31537 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31538
31539 Key bindings:
31540 -------------
31541
31542 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31543
31544 \(fn)" t nil)
31545
31546 ;;;***
31547 \f
31548 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19845 45374))
31549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31550
31551 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31552 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31553 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31554 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31555
31556 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31557 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31558 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31559 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31560 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31561
31562 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31563 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31564
31565 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31566
31567 * Limitations and unsupported features
31568 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31569 not supported.
31570 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31571 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31572
31573 * Modifications
31574 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31575 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31576 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31577 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31578 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31579 for undoing a repeated change command.
31580 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31581 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31582 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31583
31584 * Extensions
31585 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31586 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31587 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31588 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31589 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31590 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31591 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31592 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31593
31594 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31595
31596 \(fn)" t nil)
31597
31598 ;;;***
31599 \f
31600 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31601 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31602 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31603 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19845 45374))
31604 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31605
31606 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31607 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31608
31609 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31610
31611 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31612 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31613 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31614 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31615
31616 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31617
31618 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31619 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31620
31621 \(fn)" t nil)
31622
31623 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31624 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31625 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31626 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31627
31628 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31629
31630 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31631 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31632
31633 \(fn)" t nil)
31634
31635 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31636
31637
31638 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31639
31640 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31641
31642
31643 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31644
31645 ;;;***
31646 \f
31647 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31648 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31649 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31650 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31651 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20006 43871))
31652 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31653
31654 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31655 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31656 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31657
31658 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31659
31660 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31661 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31662 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31663 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31664
31665 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31666
31667 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31668 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31669
31670 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31671
31672 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31673 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31674 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31675 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31676 moving around in the buffer.
31677 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31678 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31679
31680 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31681
31682 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31683
31684 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31685 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31686 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31687 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31688
31689 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31690 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31691 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31692 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31693 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31694
31695 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31696
31697 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31698
31699 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31700 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31701 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31702 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31703 buffer.
31704
31705 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31706 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31707 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31708 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31709 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31710
31711 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31712
31713 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31714
31715 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31716 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31717 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31718 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31719 moving around in the buffer.
31720 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31721 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31722
31723 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31724
31725 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31726 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31727 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31728
31729 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31730 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31731 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31732 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31733
31734 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31735
31736 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31737 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31738 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31739 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31740 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31741 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31742 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31743
31744 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31745
31746 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31747
31748 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31749 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31750 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31751
31752 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31753
31754 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31755 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31756 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31757 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31758 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31759 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31760 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31761
31762 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31763
31764 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31765
31766 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31767 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31768 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31769
31770 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31771
31772 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31773 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31774 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31775 turn it off.
31776
31777 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31778 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31779 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31780 read-only.
31781 \\<view-mode-map>
31782 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31783 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31784 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31785 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31786 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31787
31788 H, h, ? This message.
31789 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31790 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31791 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31792 > move to the end of buffer.
31793 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31794 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31795 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31796 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31797 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31798 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31799 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31800 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31801 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31802 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31803 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31804 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31805 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31806 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31807 Use this to view a changing file.
31808 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31809 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31810 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31811 . set the mark.
31812 x exchanges point and mark.
31813 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31814 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31815 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31816 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31817 ' go to position saved in character register.
31818 s do forward incremental search.
31819 r do reverse incremental search.
31820 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31821 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31822 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31823 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31824 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31825 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31826 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31827 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31828 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31829 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31830 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31831 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31832 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31833 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31834 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31835 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31836 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31837
31838 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31839 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31840 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31841 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31842 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31843 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31844 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31845 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31846 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31847
31848 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31849
31850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31851
31852 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31853 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31854 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31855 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31856 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31857 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31858 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31859 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31860 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31861
31862 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31863
31864 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31865 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31866 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31867 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31868 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31869 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31870
31871 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31872 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31873 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31874
31875 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31876
31877 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31878
31879 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31880
31881 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31882 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31883
31884 \(fn)" t nil)
31885
31886 ;;;***
31887 \f
31888 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19845
31889 ;;;;;; 45374))
31890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31891
31892 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31893 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31894
31895 \(fn)" nil nil)
31896
31897 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31898 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31899
31900 \(fn)" t nil)
31901
31902 ;;;***
31903 \f
31904 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31905 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
31906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31907
31908 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31909 Toggle Viper on/off.
31910 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31911
31912 \(fn)" t nil)
31913
31914 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31915 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31916
31917 \(fn)" t nil)
31918
31919 ;;;***
31920 \f
31921 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31922 ;;;;;; (19906 31087))
31923 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31924
31925 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31926 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31927 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31928 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31929 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31930 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31931 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31932 the beginning of the warning.")
31933
31934 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31935 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31936 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31937 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31938 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31939 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31940 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31941 also call that function before the next warning.")
31942
31943 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31944 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31945
31946 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31947 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31948 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31949 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31950
31951 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31952 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31953 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31954 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31955 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31956 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31957
31958 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31959 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31960 Default is :warning.
31961
31962 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31963 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31964 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31965 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31966 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31967 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31968
31969 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31970 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31971 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31972
31973 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31974
31975 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31976 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31977
31978 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31979
31980 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31981 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31982 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31983 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31984
31985 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31986 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31987 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31988 can be whatever you like.)
31989
31990 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31991 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31992
31993 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31994 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31995 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31996 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31997 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31998
31999 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32000
32001 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
32002 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32003 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32004 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
32005 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
32006
32007 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32008
32009 ;;;***
32010 \f
32011 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
32012 ;;;;;; (19913 4309))
32013 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
32014
32015 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
32016 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
32017 \\<wdired-mode-map>
32018 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
32019 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
32020 in disk.
32021
32022 See `wdired-mode'.
32023
32024 \(fn)" t nil)
32025
32026 ;;;***
32027 \f
32028 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19931 11784))
32029 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
32030
32031 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
32032 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
32033
32034 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
32035 hotlist.
32036
32037 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
32038 <nwv@acm.org>.
32039
32040 \(fn)" t nil)
32041
32042 ;;;***
32043 \f
32044 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
32045 ;;;;;; (19988 13913))
32046 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
32047 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
32048 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
32049
32050 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
32051
32052 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
32053 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
32054 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32055 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32056 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32057 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
32058
32059 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
32060
32061 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
32062 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
32063 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
32064 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
32065
32066 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
32067 and off otherwise.
32068
32069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32070
32071 ;;;***
32072 \f
32073 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
32074 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
32075 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
32076 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19905 10215))
32077 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
32078
32079 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32080 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
32081
32082 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
32083 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
32084 otherwise, turn off visualization.
32085
32086 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32087 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32088
32089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32090
32091 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32092 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
32093
32094 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
32095 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
32096 otherwise, turn off visualization.
32097
32098 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
32099 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
32100 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
32101 use `whitespace-mode'.
32102
32103 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32104
32105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32106
32107 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
32108 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
32109 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32110 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32111 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32112 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
32113
32114 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
32115
32116 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32117 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
32118
32119 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
32120 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
32121 otherwise, turn off visualization.
32122
32123 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32124 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32125
32126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32127
32128 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
32129 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
32130 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32131 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32132 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32133 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
32134
32135 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
32136
32137 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32138 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
32139
32140 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
32141 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
32142 otherwise, turn off visualization.
32143
32144 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
32145 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
32146 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
32147 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
32148
32149 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32150
32151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32152
32153 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32154 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
32155
32156 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32157 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
32158
32159 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32160 and restart local whitespace-mode.
32161
32162 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
32163
32164 CHAR MEANING
32165 (VIA FACES)
32166 f toggle face visualization
32167 t toggle TAB visualization
32168 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32169 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32170 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32171 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32172 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32173 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32174 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32175 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32176 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32177 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32178 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32179 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32180 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32181 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32182 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32183
32184 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32185 T toggle TAB visualization
32186 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32187 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32188
32189 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32190 ? display brief help
32191
32192 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32193 The valid symbols are:
32194
32195 face toggle face visualization
32196 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32197 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32198 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32199 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32200 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32201 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32202 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32203 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32204 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32205 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32206 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32207 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32208 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32209 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32210 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32211 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32212
32213 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32214 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32215 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32216
32217 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32218
32219 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32220
32221 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32222
32223 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32224 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
32225
32226 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32227 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
32228
32229 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32230 and restart global whitespace-mode.
32231
32232 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
32233
32234 CHAR MEANING
32235 (VIA FACES)
32236 f toggle face visualization
32237 t toggle TAB visualization
32238 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32239 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32240 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32241 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32242 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32243 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32244 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32245 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32246 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32247 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32248 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32249 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32250 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32251 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32252 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32253
32254 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32255 T toggle TAB visualization
32256 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32257 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32258
32259 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32260 ? display brief help
32261
32262 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32263 The valid symbols are:
32264
32265 face toggle face visualization
32266 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32267 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32268 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32269 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32270 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32271 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32272 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32273 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32274 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32275 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32276 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32277 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32278 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32279 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32280 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32281 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32282
32283 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32284 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32285 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32286
32287 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32288
32289 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32290
32291 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32292
32293 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
32294 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
32295
32296 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
32297 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
32298 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
32299 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
32300 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
32301
32302 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
32303
32304 The problems cleaned up are:
32305
32306 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32307 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32308 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
32309 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
32310
32311 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32312 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32313 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32314 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32315 SPACEs.
32316 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32317 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32318 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32319 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32320
32321 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32322 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32323 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32324 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32325 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32326 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32327 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32328 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32329
32330 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32331 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32332 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32333
32334 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32335 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32336 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32337 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32338 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32339 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32340 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32341 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32342
32343 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32344 documentation.
32345
32346 \(fn)" t nil)
32347
32348 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32349 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32350
32351 The problems cleaned up are:
32352
32353 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32354 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32355 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32356 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32357 SPACEs.
32358 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32359 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32360 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32361 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32362
32363 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32364 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32365 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32366 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32367 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32368 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32369 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32370 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32371
32372 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32373 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32374 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32375
32376 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32377 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32378 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32379 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32380 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32381 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32382 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32383 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32384
32385 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32386 documentation.
32387
32388 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32389
32390 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32391 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32392
32393 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32394 non-nil.
32395
32396 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32397 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32398 `whitespace-style' to have:
32399
32400 empty
32401 trailing
32402 indentation
32403 space-before-tab
32404 space-after-tab
32405
32406 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32407 whitespace problems in buffer.
32408
32409 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32410
32411 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32412 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32413 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32414 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32415 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32416 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32417 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32418
32419 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32420 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32421 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32422 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32423 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32424 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32425 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32426
32427 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32428 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32429 cleaning up these problems.
32430
32431 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32432
32433 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32434 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32435
32436 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32437 non-nil.
32438
32439 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32440 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32441 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32442
32443 empty
32444 indentation
32445 space-before-tab
32446 trailing
32447 space-after-tab
32448
32449 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32450 whitespace problems in buffer.
32451
32452 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32453
32454 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32455 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32456 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32457 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32458 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32459 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32460 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32461
32462 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32463 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32464 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32465 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32466 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32467 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32468 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32469
32470 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32471 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32472 cleaning up these problems.
32473
32474 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32475
32476 ;;;***
32477 \f
32478 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32479 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19886 45771))
32480 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32481
32482 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32483 Browse the widget under point.
32484
32485 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32486
32487 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32488 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32489
32490 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32491
32492 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32493 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32494
32495 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32496
32497 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32498 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32499 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32500
32501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32502
32503 ;;;***
32504 \f
32505 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32506 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19968
32507 ;;;;;; 28627))
32508 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32509
32510 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32511 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32512
32513 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32514
32515 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32516 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32517 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32518
32519 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32520
32521 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32522 Create widget of TYPE.
32523 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32524
32525 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32526
32527 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32528 Delete WIDGET.
32529
32530 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32531
32532 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32533 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32534
32535 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32536
32537 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32538 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32539 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32540 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32541
32542 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32543 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32544
32545 \(fn)" nil nil)
32546
32547 ;;;***
32548 \f
32549 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32550 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19886
32551 ;;;;;; 45771))
32552 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32553
32554 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32555 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32556 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32557 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32558 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32559 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32560 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32561
32562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32563
32564 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32565 Select the window above the current one.
32566 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32567 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32568 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32569 negative ARG) of the current window.
32570 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32571
32572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32573
32574 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32575 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32576 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32577 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32578 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32579 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32580 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32581
32582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32583
32584 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32585 Select the window below the current one.
32586 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32587 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32588 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32589 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32590 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32591
32592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32593
32594 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32595 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32596 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32597 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32598
32599 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32600
32601 ;;;***
32602 \f
32603 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32604 ;;;;;; (19998 49767))
32605 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32606
32607 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32608 Toggle Winner mode.
32609 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32610 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32611
32612 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32613
32614 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32615 Toggle Winner mode.
32616 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32617
32618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32619
32620 ;;;***
32621 \f
32622 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
32623 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (19981 40664))
32624 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32625
32626 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32627 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32628 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32629 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32630 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32631
32632 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32633
32634 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32635 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32636 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32637 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32638 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32639 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32640 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32641 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32642
32643 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32644 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32645
32646 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32647
32648 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32649 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32650
32651 \(fn)" t nil)
32652
32653 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32654 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32655 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32656 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32657 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32658 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32659 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32660 `woman' command for further details.
32661
32662 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32663
32664 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32665 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32666
32667 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32668
32669 ;;;***
32670 \f
32671 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32672 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
32673 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32674
32675 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32676 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32677
32678 BUGS:
32679 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32680 are not implemented
32681 - Options for search and replace
32682 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32683 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32684
32685 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32686 Emacs-like.
32687
32688 The key bindings are:
32689
32690 C-a backward-word
32691 C-b fill-paragraph
32692 C-c scroll-up-line
32693 C-d forward-char
32694 C-e previous-line
32695 C-f forward-word
32696 C-g delete-char
32697 C-h backward-char
32698 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32699 C-j help-for-help
32700 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32701 C-l ws-repeat-search
32702 C-n open-line
32703 C-p quoted-insert
32704 C-r scroll-down-line
32705 C-s backward-char
32706 C-t kill-word
32707 C-u keyboard-quit
32708 C-v overwrite-mode
32709 C-w scroll-down
32710 C-x next-line
32711 C-y kill-complete-line
32712 C-z scroll-up
32713
32714 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32715 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32716 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32717 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32718 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32719 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32720 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32721 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32722 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32723 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32724 C-k b ws-begin-block
32725 C-k c ws-copy-block
32726 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32727 C-k f find-file
32728 C-k h ws-show-markers
32729 C-k i ws-indent-block
32730 C-k k ws-end-block
32731 C-k p ws-print-block
32732 C-k q kill-emacs
32733 C-k r insert-file
32734 C-k s save-some-buffers
32735 C-k t ws-mark-word
32736 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32737 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32738 C-k v ws-move-block
32739 C-k w ws-write-block
32740 C-k x kill-emacs
32741 C-k y ws-delete-block
32742
32743 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32744 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32745 C-o j justify-current-line
32746 C-o k kill-buffer
32747 C-o l list-buffers
32748 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32749 C-o r set-fill-column
32750 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32751 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32752 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32753 C-o wo other-window
32754 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32755
32756 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32757 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32758 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32759 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32760 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32761 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32762 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32763 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32764 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32765 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32766 C-q a ws-query-replace
32767 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32768 C-q c end-of-buffer
32769 C-q d end-of-line
32770 C-q f ws-search
32771 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32772 C-q l ws-undo
32773 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32774 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32775 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32776 C-q w ws-last-error
32777 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32778 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32779
32780 \(fn)" t nil)
32781
32782 ;;;***
32783 \f
32784 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19845 45374))
32785 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32786
32787 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32788 Perform an interactive search.
32789 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32790 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32791 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32792 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32793
32794 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32795 Example:
32796
32797 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32798
32799 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32800
32801 ;;;***
32802 \f
32803 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32804 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
32805 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32806
32807 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32808 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32809 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32810 Returns the top node with all its children.
32811 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32812 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32813
32814 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32815
32816 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32817 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32818 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32819 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32820 is not well-formed XML.
32821 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32822 and returned as the first element of the list.
32823 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32824
32825 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32826
32827 ;;;***
32828 \f
32829 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32830 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19845 45374))
32831 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32832
32833 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32834 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32835 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32836 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32837 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32838 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32839 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32840 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32841 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32842 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32843
32844 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32845
32846 ;;;***
32847 \f
32848 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19886
32849 ;;;;;; 45771))
32850 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32851
32852 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32853 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32854 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32855 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32856 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32857 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32858
32859 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32860
32861 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32862 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32863 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32864 it off.
32865
32866 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32867 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32868 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32869 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32870 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32871 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32872
32873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32874
32875 ;;;***
32876 \f
32877 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32878 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19845 45374))
32879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32880
32881 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32882 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32883
32884 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32885
32886 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32887 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32888
32889 \(fn)" nil nil)
32890
32891 ;;;***
32892 \f
32893 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32894 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19845 45374))
32895 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32896
32897 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32898 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32899
32900 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32901
32902 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32903 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32904
32905 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32906
32907 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32908 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32909 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32910
32911 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32912
32913 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32914 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32915
32916 \(fn)" t nil)
32917
32918 ;;;***
32919 \f
32920 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19889 21967))
32921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32922
32923 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32924 Zone out, completely.
32925
32926 \(fn)" t nil)
32927
32928 ;;;***
32929 \f
32930 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32931 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32932 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32933 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32934 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32935 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32936 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32937 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32938 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32939 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32940 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32941 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32942 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32943 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32944 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32945 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32946 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32947 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32948 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32949 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32950 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32951 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32952 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32953 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32954 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32955 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
32956 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
32957 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
32958 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
32959 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
32960 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
32961 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32962 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32963 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el"
32964 ;;;;;; "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32965 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32966 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32967 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32968 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32969 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32970 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32971 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32972 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32973 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32974 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32975 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32976 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32977 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32978 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32979 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32980 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32981 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32982 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32983 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32984 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32985 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32986 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32987 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32988 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32989 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32990 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32991 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32992 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32993 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32994 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32995 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32996 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32997 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32998 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32999 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
33000 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
33001 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
33002 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
33003 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
33004 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
33005 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
33006 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
33007 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
33008 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
33009 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
33010 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
33011 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
33012 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
33013 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
33014 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
33015 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
33016 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
33017 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
33018 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
33019 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
33020 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
33021 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
33022 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
33023 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
33024 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
33025 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
33026 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
33027 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
33028 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
33029 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
33030 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
33031 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el"
33032 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
33033 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
33034 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
33035 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
33036 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
33037 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
33038 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
33039 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
33040 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
33041 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
33042 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
33043 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
33044 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
33045 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
33046 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
33047 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
33048 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
33049 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
33050 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el"
33051 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
33052 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
33053 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
33054 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
33055 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
33056 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
33057 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
33058 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
33059 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
33060 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
33061 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
33062 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
33063 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
33064 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
33065 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
33066 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
33067 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
33068 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
33069 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
33070 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
33071 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
33072 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
33073 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
33074 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
33075 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
33076 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
33077 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
33078 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
33079 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
33080 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
33081 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
33082 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
33083 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
33084 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
33085 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
33086 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
33087 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
33088 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
33089 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
33090 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
33091 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
33092 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
33093 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
33094 ;;;;;; "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
33095 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
33096 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
33097 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
33098 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el"
33099 ;;;;;; "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el"
33100 ;;;;;; "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
33101 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
33102 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-entities.el"
33103 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el"
33104 ;;;;;; "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
33105 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
33106 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
33107 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
33108 ;;;;;; "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
33109 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
33110 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el"
33111 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
33112 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
33113 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
33114 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
33115 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
33116 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
33117 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
33118 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
33119 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
33120 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
33121 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
33122 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
33123 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
33124 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
33125 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
33126 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
33127 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
33128 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
33129 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
33130 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
33131 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
33132 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20022
33133 ;;;;;; 32281 188358))
33134
33135 ;;;***
33136 \f
33137 (provide 'loaddefs)
33138 ;; Local Variables:
33139 ;; version-control: never
33140 ;; no-byte-compile: t
33141 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
33142 ;; coding: utf-8
33143 ;; End:
33144 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here